Show More
@@ -0,0 +1,69 | |||||
|
1 | # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the | |||
|
2 | # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version. | |||
|
3 | ||||
|
4 | """server side extension to advertise pre-generated bundles to seed clones. | |||
|
5 | ||||
|
6 | The extension essentially serves the content of a .hg/clonebundles.manifest | |||
|
7 | file to clients that request it. | |||
|
8 | ||||
|
9 | The clonebundles.manifest file contains a list of URLs and attributes. URLs | |||
|
10 | hold pre-generated bundles that a client fetches and applies. After applying | |||
|
11 | the pre-generated bundle, the client will connect back to the original server | |||
|
12 | and pull data not in the pre-generated bundle. | |||
|
13 | ||||
|
14 | Manifest File Format: | |||
|
15 | ||||
|
16 | The manifest file contains a newline (\n) delimited list of entries. | |||
|
17 | ||||
|
18 | Each line in this file defines an available bundle. Lines have the format: | |||
|
19 | ||||
|
20 | <URL> [<key>=<value] | |||
|
21 | ||||
|
22 | That is, a URL followed by extra metadata describing it. Metadata keys and | |||
|
23 | values should be URL encoded. | |||
|
24 | ||||
|
25 | This metadata is optional. It is up to server operators to populate this | |||
|
26 | metadata. | |||
|
27 | ||||
|
28 | Keys in UPPERCASE are reserved for use by Mercurial. All non-uppercase keys | |||
|
29 | can be used by site installations. | |||
|
30 | ||||
|
31 | The server operator is responsible for generating the bundle manifest file. | |||
|
32 | ||||
|
33 | Metadata Attributes: | |||
|
34 | ||||
|
35 | TBD | |||
|
36 | """ | |||
|
37 | ||||
|
38 | from mercurial import ( | |||
|
39 | extensions, | |||
|
40 | wireproto, | |||
|
41 | ) | |||
|
42 | ||||
|
43 | testedwith = 'internal' | |||
|
44 | ||||
|
45 | def capabilities(orig, repo, proto): | |||
|
46 | caps = orig(repo, proto) | |||
|
47 | ||||
|
48 | # Only advertise if a manifest exists. This does add some I/O to requests. | |||
|
49 | # But this should be cheaper than a wasted network round trip due to | |||
|
50 | # missing file. | |||
|
51 | if repo.opener.exists('clonebundles.manifest'): | |||
|
52 | caps.append('clonebundles') | |||
|
53 | ||||
|
54 | return caps | |||
|
55 | ||||
|
56 | @wireproto.wireprotocommand('clonebundles', '') | |||
|
57 | def bundles(repo, proto): | |||
|
58 | """Server command for returning info for available bundles to seed clones. | |||
|
59 | ||||
|
60 | Clients will parse this response and determine what bundle to fetch. | |||
|
61 | ||||
|
62 | Other extensions may wrap this command to filter or dynamically emit | |||
|
63 | data depending on the request. e.g. you could advertise URLs for | |||
|
64 | the closest data center given the client's IP address. | |||
|
65 | """ | |||
|
66 | return repo.opener.tryread('clonebundles.manifest') | |||
|
67 | ||||
|
68 | def extsetup(ui): | |||
|
69 | extensions.wrapfunction(wireproto, '_capabilities', capabilities) |
@@ -0,0 +1,143 | |||||
|
1 | Set up a server | |||
|
2 | ||||
|
3 | $ hg init server | |||
|
4 | $ cd server | |||
|
5 | $ cat >> .hg/hgrc << EOF | |||
|
6 | > [extensions] | |||
|
7 | > clonebundles = | |||
|
8 | > EOF | |||
|
9 | ||||
|
10 | $ touch foo | |||
|
11 | $ hg -q commit -A -m 'add foo' | |||
|
12 | $ touch bar | |||
|
13 | $ hg -q commit -A -m 'add bar' | |||
|
14 | ||||
|
15 | $ hg serve -d -p $HGPORT --pid-file hg.pid --accesslog access.log | |||
|
16 | $ cat hg.pid >> $DAEMON_PIDS | |||
|
17 | $ cd .. | |||
|
18 | ||||
|
19 | Feature disabled by default | |||
|
20 | (client should not request manifest) | |||
|
21 | ||||
|
22 | $ hg clone -U http://localhost:$HGPORT feature-disabled | |||
|
23 | requesting all changes | |||
|
24 | adding changesets | |||
|
25 | adding manifests | |||
|
26 | adding file changes | |||
|
27 | added 2 changesets with 2 changes to 2 files | |||
|
28 | ||||
|
29 | $ cat server/access.log | |||
|
30 | * - - [*] "GET /?cmd=capabilities HTTP/1.1" 200 - (glob) | |||
|
31 | * - - [*] "GET /?cmd=batch HTTP/1.1" 200 - x-hgarg-1:cmds=heads+%3Bknown+nodes%3D (glob) | |||
|
32 | * - - [*] "GET /?cmd=getbundle HTTP/1.1" 200 - x-hgarg-1:bundlecaps=HG20%2Cbundle2%3DHG20%250Achangegroup%253D01%252C02%250Adigests%253Dmd5%252Csha1%252Csha512%250Aerror%253Dabort%252Cunsupportedcontent%252Cpushraced%252Cpushkey%250Ahgtagsfnodes%250Alistkeys%250Apushkey%250Aremote-changegroup%253Dhttp%252Chttps&cg=1&common=0000000000000000000000000000000000000000&heads=aaff8d2ffbbf07a46dd1f05d8ae7877e3f56e2a2&listkeys=phase%2Cbookmarks (glob) | |||
|
33 | * - - [*] "GET /?cmd=listkeys HTTP/1.1" 200 - x-hgarg-1:namespace=phases (glob) | |||
|
34 | ||||
|
35 | $ cat >> $HGRCPATH << EOF | |||
|
36 | > [experimental] | |||
|
37 | > clonebundles = true | |||
|
38 | > EOF | |||
|
39 | ||||
|
40 | Missing manifest should not result in server lookup | |||
|
41 | ||||
|
42 | $ hg --verbose clone -U http://localhost:$HGPORT no-manifest | |||
|
43 | requesting all changes | |||
|
44 | adding changesets | |||
|
45 | adding manifests | |||
|
46 | adding file changes | |||
|
47 | added 2 changesets with 2 changes to 2 files | |||
|
48 | ||||
|
49 | $ tail -4 server/access.log | |||
|
50 | * - - [*] "GET /?cmd=capabilities HTTP/1.1" 200 - (glob) | |||
|
51 | * - - [*] "GET /?cmd=batch HTTP/1.1" 200 - x-hgarg-1:cmds=heads+%3Bknown+nodes%3D (glob) | |||
|
52 | * - - [*] "GET /?cmd=getbundle HTTP/1.1" 200 - x-hgarg-1:bundlecaps=HG20%2Cbundle2%3DHG20%250Achangegroup%253D01%252C02%250Adigests%253Dmd5%252Csha1%252Csha512%250Aerror%253Dabort%252Cunsupportedcontent%252Cpushraced%252Cpushkey%250Ahgtagsfnodes%250Alistkeys%250Apushkey%250Aremote-changegroup%253Dhttp%252Chttps&cg=1&common=0000000000000000000000000000000000000000&heads=aaff8d2ffbbf07a46dd1f05d8ae7877e3f56e2a2&listkeys=phase%2Cbookmarks (glob) | |||
|
53 | * - - [*] "GET /?cmd=listkeys HTTP/1.1" 200 - x-hgarg-1:namespace=phases (glob) | |||
|
54 | ||||
|
55 | Empty manifest file results in retrieval | |||
|
56 | (the extension only checks if the manifest file exists) | |||
|
57 | ||||
|
58 | $ touch server/.hg/clonebundles.manifest | |||
|
59 | $ hg --verbose clone -U http://localhost:$HGPORT empty-manifest | |||
|
60 | no clone bundles available on remote; falling back to regular clone | |||
|
61 | requesting all changes | |||
|
62 | adding changesets | |||
|
63 | adding manifests | |||
|
64 | adding file changes | |||
|
65 | added 2 changesets with 2 changes to 2 files | |||
|
66 | ||||
|
67 | Manifest file with invalid URL aborts | |||
|
68 | ||||
|
69 | $ echo 'http://does.not.exist/bundle.hg' > server/.hg/clonebundles.manifest | |||
|
70 | $ hg clone http://localhost:$HGPORT 404-url | |||
|
71 | applying clone bundle from http://does.not.exist/bundle.hg | |||
|
72 | error fetching bundle: [Errno -2] Name or service not known | |||
|
73 | abort: error applying bundle | |||
|
74 | (consider contacting the server operator if this error persists) | |||
|
75 | [255] | |||
|
76 | ||||
|
77 | Server is not running aborts | |||
|
78 | ||||
|
79 | $ echo "http://localhost:$HGPORT1/bundle.hg" > server/.hg/clonebundles.manifest | |||
|
80 | $ hg clone http://localhost:$HGPORT server-not-runner | |||
|
81 | applying clone bundle from http://localhost:$HGPORT1/bundle.hg | |||
|
82 | error fetching bundle: [Errno 111] Connection refused | |||
|
83 | abort: error applying bundle | |||
|
84 | (consider contacting the server operator if this error persists) | |||
|
85 | [255] | |||
|
86 | ||||
|
87 | Server returns 404 | |||
|
88 | ||||
|
89 | $ python $TESTDIR/dumbhttp.py -p $HGPORT1 --pid http.pid | |||
|
90 | $ cat http.pid >> $DAEMON_PIDS | |||
|
91 | $ hg clone http://localhost:$HGPORT running-404 | |||
|
92 | applying clone bundle from http://localhost:$HGPORT1/bundle.hg | |||
|
93 | HTTP error fetching bundle: HTTP Error 404: File not found | |||
|
94 | abort: error applying bundle | |||
|
95 | (consider contacting the server operator if this error persists) | |||
|
96 | [255] | |||
|
97 | ||||
|
98 | We can override failure to fall back to regular clone | |||
|
99 | ||||
|
100 | $ hg --config ui.clonebundlefallback=true clone -U http://localhost:$HGPORT 404-fallback | |||
|
101 | applying clone bundle from http://localhost:$HGPORT1/bundle.hg | |||
|
102 | HTTP error fetching bundle: HTTP Error 404: File not found | |||
|
103 | falling back to normal clone | |||
|
104 | requesting all changes | |||
|
105 | adding changesets | |||
|
106 | adding manifests | |||
|
107 | adding file changes | |||
|
108 | added 2 changesets with 2 changes to 2 files | |||
|
109 | ||||
|
110 | Bundle with partial content works | |||
|
111 | ||||
|
112 | $ hg -R server bundle --type gzip --base null -r 53245c60e682 partial.hg | |||
|
113 | 1 changesets found | |||
|
114 | ||||
|
115 | $ echo "http://localhost:$HGPORT1/partial.hg" > server/.hg/clonebundles.manifest | |||
|
116 | $ hg clone -U http://localhost:$HGPORT partial-bundle | |||
|
117 | applying clone bundle from http://localhost:$HGPORT1/partial.hg | |||
|
118 | adding changesets | |||
|
119 | adding manifests | |||
|
120 | adding file changes | |||
|
121 | added 1 changesets with 1 changes to 1 files | |||
|
122 | finished applying clone bundle | |||
|
123 | searching for changes | |||
|
124 | adding changesets | |||
|
125 | adding manifests | |||
|
126 | adding file changes | |||
|
127 | added 1 changesets with 1 changes to 1 files | |||
|
128 | ||||
|
129 | Bundle with full content works | |||
|
130 | ||||
|
131 | $ hg -R server bundle --type gzip --base null -r tip full.hg | |||
|
132 | 2 changesets found | |||
|
133 | ||||
|
134 | $ echo "http://localhost:$HGPORT1/full.hg" > server/.hg/clonebundles.manifest | |||
|
135 | $ hg clone -U http://localhost:$HGPORT full-bundle | |||
|
136 | applying clone bundle from http://localhost:$HGPORT1/full.hg | |||
|
137 | adding changesets | |||
|
138 | adding manifests | |||
|
139 | adding file changes | |||
|
140 | added 2 changesets with 2 changes to 2 files | |||
|
141 | finished applying clone bundle | |||
|
142 | searching for changes | |||
|
143 | no changes found |
@@ -1,1501 +1,1590 | |||||
1 | # exchange.py - utility to exchange data between repos. |
|
1 | # exchange.py - utility to exchange data between repos. | |
2 | # |
|
2 | # | |
3 | # Copyright 2005-2007 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> |
|
3 | # Copyright 2005-2007 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> | |
4 | # |
|
4 | # | |
5 | # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the |
|
5 | # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the | |
6 | # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version. |
|
6 | # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version. | |
7 |
|
7 | |||
8 | from i18n import _ |
|
8 | from i18n import _ | |
9 | from node import hex, nullid |
|
9 | from node import hex, nullid | |
10 | import errno, urllib |
|
10 | import errno, urllib, urllib2 | |
11 | import util, scmutil, changegroup, base85, error |
|
11 | import util, scmutil, changegroup, base85, error | |
12 | import discovery, phases, obsolete, bookmarks as bookmod, bundle2, pushkey |
|
12 | import discovery, phases, obsolete, bookmarks as bookmod, bundle2, pushkey | |
13 | import lock as lockmod |
|
13 | import lock as lockmod | |
14 | import streamclone |
|
14 | import streamclone | |
15 | import tags |
|
15 | import tags | |
|
16 | import url as urlmod | |||
16 |
|
17 | |||
17 | def readbundle(ui, fh, fname, vfs=None): |
|
18 | def readbundle(ui, fh, fname, vfs=None): | |
18 | header = changegroup.readexactly(fh, 4) |
|
19 | header = changegroup.readexactly(fh, 4) | |
19 |
|
20 | |||
20 | alg = None |
|
21 | alg = None | |
21 | if not fname: |
|
22 | if not fname: | |
22 | fname = "stream" |
|
23 | fname = "stream" | |
23 | if not header.startswith('HG') and header.startswith('\0'): |
|
24 | if not header.startswith('HG') and header.startswith('\0'): | |
24 | fh = changegroup.headerlessfixup(fh, header) |
|
25 | fh = changegroup.headerlessfixup(fh, header) | |
25 | header = "HG10" |
|
26 | header = "HG10" | |
26 | alg = 'UN' |
|
27 | alg = 'UN' | |
27 | elif vfs: |
|
28 | elif vfs: | |
28 | fname = vfs.join(fname) |
|
29 | fname = vfs.join(fname) | |
29 |
|
30 | |||
30 | magic, version = header[0:2], header[2:4] |
|
31 | magic, version = header[0:2], header[2:4] | |
31 |
|
32 | |||
32 | if magic != 'HG': |
|
33 | if magic != 'HG': | |
33 | raise error.Abort(_('%s: not a Mercurial bundle') % fname) |
|
34 | raise error.Abort(_('%s: not a Mercurial bundle') % fname) | |
34 | if version == '10': |
|
35 | if version == '10': | |
35 | if alg is None: |
|
36 | if alg is None: | |
36 | alg = changegroup.readexactly(fh, 2) |
|
37 | alg = changegroup.readexactly(fh, 2) | |
37 | return changegroup.cg1unpacker(fh, alg) |
|
38 | return changegroup.cg1unpacker(fh, alg) | |
38 | elif version.startswith('2'): |
|
39 | elif version.startswith('2'): | |
39 | return bundle2.getunbundler(ui, fh, magicstring=magic + version) |
|
40 | return bundle2.getunbundler(ui, fh, magicstring=magic + version) | |
40 | else: |
|
41 | else: | |
41 | raise error.Abort(_('%s: unknown bundle version %s') % (fname, version)) |
|
42 | raise error.Abort(_('%s: unknown bundle version %s') % (fname, version)) | |
42 |
|
43 | |||
43 | def buildobsmarkerspart(bundler, markers): |
|
44 | def buildobsmarkerspart(bundler, markers): | |
44 | """add an obsmarker part to the bundler with <markers> |
|
45 | """add an obsmarker part to the bundler with <markers> | |
45 |
|
46 | |||
46 | No part is created if markers is empty. |
|
47 | No part is created if markers is empty. | |
47 | Raises ValueError if the bundler doesn't support any known obsmarker format. |
|
48 | Raises ValueError if the bundler doesn't support any known obsmarker format. | |
48 | """ |
|
49 | """ | |
49 | if markers: |
|
50 | if markers: | |
50 | remoteversions = bundle2.obsmarkersversion(bundler.capabilities) |
|
51 | remoteversions = bundle2.obsmarkersversion(bundler.capabilities) | |
51 | version = obsolete.commonversion(remoteversions) |
|
52 | version = obsolete.commonversion(remoteversions) | |
52 | if version is None: |
|
53 | if version is None: | |
53 | raise ValueError('bundler do not support common obsmarker format') |
|
54 | raise ValueError('bundler do not support common obsmarker format') | |
54 | stream = obsolete.encodemarkers(markers, True, version=version) |
|
55 | stream = obsolete.encodemarkers(markers, True, version=version) | |
55 | return bundler.newpart('obsmarkers', data=stream) |
|
56 | return bundler.newpart('obsmarkers', data=stream) | |
56 | return None |
|
57 | return None | |
57 |
|
58 | |||
58 | def _canusebundle2(op): |
|
59 | def _canusebundle2(op): | |
59 | """return true if a pull/push can use bundle2 |
|
60 | """return true if a pull/push can use bundle2 | |
60 |
|
61 | |||
61 | Feel free to nuke this function when we drop the experimental option""" |
|
62 | Feel free to nuke this function when we drop the experimental option""" | |
62 | return (op.repo.ui.configbool('experimental', 'bundle2-exp', True) |
|
63 | return (op.repo.ui.configbool('experimental', 'bundle2-exp', True) | |
63 | and op.remote.capable('bundle2')) |
|
64 | and op.remote.capable('bundle2')) | |
64 |
|
65 | |||
65 |
|
66 | |||
66 | class pushoperation(object): |
|
67 | class pushoperation(object): | |
67 | """A object that represent a single push operation |
|
68 | """A object that represent a single push operation | |
68 |
|
69 | |||
69 | It purpose is to carry push related state and very common operation. |
|
70 | It purpose is to carry push related state and very common operation. | |
70 |
|
71 | |||
71 | A new should be created at the beginning of each push and discarded |
|
72 | A new should be created at the beginning of each push and discarded | |
72 | afterward. |
|
73 | afterward. | |
73 | """ |
|
74 | """ | |
74 |
|
75 | |||
75 | def __init__(self, repo, remote, force=False, revs=None, newbranch=False, |
|
76 | def __init__(self, repo, remote, force=False, revs=None, newbranch=False, | |
76 | bookmarks=()): |
|
77 | bookmarks=()): | |
77 | # repo we push from |
|
78 | # repo we push from | |
78 | self.repo = repo |
|
79 | self.repo = repo | |
79 | self.ui = repo.ui |
|
80 | self.ui = repo.ui | |
80 | # repo we push to |
|
81 | # repo we push to | |
81 | self.remote = remote |
|
82 | self.remote = remote | |
82 | # force option provided |
|
83 | # force option provided | |
83 | self.force = force |
|
84 | self.force = force | |
84 | # revs to be pushed (None is "all") |
|
85 | # revs to be pushed (None is "all") | |
85 | self.revs = revs |
|
86 | self.revs = revs | |
86 | # bookmark explicitly pushed |
|
87 | # bookmark explicitly pushed | |
87 | self.bookmarks = bookmarks |
|
88 | self.bookmarks = bookmarks | |
88 | # allow push of new branch |
|
89 | # allow push of new branch | |
89 | self.newbranch = newbranch |
|
90 | self.newbranch = newbranch | |
90 | # did a local lock get acquired? |
|
91 | # did a local lock get acquired? | |
91 | self.locallocked = None |
|
92 | self.locallocked = None | |
92 | # step already performed |
|
93 | # step already performed | |
93 | # (used to check what steps have been already performed through bundle2) |
|
94 | # (used to check what steps have been already performed through bundle2) | |
94 | self.stepsdone = set() |
|
95 | self.stepsdone = set() | |
95 | # Integer version of the changegroup push result |
|
96 | # Integer version of the changegroup push result | |
96 | # - None means nothing to push |
|
97 | # - None means nothing to push | |
97 | # - 0 means HTTP error |
|
98 | # - 0 means HTTP error | |
98 | # - 1 means we pushed and remote head count is unchanged *or* |
|
99 | # - 1 means we pushed and remote head count is unchanged *or* | |
99 | # we have outgoing changesets but refused to push |
|
100 | # we have outgoing changesets but refused to push | |
100 | # - other values as described by addchangegroup() |
|
101 | # - other values as described by addchangegroup() | |
101 | self.cgresult = None |
|
102 | self.cgresult = None | |
102 | # Boolean value for the bookmark push |
|
103 | # Boolean value for the bookmark push | |
103 | self.bkresult = None |
|
104 | self.bkresult = None | |
104 | # discover.outgoing object (contains common and outgoing data) |
|
105 | # discover.outgoing object (contains common and outgoing data) | |
105 | self.outgoing = None |
|
106 | self.outgoing = None | |
106 | # all remote heads before the push |
|
107 | # all remote heads before the push | |
107 | self.remoteheads = None |
|
108 | self.remoteheads = None | |
108 | # testable as a boolean indicating if any nodes are missing locally. |
|
109 | # testable as a boolean indicating if any nodes are missing locally. | |
109 | self.incoming = None |
|
110 | self.incoming = None | |
110 | # phases changes that must be pushed along side the changesets |
|
111 | # phases changes that must be pushed along side the changesets | |
111 | self.outdatedphases = None |
|
112 | self.outdatedphases = None | |
112 | # phases changes that must be pushed if changeset push fails |
|
113 | # phases changes that must be pushed if changeset push fails | |
113 | self.fallbackoutdatedphases = None |
|
114 | self.fallbackoutdatedphases = None | |
114 | # outgoing obsmarkers |
|
115 | # outgoing obsmarkers | |
115 | self.outobsmarkers = set() |
|
116 | self.outobsmarkers = set() | |
116 | # outgoing bookmarks |
|
117 | # outgoing bookmarks | |
117 | self.outbookmarks = [] |
|
118 | self.outbookmarks = [] | |
118 | # transaction manager |
|
119 | # transaction manager | |
119 | self.trmanager = None |
|
120 | self.trmanager = None | |
120 | # map { pushkey partid -> callback handling failure} |
|
121 | # map { pushkey partid -> callback handling failure} | |
121 | # used to handle exception from mandatory pushkey part failure |
|
122 | # used to handle exception from mandatory pushkey part failure | |
122 | self.pkfailcb = {} |
|
123 | self.pkfailcb = {} | |
123 |
|
124 | |||
124 | @util.propertycache |
|
125 | @util.propertycache | |
125 | def futureheads(self): |
|
126 | def futureheads(self): | |
126 | """future remote heads if the changeset push succeeds""" |
|
127 | """future remote heads if the changeset push succeeds""" | |
127 | return self.outgoing.missingheads |
|
128 | return self.outgoing.missingheads | |
128 |
|
129 | |||
129 | @util.propertycache |
|
130 | @util.propertycache | |
130 | def fallbackheads(self): |
|
131 | def fallbackheads(self): | |
131 | """future remote heads if the changeset push fails""" |
|
132 | """future remote heads if the changeset push fails""" | |
132 | if self.revs is None: |
|
133 | if self.revs is None: | |
133 | # not target to push, all common are relevant |
|
134 | # not target to push, all common are relevant | |
134 | return self.outgoing.commonheads |
|
135 | return self.outgoing.commonheads | |
135 | unfi = self.repo.unfiltered() |
|
136 | unfi = self.repo.unfiltered() | |
136 | # I want cheads = heads(::missingheads and ::commonheads) |
|
137 | # I want cheads = heads(::missingheads and ::commonheads) | |
137 | # (missingheads is revs with secret changeset filtered out) |
|
138 | # (missingheads is revs with secret changeset filtered out) | |
138 | # |
|
139 | # | |
139 | # This can be expressed as: |
|
140 | # This can be expressed as: | |
140 | # cheads = ( (missingheads and ::commonheads) |
|
141 | # cheads = ( (missingheads and ::commonheads) | |
141 | # + (commonheads and ::missingheads))" |
|
142 | # + (commonheads and ::missingheads))" | |
142 | # ) |
|
143 | # ) | |
143 | # |
|
144 | # | |
144 | # while trying to push we already computed the following: |
|
145 | # while trying to push we already computed the following: | |
145 | # common = (::commonheads) |
|
146 | # common = (::commonheads) | |
146 | # missing = ((commonheads::missingheads) - commonheads) |
|
147 | # missing = ((commonheads::missingheads) - commonheads) | |
147 | # |
|
148 | # | |
148 | # We can pick: |
|
149 | # We can pick: | |
149 | # * missingheads part of common (::commonheads) |
|
150 | # * missingheads part of common (::commonheads) | |
150 | common = self.outgoing.common |
|
151 | common = self.outgoing.common | |
151 | nm = self.repo.changelog.nodemap |
|
152 | nm = self.repo.changelog.nodemap | |
152 | cheads = [node for node in self.revs if nm[node] in common] |
|
153 | cheads = [node for node in self.revs if nm[node] in common] | |
153 | # and |
|
154 | # and | |
154 | # * commonheads parents on missing |
|
155 | # * commonheads parents on missing | |
155 | revset = unfi.set('%ln and parents(roots(%ln))', |
|
156 | revset = unfi.set('%ln and parents(roots(%ln))', | |
156 | self.outgoing.commonheads, |
|
157 | self.outgoing.commonheads, | |
157 | self.outgoing.missing) |
|
158 | self.outgoing.missing) | |
158 | cheads.extend(c.node() for c in revset) |
|
159 | cheads.extend(c.node() for c in revset) | |
159 | return cheads |
|
160 | return cheads | |
160 |
|
161 | |||
161 | @property |
|
162 | @property | |
162 | def commonheads(self): |
|
163 | def commonheads(self): | |
163 | """set of all common heads after changeset bundle push""" |
|
164 | """set of all common heads after changeset bundle push""" | |
164 | if self.cgresult: |
|
165 | if self.cgresult: | |
165 | return self.futureheads |
|
166 | return self.futureheads | |
166 | else: |
|
167 | else: | |
167 | return self.fallbackheads |
|
168 | return self.fallbackheads | |
168 |
|
169 | |||
169 | # mapping of message used when pushing bookmark |
|
170 | # mapping of message used when pushing bookmark | |
170 | bookmsgmap = {'update': (_("updating bookmark %s\n"), |
|
171 | bookmsgmap = {'update': (_("updating bookmark %s\n"), | |
171 | _('updating bookmark %s failed!\n')), |
|
172 | _('updating bookmark %s failed!\n')), | |
172 | 'export': (_("exporting bookmark %s\n"), |
|
173 | 'export': (_("exporting bookmark %s\n"), | |
173 | _('exporting bookmark %s failed!\n')), |
|
174 | _('exporting bookmark %s failed!\n')), | |
174 | 'delete': (_("deleting remote bookmark %s\n"), |
|
175 | 'delete': (_("deleting remote bookmark %s\n"), | |
175 | _('deleting remote bookmark %s failed!\n')), |
|
176 | _('deleting remote bookmark %s failed!\n')), | |
176 | } |
|
177 | } | |
177 |
|
178 | |||
178 |
|
179 | |||
179 | def push(repo, remote, force=False, revs=None, newbranch=False, bookmarks=()): |
|
180 | def push(repo, remote, force=False, revs=None, newbranch=False, bookmarks=()): | |
180 | '''Push outgoing changesets (limited by revs) from a local |
|
181 | '''Push outgoing changesets (limited by revs) from a local | |
181 | repository to remote. Return an integer: |
|
182 | repository to remote. Return an integer: | |
182 | - None means nothing to push |
|
183 | - None means nothing to push | |
183 | - 0 means HTTP error |
|
184 | - 0 means HTTP error | |
184 | - 1 means we pushed and remote head count is unchanged *or* |
|
185 | - 1 means we pushed and remote head count is unchanged *or* | |
185 | we have outgoing changesets but refused to push |
|
186 | we have outgoing changesets but refused to push | |
186 | - other values as described by addchangegroup() |
|
187 | - other values as described by addchangegroup() | |
187 | ''' |
|
188 | ''' | |
188 | pushop = pushoperation(repo, remote, force, revs, newbranch, bookmarks) |
|
189 | pushop = pushoperation(repo, remote, force, revs, newbranch, bookmarks) | |
189 | if pushop.remote.local(): |
|
190 | if pushop.remote.local(): | |
190 | missing = (set(pushop.repo.requirements) |
|
191 | missing = (set(pushop.repo.requirements) | |
191 | - pushop.remote.local().supported) |
|
192 | - pushop.remote.local().supported) | |
192 | if missing: |
|
193 | if missing: | |
193 | msg = _("required features are not" |
|
194 | msg = _("required features are not" | |
194 | " supported in the destination:" |
|
195 | " supported in the destination:" | |
195 | " %s") % (', '.join(sorted(missing))) |
|
196 | " %s") % (', '.join(sorted(missing))) | |
196 | raise error.Abort(msg) |
|
197 | raise error.Abort(msg) | |
197 |
|
198 | |||
198 | # there are two ways to push to remote repo: |
|
199 | # there are two ways to push to remote repo: | |
199 | # |
|
200 | # | |
200 | # addchangegroup assumes local user can lock remote |
|
201 | # addchangegroup assumes local user can lock remote | |
201 | # repo (local filesystem, old ssh servers). |
|
202 | # repo (local filesystem, old ssh servers). | |
202 | # |
|
203 | # | |
203 | # unbundle assumes local user cannot lock remote repo (new ssh |
|
204 | # unbundle assumes local user cannot lock remote repo (new ssh | |
204 | # servers, http servers). |
|
205 | # servers, http servers). | |
205 |
|
206 | |||
206 | if not pushop.remote.canpush(): |
|
207 | if not pushop.remote.canpush(): | |
207 | raise error.Abort(_("destination does not support push")) |
|
208 | raise error.Abort(_("destination does not support push")) | |
208 | # get local lock as we might write phase data |
|
209 | # get local lock as we might write phase data | |
209 | localwlock = locallock = None |
|
210 | localwlock = locallock = None | |
210 | try: |
|
211 | try: | |
211 | # bundle2 push may receive a reply bundle touching bookmarks or other |
|
212 | # bundle2 push may receive a reply bundle touching bookmarks or other | |
212 | # things requiring the wlock. Take it now to ensure proper ordering. |
|
213 | # things requiring the wlock. Take it now to ensure proper ordering. | |
213 | maypushback = pushop.ui.configbool('experimental', 'bundle2.pushback') |
|
214 | maypushback = pushop.ui.configbool('experimental', 'bundle2.pushback') | |
214 | if _canusebundle2(pushop) and maypushback: |
|
215 | if _canusebundle2(pushop) and maypushback: | |
215 | localwlock = pushop.repo.wlock() |
|
216 | localwlock = pushop.repo.wlock() | |
216 | locallock = pushop.repo.lock() |
|
217 | locallock = pushop.repo.lock() | |
217 | pushop.locallocked = True |
|
218 | pushop.locallocked = True | |
218 | except IOError as err: |
|
219 | except IOError as err: | |
219 | pushop.locallocked = False |
|
220 | pushop.locallocked = False | |
220 | if err.errno != errno.EACCES: |
|
221 | if err.errno != errno.EACCES: | |
221 | raise |
|
222 | raise | |
222 | # source repo cannot be locked. |
|
223 | # source repo cannot be locked. | |
223 | # We do not abort the push, but just disable the local phase |
|
224 | # We do not abort the push, but just disable the local phase | |
224 | # synchronisation. |
|
225 | # synchronisation. | |
225 | msg = 'cannot lock source repository: %s\n' % err |
|
226 | msg = 'cannot lock source repository: %s\n' % err | |
226 | pushop.ui.debug(msg) |
|
227 | pushop.ui.debug(msg) | |
227 | try: |
|
228 | try: | |
228 | if pushop.locallocked: |
|
229 | if pushop.locallocked: | |
229 | pushop.trmanager = transactionmanager(repo, |
|
230 | pushop.trmanager = transactionmanager(repo, | |
230 | 'push-response', |
|
231 | 'push-response', | |
231 | pushop.remote.url()) |
|
232 | pushop.remote.url()) | |
232 | pushop.repo.checkpush(pushop) |
|
233 | pushop.repo.checkpush(pushop) | |
233 | lock = None |
|
234 | lock = None | |
234 | unbundle = pushop.remote.capable('unbundle') |
|
235 | unbundle = pushop.remote.capable('unbundle') | |
235 | if not unbundle: |
|
236 | if not unbundle: | |
236 | lock = pushop.remote.lock() |
|
237 | lock = pushop.remote.lock() | |
237 | try: |
|
238 | try: | |
238 | _pushdiscovery(pushop) |
|
239 | _pushdiscovery(pushop) | |
239 | if _canusebundle2(pushop): |
|
240 | if _canusebundle2(pushop): | |
240 | _pushbundle2(pushop) |
|
241 | _pushbundle2(pushop) | |
241 | _pushchangeset(pushop) |
|
242 | _pushchangeset(pushop) | |
242 | _pushsyncphase(pushop) |
|
243 | _pushsyncphase(pushop) | |
243 | _pushobsolete(pushop) |
|
244 | _pushobsolete(pushop) | |
244 | _pushbookmark(pushop) |
|
245 | _pushbookmark(pushop) | |
245 | finally: |
|
246 | finally: | |
246 | if lock is not None: |
|
247 | if lock is not None: | |
247 | lock.release() |
|
248 | lock.release() | |
248 | if pushop.trmanager: |
|
249 | if pushop.trmanager: | |
249 | pushop.trmanager.close() |
|
250 | pushop.trmanager.close() | |
250 | finally: |
|
251 | finally: | |
251 | if pushop.trmanager: |
|
252 | if pushop.trmanager: | |
252 | pushop.trmanager.release() |
|
253 | pushop.trmanager.release() | |
253 | if locallock is not None: |
|
254 | if locallock is not None: | |
254 | locallock.release() |
|
255 | locallock.release() | |
255 | if localwlock is not None: |
|
256 | if localwlock is not None: | |
256 | localwlock.release() |
|
257 | localwlock.release() | |
257 |
|
258 | |||
258 | return pushop |
|
259 | return pushop | |
259 |
|
260 | |||
260 | # list of steps to perform discovery before push |
|
261 | # list of steps to perform discovery before push | |
261 | pushdiscoveryorder = [] |
|
262 | pushdiscoveryorder = [] | |
262 |
|
263 | |||
263 | # Mapping between step name and function |
|
264 | # Mapping between step name and function | |
264 | # |
|
265 | # | |
265 | # This exists to help extensions wrap steps if necessary |
|
266 | # This exists to help extensions wrap steps if necessary | |
266 | pushdiscoverymapping = {} |
|
267 | pushdiscoverymapping = {} | |
267 |
|
268 | |||
268 | def pushdiscovery(stepname): |
|
269 | def pushdiscovery(stepname): | |
269 | """decorator for function performing discovery before push |
|
270 | """decorator for function performing discovery before push | |
270 |
|
271 | |||
271 | The function is added to the step -> function mapping and appended to the |
|
272 | The function is added to the step -> function mapping and appended to the | |
272 | list of steps. Beware that decorated function will be added in order (this |
|
273 | list of steps. Beware that decorated function will be added in order (this | |
273 | may matter). |
|
274 | may matter). | |
274 |
|
275 | |||
275 | You can only use this decorator for a new step, if you want to wrap a step |
|
276 | You can only use this decorator for a new step, if you want to wrap a step | |
276 | from an extension, change the pushdiscovery dictionary directly.""" |
|
277 | from an extension, change the pushdiscovery dictionary directly.""" | |
277 | def dec(func): |
|
278 | def dec(func): | |
278 | assert stepname not in pushdiscoverymapping |
|
279 | assert stepname not in pushdiscoverymapping | |
279 | pushdiscoverymapping[stepname] = func |
|
280 | pushdiscoverymapping[stepname] = func | |
280 | pushdiscoveryorder.append(stepname) |
|
281 | pushdiscoveryorder.append(stepname) | |
281 | return func |
|
282 | return func | |
282 | return dec |
|
283 | return dec | |
283 |
|
284 | |||
284 | def _pushdiscovery(pushop): |
|
285 | def _pushdiscovery(pushop): | |
285 | """Run all discovery steps""" |
|
286 | """Run all discovery steps""" | |
286 | for stepname in pushdiscoveryorder: |
|
287 | for stepname in pushdiscoveryorder: | |
287 | step = pushdiscoverymapping[stepname] |
|
288 | step = pushdiscoverymapping[stepname] | |
288 | step(pushop) |
|
289 | step(pushop) | |
289 |
|
290 | |||
290 | @pushdiscovery('changeset') |
|
291 | @pushdiscovery('changeset') | |
291 | def _pushdiscoverychangeset(pushop): |
|
292 | def _pushdiscoverychangeset(pushop): | |
292 | """discover the changeset that need to be pushed""" |
|
293 | """discover the changeset that need to be pushed""" | |
293 | fci = discovery.findcommonincoming |
|
294 | fci = discovery.findcommonincoming | |
294 | commoninc = fci(pushop.repo, pushop.remote, force=pushop.force) |
|
295 | commoninc = fci(pushop.repo, pushop.remote, force=pushop.force) | |
295 | common, inc, remoteheads = commoninc |
|
296 | common, inc, remoteheads = commoninc | |
296 | fco = discovery.findcommonoutgoing |
|
297 | fco = discovery.findcommonoutgoing | |
297 | outgoing = fco(pushop.repo, pushop.remote, onlyheads=pushop.revs, |
|
298 | outgoing = fco(pushop.repo, pushop.remote, onlyheads=pushop.revs, | |
298 | commoninc=commoninc, force=pushop.force) |
|
299 | commoninc=commoninc, force=pushop.force) | |
299 | pushop.outgoing = outgoing |
|
300 | pushop.outgoing = outgoing | |
300 | pushop.remoteheads = remoteheads |
|
301 | pushop.remoteheads = remoteheads | |
301 | pushop.incoming = inc |
|
302 | pushop.incoming = inc | |
302 |
|
303 | |||
303 | @pushdiscovery('phase') |
|
304 | @pushdiscovery('phase') | |
304 | def _pushdiscoveryphase(pushop): |
|
305 | def _pushdiscoveryphase(pushop): | |
305 | """discover the phase that needs to be pushed |
|
306 | """discover the phase that needs to be pushed | |
306 |
|
307 | |||
307 | (computed for both success and failure case for changesets push)""" |
|
308 | (computed for both success and failure case for changesets push)""" | |
308 | outgoing = pushop.outgoing |
|
309 | outgoing = pushop.outgoing | |
309 | unfi = pushop.repo.unfiltered() |
|
310 | unfi = pushop.repo.unfiltered() | |
310 | remotephases = pushop.remote.listkeys('phases') |
|
311 | remotephases = pushop.remote.listkeys('phases') | |
311 | publishing = remotephases.get('publishing', False) |
|
312 | publishing = remotephases.get('publishing', False) | |
312 | if (pushop.ui.configbool('ui', '_usedassubrepo', False) |
|
313 | if (pushop.ui.configbool('ui', '_usedassubrepo', False) | |
313 | and remotephases # server supports phases |
|
314 | and remotephases # server supports phases | |
314 | and not pushop.outgoing.missing # no changesets to be pushed |
|
315 | and not pushop.outgoing.missing # no changesets to be pushed | |
315 | and publishing): |
|
316 | and publishing): | |
316 | # When: |
|
317 | # When: | |
317 | # - this is a subrepo push |
|
318 | # - this is a subrepo push | |
318 | # - and remote support phase |
|
319 | # - and remote support phase | |
319 | # - and no changeset are to be pushed |
|
320 | # - and no changeset are to be pushed | |
320 | # - and remote is publishing |
|
321 | # - and remote is publishing | |
321 | # We may be in issue 3871 case! |
|
322 | # We may be in issue 3871 case! | |
322 | # We drop the possible phase synchronisation done by |
|
323 | # We drop the possible phase synchronisation done by | |
323 | # courtesy to publish changesets possibly locally draft |
|
324 | # courtesy to publish changesets possibly locally draft | |
324 | # on the remote. |
|
325 | # on the remote. | |
325 | remotephases = {'publishing': 'True'} |
|
326 | remotephases = {'publishing': 'True'} | |
326 | ana = phases.analyzeremotephases(pushop.repo, |
|
327 | ana = phases.analyzeremotephases(pushop.repo, | |
327 | pushop.fallbackheads, |
|
328 | pushop.fallbackheads, | |
328 | remotephases) |
|
329 | remotephases) | |
329 | pheads, droots = ana |
|
330 | pheads, droots = ana | |
330 | extracond = '' |
|
331 | extracond = '' | |
331 | if not publishing: |
|
332 | if not publishing: | |
332 | extracond = ' and public()' |
|
333 | extracond = ' and public()' | |
333 | revset = 'heads((%%ln::%%ln) %s)' % extracond |
|
334 | revset = 'heads((%%ln::%%ln) %s)' % extracond | |
334 | # Get the list of all revs draft on remote by public here. |
|
335 | # Get the list of all revs draft on remote by public here. | |
335 | # XXX Beware that revset break if droots is not strictly |
|
336 | # XXX Beware that revset break if droots is not strictly | |
336 | # XXX root we may want to ensure it is but it is costly |
|
337 | # XXX root we may want to ensure it is but it is costly | |
337 | fallback = list(unfi.set(revset, droots, pushop.fallbackheads)) |
|
338 | fallback = list(unfi.set(revset, droots, pushop.fallbackheads)) | |
338 | if not outgoing.missing: |
|
339 | if not outgoing.missing: | |
339 | future = fallback |
|
340 | future = fallback | |
340 | else: |
|
341 | else: | |
341 | # adds changeset we are going to push as draft |
|
342 | # adds changeset we are going to push as draft | |
342 | # |
|
343 | # | |
343 | # should not be necessary for publishing server, but because of an |
|
344 | # should not be necessary for publishing server, but because of an | |
344 | # issue fixed in xxxxx we have to do it anyway. |
|
345 | # issue fixed in xxxxx we have to do it anyway. | |
345 | fdroots = list(unfi.set('roots(%ln + %ln::)', |
|
346 | fdroots = list(unfi.set('roots(%ln + %ln::)', | |
346 | outgoing.missing, droots)) |
|
347 | outgoing.missing, droots)) | |
347 | fdroots = [f.node() for f in fdroots] |
|
348 | fdroots = [f.node() for f in fdroots] | |
348 | future = list(unfi.set(revset, fdroots, pushop.futureheads)) |
|
349 | future = list(unfi.set(revset, fdroots, pushop.futureheads)) | |
349 | pushop.outdatedphases = future |
|
350 | pushop.outdatedphases = future | |
350 | pushop.fallbackoutdatedphases = fallback |
|
351 | pushop.fallbackoutdatedphases = fallback | |
351 |
|
352 | |||
352 | @pushdiscovery('obsmarker') |
|
353 | @pushdiscovery('obsmarker') | |
353 | def _pushdiscoveryobsmarkers(pushop): |
|
354 | def _pushdiscoveryobsmarkers(pushop): | |
354 | if (obsolete.isenabled(pushop.repo, obsolete.exchangeopt) |
|
355 | if (obsolete.isenabled(pushop.repo, obsolete.exchangeopt) | |
355 | and pushop.repo.obsstore |
|
356 | and pushop.repo.obsstore | |
356 | and 'obsolete' in pushop.remote.listkeys('namespaces')): |
|
357 | and 'obsolete' in pushop.remote.listkeys('namespaces')): | |
357 | repo = pushop.repo |
|
358 | repo = pushop.repo | |
358 | # very naive computation, that can be quite expensive on big repo. |
|
359 | # very naive computation, that can be quite expensive on big repo. | |
359 | # However: evolution is currently slow on them anyway. |
|
360 | # However: evolution is currently slow on them anyway. | |
360 | nodes = (c.node() for c in repo.set('::%ln', pushop.futureheads)) |
|
361 | nodes = (c.node() for c in repo.set('::%ln', pushop.futureheads)) | |
361 | pushop.outobsmarkers = pushop.repo.obsstore.relevantmarkers(nodes) |
|
362 | pushop.outobsmarkers = pushop.repo.obsstore.relevantmarkers(nodes) | |
362 |
|
363 | |||
363 | @pushdiscovery('bookmarks') |
|
364 | @pushdiscovery('bookmarks') | |
364 | def _pushdiscoverybookmarks(pushop): |
|
365 | def _pushdiscoverybookmarks(pushop): | |
365 | ui = pushop.ui |
|
366 | ui = pushop.ui | |
366 | repo = pushop.repo.unfiltered() |
|
367 | repo = pushop.repo.unfiltered() | |
367 | remote = pushop.remote |
|
368 | remote = pushop.remote | |
368 | ui.debug("checking for updated bookmarks\n") |
|
369 | ui.debug("checking for updated bookmarks\n") | |
369 | ancestors = () |
|
370 | ancestors = () | |
370 | if pushop.revs: |
|
371 | if pushop.revs: | |
371 | revnums = map(repo.changelog.rev, pushop.revs) |
|
372 | revnums = map(repo.changelog.rev, pushop.revs) | |
372 | ancestors = repo.changelog.ancestors(revnums, inclusive=True) |
|
373 | ancestors = repo.changelog.ancestors(revnums, inclusive=True) | |
373 | remotebookmark = remote.listkeys('bookmarks') |
|
374 | remotebookmark = remote.listkeys('bookmarks') | |
374 |
|
375 | |||
375 | explicit = set(pushop.bookmarks) |
|
376 | explicit = set(pushop.bookmarks) | |
376 |
|
377 | |||
377 | comp = bookmod.compare(repo, repo._bookmarks, remotebookmark, srchex=hex) |
|
378 | comp = bookmod.compare(repo, repo._bookmarks, remotebookmark, srchex=hex) | |
378 | addsrc, adddst, advsrc, advdst, diverge, differ, invalid, same = comp |
|
379 | addsrc, adddst, advsrc, advdst, diverge, differ, invalid, same = comp | |
379 | for b, scid, dcid in advsrc: |
|
380 | for b, scid, dcid in advsrc: | |
380 | if b in explicit: |
|
381 | if b in explicit: | |
381 | explicit.remove(b) |
|
382 | explicit.remove(b) | |
382 | if not ancestors or repo[scid].rev() in ancestors: |
|
383 | if not ancestors or repo[scid].rev() in ancestors: | |
383 | pushop.outbookmarks.append((b, dcid, scid)) |
|
384 | pushop.outbookmarks.append((b, dcid, scid)) | |
384 | # search added bookmark |
|
385 | # search added bookmark | |
385 | for b, scid, dcid in addsrc: |
|
386 | for b, scid, dcid in addsrc: | |
386 | if b in explicit: |
|
387 | if b in explicit: | |
387 | explicit.remove(b) |
|
388 | explicit.remove(b) | |
388 | pushop.outbookmarks.append((b, '', scid)) |
|
389 | pushop.outbookmarks.append((b, '', scid)) | |
389 | # search for overwritten bookmark |
|
390 | # search for overwritten bookmark | |
390 | for b, scid, dcid in advdst + diverge + differ: |
|
391 | for b, scid, dcid in advdst + diverge + differ: | |
391 | if b in explicit: |
|
392 | if b in explicit: | |
392 | explicit.remove(b) |
|
393 | explicit.remove(b) | |
393 | pushop.outbookmarks.append((b, dcid, scid)) |
|
394 | pushop.outbookmarks.append((b, dcid, scid)) | |
394 | # search for bookmark to delete |
|
395 | # search for bookmark to delete | |
395 | for b, scid, dcid in adddst: |
|
396 | for b, scid, dcid in adddst: | |
396 | if b in explicit: |
|
397 | if b in explicit: | |
397 | explicit.remove(b) |
|
398 | explicit.remove(b) | |
398 | # treat as "deleted locally" |
|
399 | # treat as "deleted locally" | |
399 | pushop.outbookmarks.append((b, dcid, '')) |
|
400 | pushop.outbookmarks.append((b, dcid, '')) | |
400 | # identical bookmarks shouldn't get reported |
|
401 | # identical bookmarks shouldn't get reported | |
401 | for b, scid, dcid in same: |
|
402 | for b, scid, dcid in same: | |
402 | if b in explicit: |
|
403 | if b in explicit: | |
403 | explicit.remove(b) |
|
404 | explicit.remove(b) | |
404 |
|
405 | |||
405 | if explicit: |
|
406 | if explicit: | |
406 | explicit = sorted(explicit) |
|
407 | explicit = sorted(explicit) | |
407 | # we should probably list all of them |
|
408 | # we should probably list all of them | |
408 | ui.warn(_('bookmark %s does not exist on the local ' |
|
409 | ui.warn(_('bookmark %s does not exist on the local ' | |
409 | 'or remote repository!\n') % explicit[0]) |
|
410 | 'or remote repository!\n') % explicit[0]) | |
410 | pushop.bkresult = 2 |
|
411 | pushop.bkresult = 2 | |
411 |
|
412 | |||
412 | pushop.outbookmarks.sort() |
|
413 | pushop.outbookmarks.sort() | |
413 |
|
414 | |||
414 | def _pushcheckoutgoing(pushop): |
|
415 | def _pushcheckoutgoing(pushop): | |
415 | outgoing = pushop.outgoing |
|
416 | outgoing = pushop.outgoing | |
416 | unfi = pushop.repo.unfiltered() |
|
417 | unfi = pushop.repo.unfiltered() | |
417 | if not outgoing.missing: |
|
418 | if not outgoing.missing: | |
418 | # nothing to push |
|
419 | # nothing to push | |
419 | scmutil.nochangesfound(unfi.ui, unfi, outgoing.excluded) |
|
420 | scmutil.nochangesfound(unfi.ui, unfi, outgoing.excluded) | |
420 | return False |
|
421 | return False | |
421 | # something to push |
|
422 | # something to push | |
422 | if not pushop.force: |
|
423 | if not pushop.force: | |
423 | # if repo.obsstore == False --> no obsolete |
|
424 | # if repo.obsstore == False --> no obsolete | |
424 | # then, save the iteration |
|
425 | # then, save the iteration | |
425 | if unfi.obsstore: |
|
426 | if unfi.obsstore: | |
426 | # this message are here for 80 char limit reason |
|
427 | # this message are here for 80 char limit reason | |
427 | mso = _("push includes obsolete changeset: %s!") |
|
428 | mso = _("push includes obsolete changeset: %s!") | |
428 | mst = {"unstable": _("push includes unstable changeset: %s!"), |
|
429 | mst = {"unstable": _("push includes unstable changeset: %s!"), | |
429 | "bumped": _("push includes bumped changeset: %s!"), |
|
430 | "bumped": _("push includes bumped changeset: %s!"), | |
430 | "divergent": _("push includes divergent changeset: %s!")} |
|
431 | "divergent": _("push includes divergent changeset: %s!")} | |
431 | # If we are to push if there is at least one |
|
432 | # If we are to push if there is at least one | |
432 | # obsolete or unstable changeset in missing, at |
|
433 | # obsolete or unstable changeset in missing, at | |
433 | # least one of the missinghead will be obsolete or |
|
434 | # least one of the missinghead will be obsolete or | |
434 | # unstable. So checking heads only is ok |
|
435 | # unstable. So checking heads only is ok | |
435 | for node in outgoing.missingheads: |
|
436 | for node in outgoing.missingheads: | |
436 | ctx = unfi[node] |
|
437 | ctx = unfi[node] | |
437 | if ctx.obsolete(): |
|
438 | if ctx.obsolete(): | |
438 | raise error.Abort(mso % ctx) |
|
439 | raise error.Abort(mso % ctx) | |
439 | elif ctx.troubled(): |
|
440 | elif ctx.troubled(): | |
440 | raise error.Abort(mst[ctx.troubles()[0]] % ctx) |
|
441 | raise error.Abort(mst[ctx.troubles()[0]] % ctx) | |
441 |
|
442 | |||
442 | # internal config: bookmarks.pushing |
|
443 | # internal config: bookmarks.pushing | |
443 | newbm = pushop.ui.configlist('bookmarks', 'pushing') |
|
444 | newbm = pushop.ui.configlist('bookmarks', 'pushing') | |
444 | discovery.checkheads(unfi, pushop.remote, outgoing, |
|
445 | discovery.checkheads(unfi, pushop.remote, outgoing, | |
445 | pushop.remoteheads, |
|
446 | pushop.remoteheads, | |
446 | pushop.newbranch, |
|
447 | pushop.newbranch, | |
447 | bool(pushop.incoming), |
|
448 | bool(pushop.incoming), | |
448 | newbm) |
|
449 | newbm) | |
449 | return True |
|
450 | return True | |
450 |
|
451 | |||
451 | # List of names of steps to perform for an outgoing bundle2, order matters. |
|
452 | # List of names of steps to perform for an outgoing bundle2, order matters. | |
452 | b2partsgenorder = [] |
|
453 | b2partsgenorder = [] | |
453 |
|
454 | |||
454 | # Mapping between step name and function |
|
455 | # Mapping between step name and function | |
455 | # |
|
456 | # | |
456 | # This exists to help extensions wrap steps if necessary |
|
457 | # This exists to help extensions wrap steps if necessary | |
457 | b2partsgenmapping = {} |
|
458 | b2partsgenmapping = {} | |
458 |
|
459 | |||
459 | def b2partsgenerator(stepname, idx=None): |
|
460 | def b2partsgenerator(stepname, idx=None): | |
460 | """decorator for function generating bundle2 part |
|
461 | """decorator for function generating bundle2 part | |
461 |
|
462 | |||
462 | The function is added to the step -> function mapping and appended to the |
|
463 | The function is added to the step -> function mapping and appended to the | |
463 | list of steps. Beware that decorated functions will be added in order |
|
464 | list of steps. Beware that decorated functions will be added in order | |
464 | (this may matter). |
|
465 | (this may matter). | |
465 |
|
466 | |||
466 | You can only use this decorator for new steps, if you want to wrap a step |
|
467 | You can only use this decorator for new steps, if you want to wrap a step | |
467 | from an extension, attack the b2partsgenmapping dictionary directly.""" |
|
468 | from an extension, attack the b2partsgenmapping dictionary directly.""" | |
468 | def dec(func): |
|
469 | def dec(func): | |
469 | assert stepname not in b2partsgenmapping |
|
470 | assert stepname not in b2partsgenmapping | |
470 | b2partsgenmapping[stepname] = func |
|
471 | b2partsgenmapping[stepname] = func | |
471 | if idx is None: |
|
472 | if idx is None: | |
472 | b2partsgenorder.append(stepname) |
|
473 | b2partsgenorder.append(stepname) | |
473 | else: |
|
474 | else: | |
474 | b2partsgenorder.insert(idx, stepname) |
|
475 | b2partsgenorder.insert(idx, stepname) | |
475 | return func |
|
476 | return func | |
476 | return dec |
|
477 | return dec | |
477 |
|
478 | |||
478 | def _pushb2ctxcheckheads(pushop, bundler): |
|
479 | def _pushb2ctxcheckheads(pushop, bundler): | |
479 | """Generate race condition checking parts |
|
480 | """Generate race condition checking parts | |
480 |
|
481 | |||
481 | Exists as an indepedent function to aid extensions |
|
482 | Exists as an indepedent function to aid extensions | |
482 | """ |
|
483 | """ | |
483 | if not pushop.force: |
|
484 | if not pushop.force: | |
484 | bundler.newpart('check:heads', data=iter(pushop.remoteheads)) |
|
485 | bundler.newpart('check:heads', data=iter(pushop.remoteheads)) | |
485 |
|
486 | |||
486 | @b2partsgenerator('changeset') |
|
487 | @b2partsgenerator('changeset') | |
487 | def _pushb2ctx(pushop, bundler): |
|
488 | def _pushb2ctx(pushop, bundler): | |
488 | """handle changegroup push through bundle2 |
|
489 | """handle changegroup push through bundle2 | |
489 |
|
490 | |||
490 | addchangegroup result is stored in the ``pushop.cgresult`` attribute. |
|
491 | addchangegroup result is stored in the ``pushop.cgresult`` attribute. | |
491 | """ |
|
492 | """ | |
492 | if 'changesets' in pushop.stepsdone: |
|
493 | if 'changesets' in pushop.stepsdone: | |
493 | return |
|
494 | return | |
494 | pushop.stepsdone.add('changesets') |
|
495 | pushop.stepsdone.add('changesets') | |
495 | # Send known heads to the server for race detection. |
|
496 | # Send known heads to the server for race detection. | |
496 | if not _pushcheckoutgoing(pushop): |
|
497 | if not _pushcheckoutgoing(pushop): | |
497 | return |
|
498 | return | |
498 | pushop.repo.prepushoutgoinghooks(pushop.repo, |
|
499 | pushop.repo.prepushoutgoinghooks(pushop.repo, | |
499 | pushop.remote, |
|
500 | pushop.remote, | |
500 | pushop.outgoing) |
|
501 | pushop.outgoing) | |
501 |
|
502 | |||
502 | _pushb2ctxcheckheads(pushop, bundler) |
|
503 | _pushb2ctxcheckheads(pushop, bundler) | |
503 |
|
504 | |||
504 | b2caps = bundle2.bundle2caps(pushop.remote) |
|
505 | b2caps = bundle2.bundle2caps(pushop.remote) | |
505 | version = None |
|
506 | version = None | |
506 | cgversions = b2caps.get('changegroup') |
|
507 | cgversions = b2caps.get('changegroup') | |
507 | if not cgversions: # 3.1 and 3.2 ship with an empty value |
|
508 | if not cgversions: # 3.1 and 3.2 ship with an empty value | |
508 | cg = changegroup.getlocalchangegroupraw(pushop.repo, 'push', |
|
509 | cg = changegroup.getlocalchangegroupraw(pushop.repo, 'push', | |
509 | pushop.outgoing) |
|
510 | pushop.outgoing) | |
510 | else: |
|
511 | else: | |
511 | cgversions = [v for v in cgversions if v in changegroup.packermap] |
|
512 | cgversions = [v for v in cgversions if v in changegroup.packermap] | |
512 | if not cgversions: |
|
513 | if not cgversions: | |
513 | raise ValueError(_('no common changegroup version')) |
|
514 | raise ValueError(_('no common changegroup version')) | |
514 | version = max(cgversions) |
|
515 | version = max(cgversions) | |
515 | cg = changegroup.getlocalchangegroupraw(pushop.repo, 'push', |
|
516 | cg = changegroup.getlocalchangegroupraw(pushop.repo, 'push', | |
516 | pushop.outgoing, |
|
517 | pushop.outgoing, | |
517 | version=version) |
|
518 | version=version) | |
518 | cgpart = bundler.newpart('changegroup', data=cg) |
|
519 | cgpart = bundler.newpart('changegroup', data=cg) | |
519 | if version is not None: |
|
520 | if version is not None: | |
520 | cgpart.addparam('version', version) |
|
521 | cgpart.addparam('version', version) | |
521 | def handlereply(op): |
|
522 | def handlereply(op): | |
522 | """extract addchangegroup returns from server reply""" |
|
523 | """extract addchangegroup returns from server reply""" | |
523 | cgreplies = op.records.getreplies(cgpart.id) |
|
524 | cgreplies = op.records.getreplies(cgpart.id) | |
524 | assert len(cgreplies['changegroup']) == 1 |
|
525 | assert len(cgreplies['changegroup']) == 1 | |
525 | pushop.cgresult = cgreplies['changegroup'][0]['return'] |
|
526 | pushop.cgresult = cgreplies['changegroup'][0]['return'] | |
526 | return handlereply |
|
527 | return handlereply | |
527 |
|
528 | |||
528 | @b2partsgenerator('phase') |
|
529 | @b2partsgenerator('phase') | |
529 | def _pushb2phases(pushop, bundler): |
|
530 | def _pushb2phases(pushop, bundler): | |
530 | """handle phase push through bundle2""" |
|
531 | """handle phase push through bundle2""" | |
531 | if 'phases' in pushop.stepsdone: |
|
532 | if 'phases' in pushop.stepsdone: | |
532 | return |
|
533 | return | |
533 | b2caps = bundle2.bundle2caps(pushop.remote) |
|
534 | b2caps = bundle2.bundle2caps(pushop.remote) | |
534 | if not 'pushkey' in b2caps: |
|
535 | if not 'pushkey' in b2caps: | |
535 | return |
|
536 | return | |
536 | pushop.stepsdone.add('phases') |
|
537 | pushop.stepsdone.add('phases') | |
537 | part2node = [] |
|
538 | part2node = [] | |
538 |
|
539 | |||
539 | def handlefailure(pushop, exc): |
|
540 | def handlefailure(pushop, exc): | |
540 | targetid = int(exc.partid) |
|
541 | targetid = int(exc.partid) | |
541 | for partid, node in part2node: |
|
542 | for partid, node in part2node: | |
542 | if partid == targetid: |
|
543 | if partid == targetid: | |
543 | raise error.Abort(_('updating %s to public failed') % node) |
|
544 | raise error.Abort(_('updating %s to public failed') % node) | |
544 |
|
545 | |||
545 | enc = pushkey.encode |
|
546 | enc = pushkey.encode | |
546 | for newremotehead in pushop.outdatedphases: |
|
547 | for newremotehead in pushop.outdatedphases: | |
547 | part = bundler.newpart('pushkey') |
|
548 | part = bundler.newpart('pushkey') | |
548 | part.addparam('namespace', enc('phases')) |
|
549 | part.addparam('namespace', enc('phases')) | |
549 | part.addparam('key', enc(newremotehead.hex())) |
|
550 | part.addparam('key', enc(newremotehead.hex())) | |
550 | part.addparam('old', enc(str(phases.draft))) |
|
551 | part.addparam('old', enc(str(phases.draft))) | |
551 | part.addparam('new', enc(str(phases.public))) |
|
552 | part.addparam('new', enc(str(phases.public))) | |
552 | part2node.append((part.id, newremotehead)) |
|
553 | part2node.append((part.id, newremotehead)) | |
553 | pushop.pkfailcb[part.id] = handlefailure |
|
554 | pushop.pkfailcb[part.id] = handlefailure | |
554 |
|
555 | |||
555 | def handlereply(op): |
|
556 | def handlereply(op): | |
556 | for partid, node in part2node: |
|
557 | for partid, node in part2node: | |
557 | partrep = op.records.getreplies(partid) |
|
558 | partrep = op.records.getreplies(partid) | |
558 | results = partrep['pushkey'] |
|
559 | results = partrep['pushkey'] | |
559 | assert len(results) <= 1 |
|
560 | assert len(results) <= 1 | |
560 | msg = None |
|
561 | msg = None | |
561 | if not results: |
|
562 | if not results: | |
562 | msg = _('server ignored update of %s to public!\n') % node |
|
563 | msg = _('server ignored update of %s to public!\n') % node | |
563 | elif not int(results[0]['return']): |
|
564 | elif not int(results[0]['return']): | |
564 | msg = _('updating %s to public failed!\n') % node |
|
565 | msg = _('updating %s to public failed!\n') % node | |
565 | if msg is not None: |
|
566 | if msg is not None: | |
566 | pushop.ui.warn(msg) |
|
567 | pushop.ui.warn(msg) | |
567 | return handlereply |
|
568 | return handlereply | |
568 |
|
569 | |||
569 | @b2partsgenerator('obsmarkers') |
|
570 | @b2partsgenerator('obsmarkers') | |
570 | def _pushb2obsmarkers(pushop, bundler): |
|
571 | def _pushb2obsmarkers(pushop, bundler): | |
571 | if 'obsmarkers' in pushop.stepsdone: |
|
572 | if 'obsmarkers' in pushop.stepsdone: | |
572 | return |
|
573 | return | |
573 | remoteversions = bundle2.obsmarkersversion(bundler.capabilities) |
|
574 | remoteversions = bundle2.obsmarkersversion(bundler.capabilities) | |
574 | if obsolete.commonversion(remoteversions) is None: |
|
575 | if obsolete.commonversion(remoteversions) is None: | |
575 | return |
|
576 | return | |
576 | pushop.stepsdone.add('obsmarkers') |
|
577 | pushop.stepsdone.add('obsmarkers') | |
577 | if pushop.outobsmarkers: |
|
578 | if pushop.outobsmarkers: | |
578 | markers = sorted(pushop.outobsmarkers) |
|
579 | markers = sorted(pushop.outobsmarkers) | |
579 | buildobsmarkerspart(bundler, markers) |
|
580 | buildobsmarkerspart(bundler, markers) | |
580 |
|
581 | |||
581 | @b2partsgenerator('bookmarks') |
|
582 | @b2partsgenerator('bookmarks') | |
582 | def _pushb2bookmarks(pushop, bundler): |
|
583 | def _pushb2bookmarks(pushop, bundler): | |
583 | """handle bookmark push through bundle2""" |
|
584 | """handle bookmark push through bundle2""" | |
584 | if 'bookmarks' in pushop.stepsdone: |
|
585 | if 'bookmarks' in pushop.stepsdone: | |
585 | return |
|
586 | return | |
586 | b2caps = bundle2.bundle2caps(pushop.remote) |
|
587 | b2caps = bundle2.bundle2caps(pushop.remote) | |
587 | if 'pushkey' not in b2caps: |
|
588 | if 'pushkey' not in b2caps: | |
588 | return |
|
589 | return | |
589 | pushop.stepsdone.add('bookmarks') |
|
590 | pushop.stepsdone.add('bookmarks') | |
590 | part2book = [] |
|
591 | part2book = [] | |
591 | enc = pushkey.encode |
|
592 | enc = pushkey.encode | |
592 |
|
593 | |||
593 | def handlefailure(pushop, exc): |
|
594 | def handlefailure(pushop, exc): | |
594 | targetid = int(exc.partid) |
|
595 | targetid = int(exc.partid) | |
595 | for partid, book, action in part2book: |
|
596 | for partid, book, action in part2book: | |
596 | if partid == targetid: |
|
597 | if partid == targetid: | |
597 | raise error.Abort(bookmsgmap[action][1].rstrip() % book) |
|
598 | raise error.Abort(bookmsgmap[action][1].rstrip() % book) | |
598 | # we should not be called for part we did not generated |
|
599 | # we should not be called for part we did not generated | |
599 | assert False |
|
600 | assert False | |
600 |
|
601 | |||
601 | for book, old, new in pushop.outbookmarks: |
|
602 | for book, old, new in pushop.outbookmarks: | |
602 | part = bundler.newpart('pushkey') |
|
603 | part = bundler.newpart('pushkey') | |
603 | part.addparam('namespace', enc('bookmarks')) |
|
604 | part.addparam('namespace', enc('bookmarks')) | |
604 | part.addparam('key', enc(book)) |
|
605 | part.addparam('key', enc(book)) | |
605 | part.addparam('old', enc(old)) |
|
606 | part.addparam('old', enc(old)) | |
606 | part.addparam('new', enc(new)) |
|
607 | part.addparam('new', enc(new)) | |
607 | action = 'update' |
|
608 | action = 'update' | |
608 | if not old: |
|
609 | if not old: | |
609 | action = 'export' |
|
610 | action = 'export' | |
610 | elif not new: |
|
611 | elif not new: | |
611 | action = 'delete' |
|
612 | action = 'delete' | |
612 | part2book.append((part.id, book, action)) |
|
613 | part2book.append((part.id, book, action)) | |
613 | pushop.pkfailcb[part.id] = handlefailure |
|
614 | pushop.pkfailcb[part.id] = handlefailure | |
614 |
|
615 | |||
615 | def handlereply(op): |
|
616 | def handlereply(op): | |
616 | ui = pushop.ui |
|
617 | ui = pushop.ui | |
617 | for partid, book, action in part2book: |
|
618 | for partid, book, action in part2book: | |
618 | partrep = op.records.getreplies(partid) |
|
619 | partrep = op.records.getreplies(partid) | |
619 | results = partrep['pushkey'] |
|
620 | results = partrep['pushkey'] | |
620 | assert len(results) <= 1 |
|
621 | assert len(results) <= 1 | |
621 | if not results: |
|
622 | if not results: | |
622 | pushop.ui.warn(_('server ignored bookmark %s update\n') % book) |
|
623 | pushop.ui.warn(_('server ignored bookmark %s update\n') % book) | |
623 | else: |
|
624 | else: | |
624 | ret = int(results[0]['return']) |
|
625 | ret = int(results[0]['return']) | |
625 | if ret: |
|
626 | if ret: | |
626 | ui.status(bookmsgmap[action][0] % book) |
|
627 | ui.status(bookmsgmap[action][0] % book) | |
627 | else: |
|
628 | else: | |
628 | ui.warn(bookmsgmap[action][1] % book) |
|
629 | ui.warn(bookmsgmap[action][1] % book) | |
629 | if pushop.bkresult is not None: |
|
630 | if pushop.bkresult is not None: | |
630 | pushop.bkresult = 1 |
|
631 | pushop.bkresult = 1 | |
631 | return handlereply |
|
632 | return handlereply | |
632 |
|
633 | |||
633 |
|
634 | |||
634 | def _pushbundle2(pushop): |
|
635 | def _pushbundle2(pushop): | |
635 | """push data to the remote using bundle2 |
|
636 | """push data to the remote using bundle2 | |
636 |
|
637 | |||
637 | The only currently supported type of data is changegroup but this will |
|
638 | The only currently supported type of data is changegroup but this will | |
638 | evolve in the future.""" |
|
639 | evolve in the future.""" | |
639 | bundler = bundle2.bundle20(pushop.ui, bundle2.bundle2caps(pushop.remote)) |
|
640 | bundler = bundle2.bundle20(pushop.ui, bundle2.bundle2caps(pushop.remote)) | |
640 | pushback = (pushop.trmanager |
|
641 | pushback = (pushop.trmanager | |
641 | and pushop.ui.configbool('experimental', 'bundle2.pushback')) |
|
642 | and pushop.ui.configbool('experimental', 'bundle2.pushback')) | |
642 |
|
643 | |||
643 | # create reply capability |
|
644 | # create reply capability | |
644 | capsblob = bundle2.encodecaps(bundle2.getrepocaps(pushop.repo, |
|
645 | capsblob = bundle2.encodecaps(bundle2.getrepocaps(pushop.repo, | |
645 | allowpushback=pushback)) |
|
646 | allowpushback=pushback)) | |
646 | bundler.newpart('replycaps', data=capsblob) |
|
647 | bundler.newpart('replycaps', data=capsblob) | |
647 | replyhandlers = [] |
|
648 | replyhandlers = [] | |
648 | for partgenname in b2partsgenorder: |
|
649 | for partgenname in b2partsgenorder: | |
649 | partgen = b2partsgenmapping[partgenname] |
|
650 | partgen = b2partsgenmapping[partgenname] | |
650 | ret = partgen(pushop, bundler) |
|
651 | ret = partgen(pushop, bundler) | |
651 | if callable(ret): |
|
652 | if callable(ret): | |
652 | replyhandlers.append(ret) |
|
653 | replyhandlers.append(ret) | |
653 | # do not push if nothing to push |
|
654 | # do not push if nothing to push | |
654 | if bundler.nbparts <= 1: |
|
655 | if bundler.nbparts <= 1: | |
655 | return |
|
656 | return | |
656 | stream = util.chunkbuffer(bundler.getchunks()) |
|
657 | stream = util.chunkbuffer(bundler.getchunks()) | |
657 | try: |
|
658 | try: | |
658 | try: |
|
659 | try: | |
659 | reply = pushop.remote.unbundle(stream, ['force'], 'push') |
|
660 | reply = pushop.remote.unbundle(stream, ['force'], 'push') | |
660 | except error.BundleValueError as exc: |
|
661 | except error.BundleValueError as exc: | |
661 | raise error.Abort('missing support for %s' % exc) |
|
662 | raise error.Abort('missing support for %s' % exc) | |
662 | try: |
|
663 | try: | |
663 | trgetter = None |
|
664 | trgetter = None | |
664 | if pushback: |
|
665 | if pushback: | |
665 | trgetter = pushop.trmanager.transaction |
|
666 | trgetter = pushop.trmanager.transaction | |
666 | op = bundle2.processbundle(pushop.repo, reply, trgetter) |
|
667 | op = bundle2.processbundle(pushop.repo, reply, trgetter) | |
667 | except error.BundleValueError as exc: |
|
668 | except error.BundleValueError as exc: | |
668 | raise error.Abort('missing support for %s' % exc) |
|
669 | raise error.Abort('missing support for %s' % exc) | |
669 | except error.PushkeyFailed as exc: |
|
670 | except error.PushkeyFailed as exc: | |
670 | partid = int(exc.partid) |
|
671 | partid = int(exc.partid) | |
671 | if partid not in pushop.pkfailcb: |
|
672 | if partid not in pushop.pkfailcb: | |
672 | raise |
|
673 | raise | |
673 | pushop.pkfailcb[partid](pushop, exc) |
|
674 | pushop.pkfailcb[partid](pushop, exc) | |
674 | for rephand in replyhandlers: |
|
675 | for rephand in replyhandlers: | |
675 | rephand(op) |
|
676 | rephand(op) | |
676 |
|
677 | |||
677 | def _pushchangeset(pushop): |
|
678 | def _pushchangeset(pushop): | |
678 | """Make the actual push of changeset bundle to remote repo""" |
|
679 | """Make the actual push of changeset bundle to remote repo""" | |
679 | if 'changesets' in pushop.stepsdone: |
|
680 | if 'changesets' in pushop.stepsdone: | |
680 | return |
|
681 | return | |
681 | pushop.stepsdone.add('changesets') |
|
682 | pushop.stepsdone.add('changesets') | |
682 | if not _pushcheckoutgoing(pushop): |
|
683 | if not _pushcheckoutgoing(pushop): | |
683 | return |
|
684 | return | |
684 | pushop.repo.prepushoutgoinghooks(pushop.repo, |
|
685 | pushop.repo.prepushoutgoinghooks(pushop.repo, | |
685 | pushop.remote, |
|
686 | pushop.remote, | |
686 | pushop.outgoing) |
|
687 | pushop.outgoing) | |
687 | outgoing = pushop.outgoing |
|
688 | outgoing = pushop.outgoing | |
688 | unbundle = pushop.remote.capable('unbundle') |
|
689 | unbundle = pushop.remote.capable('unbundle') | |
689 | # TODO: get bundlecaps from remote |
|
690 | # TODO: get bundlecaps from remote | |
690 | bundlecaps = None |
|
691 | bundlecaps = None | |
691 | # create a changegroup from local |
|
692 | # create a changegroup from local | |
692 | if pushop.revs is None and not (outgoing.excluded |
|
693 | if pushop.revs is None and not (outgoing.excluded | |
693 | or pushop.repo.changelog.filteredrevs): |
|
694 | or pushop.repo.changelog.filteredrevs): | |
694 | # push everything, |
|
695 | # push everything, | |
695 | # use the fast path, no race possible on push |
|
696 | # use the fast path, no race possible on push | |
696 | bundler = changegroup.cg1packer(pushop.repo, bundlecaps) |
|
697 | bundler = changegroup.cg1packer(pushop.repo, bundlecaps) | |
697 | cg = changegroup.getsubset(pushop.repo, |
|
698 | cg = changegroup.getsubset(pushop.repo, | |
698 | outgoing, |
|
699 | outgoing, | |
699 | bundler, |
|
700 | bundler, | |
700 | 'push', |
|
701 | 'push', | |
701 | fastpath=True) |
|
702 | fastpath=True) | |
702 | else: |
|
703 | else: | |
703 | cg = changegroup.getlocalchangegroup(pushop.repo, 'push', outgoing, |
|
704 | cg = changegroup.getlocalchangegroup(pushop.repo, 'push', outgoing, | |
704 | bundlecaps) |
|
705 | bundlecaps) | |
705 |
|
706 | |||
706 | # apply changegroup to remote |
|
707 | # apply changegroup to remote | |
707 | if unbundle: |
|
708 | if unbundle: | |
708 | # local repo finds heads on server, finds out what |
|
709 | # local repo finds heads on server, finds out what | |
709 | # revs it must push. once revs transferred, if server |
|
710 | # revs it must push. once revs transferred, if server | |
710 | # finds it has different heads (someone else won |
|
711 | # finds it has different heads (someone else won | |
711 | # commit/push race), server aborts. |
|
712 | # commit/push race), server aborts. | |
712 | if pushop.force: |
|
713 | if pushop.force: | |
713 | remoteheads = ['force'] |
|
714 | remoteheads = ['force'] | |
714 | else: |
|
715 | else: | |
715 | remoteheads = pushop.remoteheads |
|
716 | remoteheads = pushop.remoteheads | |
716 | # ssh: return remote's addchangegroup() |
|
717 | # ssh: return remote's addchangegroup() | |
717 | # http: return remote's addchangegroup() or 0 for error |
|
718 | # http: return remote's addchangegroup() or 0 for error | |
718 | pushop.cgresult = pushop.remote.unbundle(cg, remoteheads, |
|
719 | pushop.cgresult = pushop.remote.unbundle(cg, remoteheads, | |
719 | pushop.repo.url()) |
|
720 | pushop.repo.url()) | |
720 | else: |
|
721 | else: | |
721 | # we return an integer indicating remote head count |
|
722 | # we return an integer indicating remote head count | |
722 | # change |
|
723 | # change | |
723 | pushop.cgresult = pushop.remote.addchangegroup(cg, 'push', |
|
724 | pushop.cgresult = pushop.remote.addchangegroup(cg, 'push', | |
724 | pushop.repo.url()) |
|
725 | pushop.repo.url()) | |
725 |
|
726 | |||
726 | def _pushsyncphase(pushop): |
|
727 | def _pushsyncphase(pushop): | |
727 | """synchronise phase information locally and remotely""" |
|
728 | """synchronise phase information locally and remotely""" | |
728 | cheads = pushop.commonheads |
|
729 | cheads = pushop.commonheads | |
729 | # even when we don't push, exchanging phase data is useful |
|
730 | # even when we don't push, exchanging phase data is useful | |
730 | remotephases = pushop.remote.listkeys('phases') |
|
731 | remotephases = pushop.remote.listkeys('phases') | |
731 | if (pushop.ui.configbool('ui', '_usedassubrepo', False) |
|
732 | if (pushop.ui.configbool('ui', '_usedassubrepo', False) | |
732 | and remotephases # server supports phases |
|
733 | and remotephases # server supports phases | |
733 | and pushop.cgresult is None # nothing was pushed |
|
734 | and pushop.cgresult is None # nothing was pushed | |
734 | and remotephases.get('publishing', False)): |
|
735 | and remotephases.get('publishing', False)): | |
735 | # When: |
|
736 | # When: | |
736 | # - this is a subrepo push |
|
737 | # - this is a subrepo push | |
737 | # - and remote support phase |
|
738 | # - and remote support phase | |
738 | # - and no changeset was pushed |
|
739 | # - and no changeset was pushed | |
739 | # - and remote is publishing |
|
740 | # - and remote is publishing | |
740 | # We may be in issue 3871 case! |
|
741 | # We may be in issue 3871 case! | |
741 | # We drop the possible phase synchronisation done by |
|
742 | # We drop the possible phase synchronisation done by | |
742 | # courtesy to publish changesets possibly locally draft |
|
743 | # courtesy to publish changesets possibly locally draft | |
743 | # on the remote. |
|
744 | # on the remote. | |
744 | remotephases = {'publishing': 'True'} |
|
745 | remotephases = {'publishing': 'True'} | |
745 | if not remotephases: # old server or public only reply from non-publishing |
|
746 | if not remotephases: # old server or public only reply from non-publishing | |
746 | _localphasemove(pushop, cheads) |
|
747 | _localphasemove(pushop, cheads) | |
747 | # don't push any phase data as there is nothing to push |
|
748 | # don't push any phase data as there is nothing to push | |
748 | else: |
|
749 | else: | |
749 | ana = phases.analyzeremotephases(pushop.repo, cheads, |
|
750 | ana = phases.analyzeremotephases(pushop.repo, cheads, | |
750 | remotephases) |
|
751 | remotephases) | |
751 | pheads, droots = ana |
|
752 | pheads, droots = ana | |
752 | ### Apply remote phase on local |
|
753 | ### Apply remote phase on local | |
753 | if remotephases.get('publishing', False): |
|
754 | if remotephases.get('publishing', False): | |
754 | _localphasemove(pushop, cheads) |
|
755 | _localphasemove(pushop, cheads) | |
755 | else: # publish = False |
|
756 | else: # publish = False | |
756 | _localphasemove(pushop, pheads) |
|
757 | _localphasemove(pushop, pheads) | |
757 | _localphasemove(pushop, cheads, phases.draft) |
|
758 | _localphasemove(pushop, cheads, phases.draft) | |
758 | ### Apply local phase on remote |
|
759 | ### Apply local phase on remote | |
759 |
|
760 | |||
760 | if pushop.cgresult: |
|
761 | if pushop.cgresult: | |
761 | if 'phases' in pushop.stepsdone: |
|
762 | if 'phases' in pushop.stepsdone: | |
762 | # phases already pushed though bundle2 |
|
763 | # phases already pushed though bundle2 | |
763 | return |
|
764 | return | |
764 | outdated = pushop.outdatedphases |
|
765 | outdated = pushop.outdatedphases | |
765 | else: |
|
766 | else: | |
766 | outdated = pushop.fallbackoutdatedphases |
|
767 | outdated = pushop.fallbackoutdatedphases | |
767 |
|
768 | |||
768 | pushop.stepsdone.add('phases') |
|
769 | pushop.stepsdone.add('phases') | |
769 |
|
770 | |||
770 | # filter heads already turned public by the push |
|
771 | # filter heads already turned public by the push | |
771 | outdated = [c for c in outdated if c.node() not in pheads] |
|
772 | outdated = [c for c in outdated if c.node() not in pheads] | |
772 | # fallback to independent pushkey command |
|
773 | # fallback to independent pushkey command | |
773 | for newremotehead in outdated: |
|
774 | for newremotehead in outdated: | |
774 | r = pushop.remote.pushkey('phases', |
|
775 | r = pushop.remote.pushkey('phases', | |
775 | newremotehead.hex(), |
|
776 | newremotehead.hex(), | |
776 | str(phases.draft), |
|
777 | str(phases.draft), | |
777 | str(phases.public)) |
|
778 | str(phases.public)) | |
778 | if not r: |
|
779 | if not r: | |
779 | pushop.ui.warn(_('updating %s to public failed!\n') |
|
780 | pushop.ui.warn(_('updating %s to public failed!\n') | |
780 | % newremotehead) |
|
781 | % newremotehead) | |
781 |
|
782 | |||
782 | def _localphasemove(pushop, nodes, phase=phases.public): |
|
783 | def _localphasemove(pushop, nodes, phase=phases.public): | |
783 | """move <nodes> to <phase> in the local source repo""" |
|
784 | """move <nodes> to <phase> in the local source repo""" | |
784 | if pushop.trmanager: |
|
785 | if pushop.trmanager: | |
785 | phases.advanceboundary(pushop.repo, |
|
786 | phases.advanceboundary(pushop.repo, | |
786 | pushop.trmanager.transaction(), |
|
787 | pushop.trmanager.transaction(), | |
787 | phase, |
|
788 | phase, | |
788 | nodes) |
|
789 | nodes) | |
789 | else: |
|
790 | else: | |
790 | # repo is not locked, do not change any phases! |
|
791 | # repo is not locked, do not change any phases! | |
791 | # Informs the user that phases should have been moved when |
|
792 | # Informs the user that phases should have been moved when | |
792 | # applicable. |
|
793 | # applicable. | |
793 | actualmoves = [n for n in nodes if phase < pushop.repo[n].phase()] |
|
794 | actualmoves = [n for n in nodes if phase < pushop.repo[n].phase()] | |
794 | phasestr = phases.phasenames[phase] |
|
795 | phasestr = phases.phasenames[phase] | |
795 | if actualmoves: |
|
796 | if actualmoves: | |
796 | pushop.ui.status(_('cannot lock source repo, skipping ' |
|
797 | pushop.ui.status(_('cannot lock source repo, skipping ' | |
797 | 'local %s phase update\n') % phasestr) |
|
798 | 'local %s phase update\n') % phasestr) | |
798 |
|
799 | |||
799 | def _pushobsolete(pushop): |
|
800 | def _pushobsolete(pushop): | |
800 | """utility function to push obsolete markers to a remote""" |
|
801 | """utility function to push obsolete markers to a remote""" | |
801 | if 'obsmarkers' in pushop.stepsdone: |
|
802 | if 'obsmarkers' in pushop.stepsdone: | |
802 | return |
|
803 | return | |
803 | repo = pushop.repo |
|
804 | repo = pushop.repo | |
804 | remote = pushop.remote |
|
805 | remote = pushop.remote | |
805 | pushop.stepsdone.add('obsmarkers') |
|
806 | pushop.stepsdone.add('obsmarkers') | |
806 | if pushop.outobsmarkers: |
|
807 | if pushop.outobsmarkers: | |
807 | pushop.ui.debug('try to push obsolete markers to remote\n') |
|
808 | pushop.ui.debug('try to push obsolete markers to remote\n') | |
808 | rslts = [] |
|
809 | rslts = [] | |
809 | remotedata = obsolete._pushkeyescape(sorted(pushop.outobsmarkers)) |
|
810 | remotedata = obsolete._pushkeyescape(sorted(pushop.outobsmarkers)) | |
810 | for key in sorted(remotedata, reverse=True): |
|
811 | for key in sorted(remotedata, reverse=True): | |
811 | # reverse sort to ensure we end with dump0 |
|
812 | # reverse sort to ensure we end with dump0 | |
812 | data = remotedata[key] |
|
813 | data = remotedata[key] | |
813 | rslts.append(remote.pushkey('obsolete', key, '', data)) |
|
814 | rslts.append(remote.pushkey('obsolete', key, '', data)) | |
814 | if [r for r in rslts if not r]: |
|
815 | if [r for r in rslts if not r]: | |
815 | msg = _('failed to push some obsolete markers!\n') |
|
816 | msg = _('failed to push some obsolete markers!\n') | |
816 | repo.ui.warn(msg) |
|
817 | repo.ui.warn(msg) | |
817 |
|
818 | |||
818 | def _pushbookmark(pushop): |
|
819 | def _pushbookmark(pushop): | |
819 | """Update bookmark position on remote""" |
|
820 | """Update bookmark position on remote""" | |
820 | if pushop.cgresult == 0 or 'bookmarks' in pushop.stepsdone: |
|
821 | if pushop.cgresult == 0 or 'bookmarks' in pushop.stepsdone: | |
821 | return |
|
822 | return | |
822 | pushop.stepsdone.add('bookmarks') |
|
823 | pushop.stepsdone.add('bookmarks') | |
823 | ui = pushop.ui |
|
824 | ui = pushop.ui | |
824 | remote = pushop.remote |
|
825 | remote = pushop.remote | |
825 |
|
826 | |||
826 | for b, old, new in pushop.outbookmarks: |
|
827 | for b, old, new in pushop.outbookmarks: | |
827 | action = 'update' |
|
828 | action = 'update' | |
828 | if not old: |
|
829 | if not old: | |
829 | action = 'export' |
|
830 | action = 'export' | |
830 | elif not new: |
|
831 | elif not new: | |
831 | action = 'delete' |
|
832 | action = 'delete' | |
832 | if remote.pushkey('bookmarks', b, old, new): |
|
833 | if remote.pushkey('bookmarks', b, old, new): | |
833 | ui.status(bookmsgmap[action][0] % b) |
|
834 | ui.status(bookmsgmap[action][0] % b) | |
834 | else: |
|
835 | else: | |
835 | ui.warn(bookmsgmap[action][1] % b) |
|
836 | ui.warn(bookmsgmap[action][1] % b) | |
836 | # discovery can have set the value form invalid entry |
|
837 | # discovery can have set the value form invalid entry | |
837 | if pushop.bkresult is not None: |
|
838 | if pushop.bkresult is not None: | |
838 | pushop.bkresult = 1 |
|
839 | pushop.bkresult = 1 | |
839 |
|
840 | |||
840 | class pulloperation(object): |
|
841 | class pulloperation(object): | |
841 | """A object that represent a single pull operation |
|
842 | """A object that represent a single pull operation | |
842 |
|
843 | |||
843 | It purpose is to carry pull related state and very common operation. |
|
844 | It purpose is to carry pull related state and very common operation. | |
844 |
|
845 | |||
845 | A new should be created at the beginning of each pull and discarded |
|
846 | A new should be created at the beginning of each pull and discarded | |
846 | afterward. |
|
847 | afterward. | |
847 | """ |
|
848 | """ | |
848 |
|
849 | |||
849 | def __init__(self, repo, remote, heads=None, force=False, bookmarks=(), |
|
850 | def __init__(self, repo, remote, heads=None, force=False, bookmarks=(), | |
850 | remotebookmarks=None, streamclonerequested=None): |
|
851 | remotebookmarks=None, streamclonerequested=None): | |
851 | # repo we pull into |
|
852 | # repo we pull into | |
852 | self.repo = repo |
|
853 | self.repo = repo | |
853 | # repo we pull from |
|
854 | # repo we pull from | |
854 | self.remote = remote |
|
855 | self.remote = remote | |
855 | # revision we try to pull (None is "all") |
|
856 | # revision we try to pull (None is "all") | |
856 | self.heads = heads |
|
857 | self.heads = heads | |
857 | # bookmark pulled explicitly |
|
858 | # bookmark pulled explicitly | |
858 | self.explicitbookmarks = bookmarks |
|
859 | self.explicitbookmarks = bookmarks | |
859 | # do we force pull? |
|
860 | # do we force pull? | |
860 | self.force = force |
|
861 | self.force = force | |
861 | # whether a streaming clone was requested |
|
862 | # whether a streaming clone was requested | |
862 | self.streamclonerequested = streamclonerequested |
|
863 | self.streamclonerequested = streamclonerequested | |
863 | # transaction manager |
|
864 | # transaction manager | |
864 | self.trmanager = None |
|
865 | self.trmanager = None | |
865 | # set of common changeset between local and remote before pull |
|
866 | # set of common changeset between local and remote before pull | |
866 | self.common = None |
|
867 | self.common = None | |
867 | # set of pulled head |
|
868 | # set of pulled head | |
868 | self.rheads = None |
|
869 | self.rheads = None | |
869 | # list of missing changeset to fetch remotely |
|
870 | # list of missing changeset to fetch remotely | |
870 | self.fetch = None |
|
871 | self.fetch = None | |
871 | # remote bookmarks data |
|
872 | # remote bookmarks data | |
872 | self.remotebookmarks = remotebookmarks |
|
873 | self.remotebookmarks = remotebookmarks | |
873 | # result of changegroup pulling (used as return code by pull) |
|
874 | # result of changegroup pulling (used as return code by pull) | |
874 | self.cgresult = None |
|
875 | self.cgresult = None | |
875 | # list of step already done |
|
876 | # list of step already done | |
876 | self.stepsdone = set() |
|
877 | self.stepsdone = set() | |
877 |
|
878 | |||
878 | @util.propertycache |
|
879 | @util.propertycache | |
879 | def pulledsubset(self): |
|
880 | def pulledsubset(self): | |
880 | """heads of the set of changeset target by the pull""" |
|
881 | """heads of the set of changeset target by the pull""" | |
881 | # compute target subset |
|
882 | # compute target subset | |
882 | if self.heads is None: |
|
883 | if self.heads is None: | |
883 | # We pulled every thing possible |
|
884 | # We pulled every thing possible | |
884 | # sync on everything common |
|
885 | # sync on everything common | |
885 | c = set(self.common) |
|
886 | c = set(self.common) | |
886 | ret = list(self.common) |
|
887 | ret = list(self.common) | |
887 | for n in self.rheads: |
|
888 | for n in self.rheads: | |
888 | if n not in c: |
|
889 | if n not in c: | |
889 | ret.append(n) |
|
890 | ret.append(n) | |
890 | return ret |
|
891 | return ret | |
891 | else: |
|
892 | else: | |
892 | # We pulled a specific subset |
|
893 | # We pulled a specific subset | |
893 | # sync on this subset |
|
894 | # sync on this subset | |
894 | return self.heads |
|
895 | return self.heads | |
895 |
|
896 | |||
896 | @util.propertycache |
|
897 | @util.propertycache | |
897 | def canusebundle2(self): |
|
898 | def canusebundle2(self): | |
898 | return _canusebundle2(self) |
|
899 | return _canusebundle2(self) | |
899 |
|
900 | |||
900 | @util.propertycache |
|
901 | @util.propertycache | |
901 | def remotebundle2caps(self): |
|
902 | def remotebundle2caps(self): | |
902 | return bundle2.bundle2caps(self.remote) |
|
903 | return bundle2.bundle2caps(self.remote) | |
903 |
|
904 | |||
904 | def gettransaction(self): |
|
905 | def gettransaction(self): | |
905 | # deprecated; talk to trmanager directly |
|
906 | # deprecated; talk to trmanager directly | |
906 | return self.trmanager.transaction() |
|
907 | return self.trmanager.transaction() | |
907 |
|
908 | |||
908 | class transactionmanager(object): |
|
909 | class transactionmanager(object): | |
909 | """An object to manage the life cycle of a transaction |
|
910 | """An object to manage the life cycle of a transaction | |
910 |
|
911 | |||
911 | It creates the transaction on demand and calls the appropriate hooks when |
|
912 | It creates the transaction on demand and calls the appropriate hooks when | |
912 | closing the transaction.""" |
|
913 | closing the transaction.""" | |
913 | def __init__(self, repo, source, url): |
|
914 | def __init__(self, repo, source, url): | |
914 | self.repo = repo |
|
915 | self.repo = repo | |
915 | self.source = source |
|
916 | self.source = source | |
916 | self.url = url |
|
917 | self.url = url | |
917 | self._tr = None |
|
918 | self._tr = None | |
918 |
|
919 | |||
919 | def transaction(self): |
|
920 | def transaction(self): | |
920 | """Return an open transaction object, constructing if necessary""" |
|
921 | """Return an open transaction object, constructing if necessary""" | |
921 | if not self._tr: |
|
922 | if not self._tr: | |
922 | trname = '%s\n%s' % (self.source, util.hidepassword(self.url)) |
|
923 | trname = '%s\n%s' % (self.source, util.hidepassword(self.url)) | |
923 | self._tr = self.repo.transaction(trname) |
|
924 | self._tr = self.repo.transaction(trname) | |
924 | self._tr.hookargs['source'] = self.source |
|
925 | self._tr.hookargs['source'] = self.source | |
925 | self._tr.hookargs['url'] = self.url |
|
926 | self._tr.hookargs['url'] = self.url | |
926 | return self._tr |
|
927 | return self._tr | |
927 |
|
928 | |||
928 | def close(self): |
|
929 | def close(self): | |
929 | """close transaction if created""" |
|
930 | """close transaction if created""" | |
930 | if self._tr is not None: |
|
931 | if self._tr is not None: | |
931 | self._tr.close() |
|
932 | self._tr.close() | |
932 |
|
933 | |||
933 | def release(self): |
|
934 | def release(self): | |
934 | """release transaction if created""" |
|
935 | """release transaction if created""" | |
935 | if self._tr is not None: |
|
936 | if self._tr is not None: | |
936 | self._tr.release() |
|
937 | self._tr.release() | |
937 |
|
938 | |||
938 | def pull(repo, remote, heads=None, force=False, bookmarks=(), opargs=None, |
|
939 | def pull(repo, remote, heads=None, force=False, bookmarks=(), opargs=None, | |
939 | streamclonerequested=None): |
|
940 | streamclonerequested=None): | |
940 | """Fetch repository data from a remote. |
|
941 | """Fetch repository data from a remote. | |
941 |
|
942 | |||
942 | This is the main function used to retrieve data from a remote repository. |
|
943 | This is the main function used to retrieve data from a remote repository. | |
943 |
|
944 | |||
944 | ``repo`` is the local repository to clone into. |
|
945 | ``repo`` is the local repository to clone into. | |
945 | ``remote`` is a peer instance. |
|
946 | ``remote`` is a peer instance. | |
946 | ``heads`` is an iterable of revisions we want to pull. ``None`` (the |
|
947 | ``heads`` is an iterable of revisions we want to pull. ``None`` (the | |
947 | default) means to pull everything from the remote. |
|
948 | default) means to pull everything from the remote. | |
948 | ``bookmarks`` is an iterable of bookmarks requesting to be pulled. By |
|
949 | ``bookmarks`` is an iterable of bookmarks requesting to be pulled. By | |
949 | default, all remote bookmarks are pulled. |
|
950 | default, all remote bookmarks are pulled. | |
950 | ``opargs`` are additional keyword arguments to pass to ``pulloperation`` |
|
951 | ``opargs`` are additional keyword arguments to pass to ``pulloperation`` | |
951 | initialization. |
|
952 | initialization. | |
952 | ``streamclonerequested`` is a boolean indicating whether a "streaming |
|
953 | ``streamclonerequested`` is a boolean indicating whether a "streaming | |
953 | clone" is requested. A "streaming clone" is essentially a raw file copy |
|
954 | clone" is requested. A "streaming clone" is essentially a raw file copy | |
954 | of revlogs from the server. This only works when the local repository is |
|
955 | of revlogs from the server. This only works when the local repository is | |
955 | empty. The default value of ``None`` means to respect the server |
|
956 | empty. The default value of ``None`` means to respect the server | |
956 | configuration for preferring stream clones. |
|
957 | configuration for preferring stream clones. | |
957 |
|
958 | |||
958 | Returns the ``pulloperation`` created for this pull. |
|
959 | Returns the ``pulloperation`` created for this pull. | |
959 | """ |
|
960 | """ | |
960 | if opargs is None: |
|
961 | if opargs is None: | |
961 | opargs = {} |
|
962 | opargs = {} | |
962 | pullop = pulloperation(repo, remote, heads, force, bookmarks=bookmarks, |
|
963 | pullop = pulloperation(repo, remote, heads, force, bookmarks=bookmarks, | |
963 | streamclonerequested=streamclonerequested, **opargs) |
|
964 | streamclonerequested=streamclonerequested, **opargs) | |
964 | if pullop.remote.local(): |
|
965 | if pullop.remote.local(): | |
965 | missing = set(pullop.remote.requirements) - pullop.repo.supported |
|
966 | missing = set(pullop.remote.requirements) - pullop.repo.supported | |
966 | if missing: |
|
967 | if missing: | |
967 | msg = _("required features are not" |
|
968 | msg = _("required features are not" | |
968 | " supported in the destination:" |
|
969 | " supported in the destination:" | |
969 | " %s") % (', '.join(sorted(missing))) |
|
970 | " %s") % (', '.join(sorted(missing))) | |
970 | raise error.Abort(msg) |
|
971 | raise error.Abort(msg) | |
971 |
|
972 | |||
972 | lock = pullop.repo.lock() |
|
973 | lock = pullop.repo.lock() | |
973 | try: |
|
974 | try: | |
974 | pullop.trmanager = transactionmanager(repo, 'pull', remote.url()) |
|
975 | pullop.trmanager = transactionmanager(repo, 'pull', remote.url()) | |
975 | streamclone.maybeperformlegacystreamclone(pullop) |
|
976 | streamclone.maybeperformlegacystreamclone(pullop) | |
|
977 | # This should ideally be in _pullbundle2(). However, it needs to run | |||
|
978 | # before discovery to avoid extra work. | |||
|
979 | _maybeapplyclonebundle(pullop) | |||
976 | _pulldiscovery(pullop) |
|
980 | _pulldiscovery(pullop) | |
977 | if pullop.canusebundle2: |
|
981 | if pullop.canusebundle2: | |
978 | _pullbundle2(pullop) |
|
982 | _pullbundle2(pullop) | |
979 | _pullchangeset(pullop) |
|
983 | _pullchangeset(pullop) | |
980 | _pullphase(pullop) |
|
984 | _pullphase(pullop) | |
981 | _pullbookmarks(pullop) |
|
985 | _pullbookmarks(pullop) | |
982 | _pullobsolete(pullop) |
|
986 | _pullobsolete(pullop) | |
983 | pullop.trmanager.close() |
|
987 | pullop.trmanager.close() | |
984 | finally: |
|
988 | finally: | |
985 | pullop.trmanager.release() |
|
989 | pullop.trmanager.release() | |
986 | lock.release() |
|
990 | lock.release() | |
987 |
|
991 | |||
988 | return pullop |
|
992 | return pullop | |
989 |
|
993 | |||
990 | # list of steps to perform discovery before pull |
|
994 | # list of steps to perform discovery before pull | |
991 | pulldiscoveryorder = [] |
|
995 | pulldiscoveryorder = [] | |
992 |
|
996 | |||
993 | # Mapping between step name and function |
|
997 | # Mapping between step name and function | |
994 | # |
|
998 | # | |
995 | # This exists to help extensions wrap steps if necessary |
|
999 | # This exists to help extensions wrap steps if necessary | |
996 | pulldiscoverymapping = {} |
|
1000 | pulldiscoverymapping = {} | |
997 |
|
1001 | |||
998 | def pulldiscovery(stepname): |
|
1002 | def pulldiscovery(stepname): | |
999 | """decorator for function performing discovery before pull |
|
1003 | """decorator for function performing discovery before pull | |
1000 |
|
1004 | |||
1001 | The function is added to the step -> function mapping and appended to the |
|
1005 | The function is added to the step -> function mapping and appended to the | |
1002 | list of steps. Beware that decorated function will be added in order (this |
|
1006 | list of steps. Beware that decorated function will be added in order (this | |
1003 | may matter). |
|
1007 | may matter). | |
1004 |
|
1008 | |||
1005 | You can only use this decorator for a new step, if you want to wrap a step |
|
1009 | You can only use this decorator for a new step, if you want to wrap a step | |
1006 | from an extension, change the pulldiscovery dictionary directly.""" |
|
1010 | from an extension, change the pulldiscovery dictionary directly.""" | |
1007 | def dec(func): |
|
1011 | def dec(func): | |
1008 | assert stepname not in pulldiscoverymapping |
|
1012 | assert stepname not in pulldiscoverymapping | |
1009 | pulldiscoverymapping[stepname] = func |
|
1013 | pulldiscoverymapping[stepname] = func | |
1010 | pulldiscoveryorder.append(stepname) |
|
1014 | pulldiscoveryorder.append(stepname) | |
1011 | return func |
|
1015 | return func | |
1012 | return dec |
|
1016 | return dec | |
1013 |
|
1017 | |||
1014 | def _pulldiscovery(pullop): |
|
1018 | def _pulldiscovery(pullop): | |
1015 | """Run all discovery steps""" |
|
1019 | """Run all discovery steps""" | |
1016 | for stepname in pulldiscoveryorder: |
|
1020 | for stepname in pulldiscoveryorder: | |
1017 | step = pulldiscoverymapping[stepname] |
|
1021 | step = pulldiscoverymapping[stepname] | |
1018 | step(pullop) |
|
1022 | step(pullop) | |
1019 |
|
1023 | |||
1020 | @pulldiscovery('b1:bookmarks') |
|
1024 | @pulldiscovery('b1:bookmarks') | |
1021 | def _pullbookmarkbundle1(pullop): |
|
1025 | def _pullbookmarkbundle1(pullop): | |
1022 | """fetch bookmark data in bundle1 case |
|
1026 | """fetch bookmark data in bundle1 case | |
1023 |
|
1027 | |||
1024 | If not using bundle2, we have to fetch bookmarks before changeset |
|
1028 | If not using bundle2, we have to fetch bookmarks before changeset | |
1025 | discovery to reduce the chance and impact of race conditions.""" |
|
1029 | discovery to reduce the chance and impact of race conditions.""" | |
1026 | if pullop.remotebookmarks is not None: |
|
1030 | if pullop.remotebookmarks is not None: | |
1027 | return |
|
1031 | return | |
1028 | if pullop.canusebundle2 and 'listkeys' in pullop.remotebundle2caps: |
|
1032 | if pullop.canusebundle2 and 'listkeys' in pullop.remotebundle2caps: | |
1029 | # all known bundle2 servers now support listkeys, but lets be nice with |
|
1033 | # all known bundle2 servers now support listkeys, but lets be nice with | |
1030 | # new implementation. |
|
1034 | # new implementation. | |
1031 | return |
|
1035 | return | |
1032 | pullop.remotebookmarks = pullop.remote.listkeys('bookmarks') |
|
1036 | pullop.remotebookmarks = pullop.remote.listkeys('bookmarks') | |
1033 |
|
1037 | |||
1034 |
|
1038 | |||
1035 | @pulldiscovery('changegroup') |
|
1039 | @pulldiscovery('changegroup') | |
1036 | def _pulldiscoverychangegroup(pullop): |
|
1040 | def _pulldiscoverychangegroup(pullop): | |
1037 | """discovery phase for the pull |
|
1041 | """discovery phase for the pull | |
1038 |
|
1042 | |||
1039 | Current handle changeset discovery only, will change handle all discovery |
|
1043 | Current handle changeset discovery only, will change handle all discovery | |
1040 | at some point.""" |
|
1044 | at some point.""" | |
1041 | tmp = discovery.findcommonincoming(pullop.repo, |
|
1045 | tmp = discovery.findcommonincoming(pullop.repo, | |
1042 | pullop.remote, |
|
1046 | pullop.remote, | |
1043 | heads=pullop.heads, |
|
1047 | heads=pullop.heads, | |
1044 | force=pullop.force) |
|
1048 | force=pullop.force) | |
1045 | common, fetch, rheads = tmp |
|
1049 | common, fetch, rheads = tmp | |
1046 | nm = pullop.repo.unfiltered().changelog.nodemap |
|
1050 | nm = pullop.repo.unfiltered().changelog.nodemap | |
1047 | if fetch and rheads: |
|
1051 | if fetch and rheads: | |
1048 | # If a remote heads in filtered locally, lets drop it from the unknown |
|
1052 | # If a remote heads in filtered locally, lets drop it from the unknown | |
1049 | # remote heads and put in back in common. |
|
1053 | # remote heads and put in back in common. | |
1050 | # |
|
1054 | # | |
1051 | # This is a hackish solution to catch most of "common but locally |
|
1055 | # This is a hackish solution to catch most of "common but locally | |
1052 | # hidden situation". We do not performs discovery on unfiltered |
|
1056 | # hidden situation". We do not performs discovery on unfiltered | |
1053 | # repository because it end up doing a pathological amount of round |
|
1057 | # repository because it end up doing a pathological amount of round | |
1054 | # trip for w huge amount of changeset we do not care about. |
|
1058 | # trip for w huge amount of changeset we do not care about. | |
1055 | # |
|
1059 | # | |
1056 | # If a set of such "common but filtered" changeset exist on the server |
|
1060 | # If a set of such "common but filtered" changeset exist on the server | |
1057 | # but are not including a remote heads, we'll not be able to detect it, |
|
1061 | # but are not including a remote heads, we'll not be able to detect it, | |
1058 | scommon = set(common) |
|
1062 | scommon = set(common) | |
1059 | filteredrheads = [] |
|
1063 | filteredrheads = [] | |
1060 | for n in rheads: |
|
1064 | for n in rheads: | |
1061 | if n in nm: |
|
1065 | if n in nm: | |
1062 | if n not in scommon: |
|
1066 | if n not in scommon: | |
1063 | common.append(n) |
|
1067 | common.append(n) | |
1064 | else: |
|
1068 | else: | |
1065 | filteredrheads.append(n) |
|
1069 | filteredrheads.append(n) | |
1066 | if not filteredrheads: |
|
1070 | if not filteredrheads: | |
1067 | fetch = [] |
|
1071 | fetch = [] | |
1068 | rheads = filteredrheads |
|
1072 | rheads = filteredrheads | |
1069 | pullop.common = common |
|
1073 | pullop.common = common | |
1070 | pullop.fetch = fetch |
|
1074 | pullop.fetch = fetch | |
1071 | pullop.rheads = rheads |
|
1075 | pullop.rheads = rheads | |
1072 |
|
1076 | |||
1073 | def _pullbundle2(pullop): |
|
1077 | def _pullbundle2(pullop): | |
1074 | """pull data using bundle2 |
|
1078 | """pull data using bundle2 | |
1075 |
|
1079 | |||
1076 | For now, the only supported data are changegroup.""" |
|
1080 | For now, the only supported data are changegroup.""" | |
1077 | kwargs = {'bundlecaps': caps20to10(pullop.repo)} |
|
1081 | kwargs = {'bundlecaps': caps20to10(pullop.repo)} | |
1078 |
|
1082 | |||
1079 | streaming, streamreqs = streamclone.canperformstreamclone(pullop) |
|
1083 | streaming, streamreqs = streamclone.canperformstreamclone(pullop) | |
1080 |
|
1084 | |||
1081 | # pulling changegroup |
|
1085 | # pulling changegroup | |
1082 | pullop.stepsdone.add('changegroup') |
|
1086 | pullop.stepsdone.add('changegroup') | |
1083 |
|
1087 | |||
1084 | kwargs['common'] = pullop.common |
|
1088 | kwargs['common'] = pullop.common | |
1085 | kwargs['heads'] = pullop.heads or pullop.rheads |
|
1089 | kwargs['heads'] = pullop.heads or pullop.rheads | |
1086 | kwargs['cg'] = pullop.fetch |
|
1090 | kwargs['cg'] = pullop.fetch | |
1087 | if 'listkeys' in pullop.remotebundle2caps: |
|
1091 | if 'listkeys' in pullop.remotebundle2caps: | |
1088 | kwargs['listkeys'] = ['phase'] |
|
1092 | kwargs['listkeys'] = ['phase'] | |
1089 | if pullop.remotebookmarks is None: |
|
1093 | if pullop.remotebookmarks is None: | |
1090 | # make sure to always includes bookmark data when migrating |
|
1094 | # make sure to always includes bookmark data when migrating | |
1091 | # `hg incoming --bundle` to using this function. |
|
1095 | # `hg incoming --bundle` to using this function. | |
1092 | kwargs['listkeys'].append('bookmarks') |
|
1096 | kwargs['listkeys'].append('bookmarks') | |
1093 | if streaming: |
|
1097 | if streaming: | |
1094 | pullop.repo.ui.status(_('streaming all changes\n')) |
|
1098 | pullop.repo.ui.status(_('streaming all changes\n')) | |
1095 | elif not pullop.fetch: |
|
1099 | elif not pullop.fetch: | |
1096 | pullop.repo.ui.status(_("no changes found\n")) |
|
1100 | pullop.repo.ui.status(_("no changes found\n")) | |
1097 | pullop.cgresult = 0 |
|
1101 | pullop.cgresult = 0 | |
1098 | else: |
|
1102 | else: | |
1099 | if pullop.heads is None and list(pullop.common) == [nullid]: |
|
1103 | if pullop.heads is None and list(pullop.common) == [nullid]: | |
1100 | pullop.repo.ui.status(_("requesting all changes\n")) |
|
1104 | pullop.repo.ui.status(_("requesting all changes\n")) | |
1101 | if obsolete.isenabled(pullop.repo, obsolete.exchangeopt): |
|
1105 | if obsolete.isenabled(pullop.repo, obsolete.exchangeopt): | |
1102 | remoteversions = bundle2.obsmarkersversion(pullop.remotebundle2caps) |
|
1106 | remoteversions = bundle2.obsmarkersversion(pullop.remotebundle2caps) | |
1103 | if obsolete.commonversion(remoteversions) is not None: |
|
1107 | if obsolete.commonversion(remoteversions) is not None: | |
1104 | kwargs['obsmarkers'] = True |
|
1108 | kwargs['obsmarkers'] = True | |
1105 | pullop.stepsdone.add('obsmarkers') |
|
1109 | pullop.stepsdone.add('obsmarkers') | |
1106 | _pullbundle2extraprepare(pullop, kwargs) |
|
1110 | _pullbundle2extraprepare(pullop, kwargs) | |
1107 | bundle = pullop.remote.getbundle('pull', **kwargs) |
|
1111 | bundle = pullop.remote.getbundle('pull', **kwargs) | |
1108 | try: |
|
1112 | try: | |
1109 | op = bundle2.processbundle(pullop.repo, bundle, pullop.gettransaction) |
|
1113 | op = bundle2.processbundle(pullop.repo, bundle, pullop.gettransaction) | |
1110 | except error.BundleValueError as exc: |
|
1114 | except error.BundleValueError as exc: | |
1111 | raise error.Abort('missing support for %s' % exc) |
|
1115 | raise error.Abort('missing support for %s' % exc) | |
1112 |
|
1116 | |||
1113 | if pullop.fetch: |
|
1117 | if pullop.fetch: | |
1114 | results = [cg['return'] for cg in op.records['changegroup']] |
|
1118 | results = [cg['return'] for cg in op.records['changegroup']] | |
1115 | pullop.cgresult = changegroup.combineresults(results) |
|
1119 | pullop.cgresult = changegroup.combineresults(results) | |
1116 |
|
1120 | |||
1117 | # processing phases change |
|
1121 | # processing phases change | |
1118 | for namespace, value in op.records['listkeys']: |
|
1122 | for namespace, value in op.records['listkeys']: | |
1119 | if namespace == 'phases': |
|
1123 | if namespace == 'phases': | |
1120 | _pullapplyphases(pullop, value) |
|
1124 | _pullapplyphases(pullop, value) | |
1121 |
|
1125 | |||
1122 | # processing bookmark update |
|
1126 | # processing bookmark update | |
1123 | for namespace, value in op.records['listkeys']: |
|
1127 | for namespace, value in op.records['listkeys']: | |
1124 | if namespace == 'bookmarks': |
|
1128 | if namespace == 'bookmarks': | |
1125 | pullop.remotebookmarks = value |
|
1129 | pullop.remotebookmarks = value | |
1126 |
|
1130 | |||
1127 | # bookmark data were either already there or pulled in the bundle |
|
1131 | # bookmark data were either already there or pulled in the bundle | |
1128 | if pullop.remotebookmarks is not None: |
|
1132 | if pullop.remotebookmarks is not None: | |
1129 | _pullbookmarks(pullop) |
|
1133 | _pullbookmarks(pullop) | |
1130 |
|
1134 | |||
1131 | def _pullbundle2extraprepare(pullop, kwargs): |
|
1135 | def _pullbundle2extraprepare(pullop, kwargs): | |
1132 | """hook function so that extensions can extend the getbundle call""" |
|
1136 | """hook function so that extensions can extend the getbundle call""" | |
1133 | pass |
|
1137 | pass | |
1134 |
|
1138 | |||
1135 | def _pullchangeset(pullop): |
|
1139 | def _pullchangeset(pullop): | |
1136 | """pull changeset from unbundle into the local repo""" |
|
1140 | """pull changeset from unbundle into the local repo""" | |
1137 | # We delay the open of the transaction as late as possible so we |
|
1141 | # We delay the open of the transaction as late as possible so we | |
1138 | # don't open transaction for nothing or you break future useful |
|
1142 | # don't open transaction for nothing or you break future useful | |
1139 | # rollback call |
|
1143 | # rollback call | |
1140 | if 'changegroup' in pullop.stepsdone: |
|
1144 | if 'changegroup' in pullop.stepsdone: | |
1141 | return |
|
1145 | return | |
1142 | pullop.stepsdone.add('changegroup') |
|
1146 | pullop.stepsdone.add('changegroup') | |
1143 | if not pullop.fetch: |
|
1147 | if not pullop.fetch: | |
1144 | pullop.repo.ui.status(_("no changes found\n")) |
|
1148 | pullop.repo.ui.status(_("no changes found\n")) | |
1145 | pullop.cgresult = 0 |
|
1149 | pullop.cgresult = 0 | |
1146 | return |
|
1150 | return | |
1147 | pullop.gettransaction() |
|
1151 | pullop.gettransaction() | |
1148 | if pullop.heads is None and list(pullop.common) == [nullid]: |
|
1152 | if pullop.heads is None and list(pullop.common) == [nullid]: | |
1149 | pullop.repo.ui.status(_("requesting all changes\n")) |
|
1153 | pullop.repo.ui.status(_("requesting all changes\n")) | |
1150 | elif pullop.heads is None and pullop.remote.capable('changegroupsubset'): |
|
1154 | elif pullop.heads is None and pullop.remote.capable('changegroupsubset'): | |
1151 | # issue1320, avoid a race if remote changed after discovery |
|
1155 | # issue1320, avoid a race if remote changed after discovery | |
1152 | pullop.heads = pullop.rheads |
|
1156 | pullop.heads = pullop.rheads | |
1153 |
|
1157 | |||
1154 | if pullop.remote.capable('getbundle'): |
|
1158 | if pullop.remote.capable('getbundle'): | |
1155 | # TODO: get bundlecaps from remote |
|
1159 | # TODO: get bundlecaps from remote | |
1156 | cg = pullop.remote.getbundle('pull', common=pullop.common, |
|
1160 | cg = pullop.remote.getbundle('pull', common=pullop.common, | |
1157 | heads=pullop.heads or pullop.rheads) |
|
1161 | heads=pullop.heads or pullop.rheads) | |
1158 | elif pullop.heads is None: |
|
1162 | elif pullop.heads is None: | |
1159 | cg = pullop.remote.changegroup(pullop.fetch, 'pull') |
|
1163 | cg = pullop.remote.changegroup(pullop.fetch, 'pull') | |
1160 | elif not pullop.remote.capable('changegroupsubset'): |
|
1164 | elif not pullop.remote.capable('changegroupsubset'): | |
1161 | raise error.Abort(_("partial pull cannot be done because " |
|
1165 | raise error.Abort(_("partial pull cannot be done because " | |
1162 | "other repository doesn't support " |
|
1166 | "other repository doesn't support " | |
1163 | "changegroupsubset.")) |
|
1167 | "changegroupsubset.")) | |
1164 | else: |
|
1168 | else: | |
1165 | cg = pullop.remote.changegroupsubset(pullop.fetch, pullop.heads, 'pull') |
|
1169 | cg = pullop.remote.changegroupsubset(pullop.fetch, pullop.heads, 'pull') | |
1166 | pullop.cgresult = changegroup.addchangegroup(pullop.repo, cg, 'pull', |
|
1170 | pullop.cgresult = changegroup.addchangegroup(pullop.repo, cg, 'pull', | |
1167 | pullop.remote.url()) |
|
1171 | pullop.remote.url()) | |
1168 |
|
1172 | |||
1169 | def _pullphase(pullop): |
|
1173 | def _pullphase(pullop): | |
1170 | # Get remote phases data from remote |
|
1174 | # Get remote phases data from remote | |
1171 | if 'phases' in pullop.stepsdone: |
|
1175 | if 'phases' in pullop.stepsdone: | |
1172 | return |
|
1176 | return | |
1173 | remotephases = pullop.remote.listkeys('phases') |
|
1177 | remotephases = pullop.remote.listkeys('phases') | |
1174 | _pullapplyphases(pullop, remotephases) |
|
1178 | _pullapplyphases(pullop, remotephases) | |
1175 |
|
1179 | |||
1176 | def _pullapplyphases(pullop, remotephases): |
|
1180 | def _pullapplyphases(pullop, remotephases): | |
1177 | """apply phase movement from observed remote state""" |
|
1181 | """apply phase movement from observed remote state""" | |
1178 | if 'phases' in pullop.stepsdone: |
|
1182 | if 'phases' in pullop.stepsdone: | |
1179 | return |
|
1183 | return | |
1180 | pullop.stepsdone.add('phases') |
|
1184 | pullop.stepsdone.add('phases') | |
1181 | publishing = bool(remotephases.get('publishing', False)) |
|
1185 | publishing = bool(remotephases.get('publishing', False)) | |
1182 | if remotephases and not publishing: |
|
1186 | if remotephases and not publishing: | |
1183 | # remote is new and unpublishing |
|
1187 | # remote is new and unpublishing | |
1184 | pheads, _dr = phases.analyzeremotephases(pullop.repo, |
|
1188 | pheads, _dr = phases.analyzeremotephases(pullop.repo, | |
1185 | pullop.pulledsubset, |
|
1189 | pullop.pulledsubset, | |
1186 | remotephases) |
|
1190 | remotephases) | |
1187 | dheads = pullop.pulledsubset |
|
1191 | dheads = pullop.pulledsubset | |
1188 | else: |
|
1192 | else: | |
1189 | # Remote is old or publishing all common changesets |
|
1193 | # Remote is old or publishing all common changesets | |
1190 | # should be seen as public |
|
1194 | # should be seen as public | |
1191 | pheads = pullop.pulledsubset |
|
1195 | pheads = pullop.pulledsubset | |
1192 | dheads = [] |
|
1196 | dheads = [] | |
1193 | unfi = pullop.repo.unfiltered() |
|
1197 | unfi = pullop.repo.unfiltered() | |
1194 | phase = unfi._phasecache.phase |
|
1198 | phase = unfi._phasecache.phase | |
1195 | rev = unfi.changelog.nodemap.get |
|
1199 | rev = unfi.changelog.nodemap.get | |
1196 | public = phases.public |
|
1200 | public = phases.public | |
1197 | draft = phases.draft |
|
1201 | draft = phases.draft | |
1198 |
|
1202 | |||
1199 | # exclude changesets already public locally and update the others |
|
1203 | # exclude changesets already public locally and update the others | |
1200 | pheads = [pn for pn in pheads if phase(unfi, rev(pn)) > public] |
|
1204 | pheads = [pn for pn in pheads if phase(unfi, rev(pn)) > public] | |
1201 | if pheads: |
|
1205 | if pheads: | |
1202 | tr = pullop.gettransaction() |
|
1206 | tr = pullop.gettransaction() | |
1203 | phases.advanceboundary(pullop.repo, tr, public, pheads) |
|
1207 | phases.advanceboundary(pullop.repo, tr, public, pheads) | |
1204 |
|
1208 | |||
1205 | # exclude changesets already draft locally and update the others |
|
1209 | # exclude changesets already draft locally and update the others | |
1206 | dheads = [pn for pn in dheads if phase(unfi, rev(pn)) > draft] |
|
1210 | dheads = [pn for pn in dheads if phase(unfi, rev(pn)) > draft] | |
1207 | if dheads: |
|
1211 | if dheads: | |
1208 | tr = pullop.gettransaction() |
|
1212 | tr = pullop.gettransaction() | |
1209 | phases.advanceboundary(pullop.repo, tr, draft, dheads) |
|
1213 | phases.advanceboundary(pullop.repo, tr, draft, dheads) | |
1210 |
|
1214 | |||
1211 | def _pullbookmarks(pullop): |
|
1215 | def _pullbookmarks(pullop): | |
1212 | """process the remote bookmark information to update the local one""" |
|
1216 | """process the remote bookmark information to update the local one""" | |
1213 | if 'bookmarks' in pullop.stepsdone: |
|
1217 | if 'bookmarks' in pullop.stepsdone: | |
1214 | return |
|
1218 | return | |
1215 | pullop.stepsdone.add('bookmarks') |
|
1219 | pullop.stepsdone.add('bookmarks') | |
1216 | repo = pullop.repo |
|
1220 | repo = pullop.repo | |
1217 | remotebookmarks = pullop.remotebookmarks |
|
1221 | remotebookmarks = pullop.remotebookmarks | |
1218 | bookmod.updatefromremote(repo.ui, repo, remotebookmarks, |
|
1222 | bookmod.updatefromremote(repo.ui, repo, remotebookmarks, | |
1219 | pullop.remote.url(), |
|
1223 | pullop.remote.url(), | |
1220 | pullop.gettransaction, |
|
1224 | pullop.gettransaction, | |
1221 | explicit=pullop.explicitbookmarks) |
|
1225 | explicit=pullop.explicitbookmarks) | |
1222 |
|
1226 | |||
1223 | def _pullobsolete(pullop): |
|
1227 | def _pullobsolete(pullop): | |
1224 | """utility function to pull obsolete markers from a remote |
|
1228 | """utility function to pull obsolete markers from a remote | |
1225 |
|
1229 | |||
1226 | The `gettransaction` is function that return the pull transaction, creating |
|
1230 | The `gettransaction` is function that return the pull transaction, creating | |
1227 | one if necessary. We return the transaction to inform the calling code that |
|
1231 | one if necessary. We return the transaction to inform the calling code that | |
1228 | a new transaction have been created (when applicable). |
|
1232 | a new transaction have been created (when applicable). | |
1229 |
|
1233 | |||
1230 | Exists mostly to allow overriding for experimentation purpose""" |
|
1234 | Exists mostly to allow overriding for experimentation purpose""" | |
1231 | if 'obsmarkers' in pullop.stepsdone: |
|
1235 | if 'obsmarkers' in pullop.stepsdone: | |
1232 | return |
|
1236 | return | |
1233 | pullop.stepsdone.add('obsmarkers') |
|
1237 | pullop.stepsdone.add('obsmarkers') | |
1234 | tr = None |
|
1238 | tr = None | |
1235 | if obsolete.isenabled(pullop.repo, obsolete.exchangeopt): |
|
1239 | if obsolete.isenabled(pullop.repo, obsolete.exchangeopt): | |
1236 | pullop.repo.ui.debug('fetching remote obsolete markers\n') |
|
1240 | pullop.repo.ui.debug('fetching remote obsolete markers\n') | |
1237 | remoteobs = pullop.remote.listkeys('obsolete') |
|
1241 | remoteobs = pullop.remote.listkeys('obsolete') | |
1238 | if 'dump0' in remoteobs: |
|
1242 | if 'dump0' in remoteobs: | |
1239 | tr = pullop.gettransaction() |
|
1243 | tr = pullop.gettransaction() | |
1240 | for key in sorted(remoteobs, reverse=True): |
|
1244 | for key in sorted(remoteobs, reverse=True): | |
1241 | if key.startswith('dump'): |
|
1245 | if key.startswith('dump'): | |
1242 | data = base85.b85decode(remoteobs[key]) |
|
1246 | data = base85.b85decode(remoteobs[key]) | |
1243 | pullop.repo.obsstore.mergemarkers(tr, data) |
|
1247 | pullop.repo.obsstore.mergemarkers(tr, data) | |
1244 | pullop.repo.invalidatevolatilesets() |
|
1248 | pullop.repo.invalidatevolatilesets() | |
1245 | return tr |
|
1249 | return tr | |
1246 |
|
1250 | |||
1247 | def caps20to10(repo): |
|
1251 | def caps20to10(repo): | |
1248 | """return a set with appropriate options to use bundle20 during getbundle""" |
|
1252 | """return a set with appropriate options to use bundle20 during getbundle""" | |
1249 | caps = set(['HG20']) |
|
1253 | caps = set(['HG20']) | |
1250 | capsblob = bundle2.encodecaps(bundle2.getrepocaps(repo)) |
|
1254 | capsblob = bundle2.encodecaps(bundle2.getrepocaps(repo)) | |
1251 | caps.add('bundle2=' + urllib.quote(capsblob)) |
|
1255 | caps.add('bundle2=' + urllib.quote(capsblob)) | |
1252 | return caps |
|
1256 | return caps | |
1253 |
|
1257 | |||
1254 | # List of names of steps to perform for a bundle2 for getbundle, order matters. |
|
1258 | # List of names of steps to perform for a bundle2 for getbundle, order matters. | |
1255 | getbundle2partsorder = [] |
|
1259 | getbundle2partsorder = [] | |
1256 |
|
1260 | |||
1257 | # Mapping between step name and function |
|
1261 | # Mapping between step name and function | |
1258 | # |
|
1262 | # | |
1259 | # This exists to help extensions wrap steps if necessary |
|
1263 | # This exists to help extensions wrap steps if necessary | |
1260 | getbundle2partsmapping = {} |
|
1264 | getbundle2partsmapping = {} | |
1261 |
|
1265 | |||
1262 | def getbundle2partsgenerator(stepname, idx=None): |
|
1266 | def getbundle2partsgenerator(stepname, idx=None): | |
1263 | """decorator for function generating bundle2 part for getbundle |
|
1267 | """decorator for function generating bundle2 part for getbundle | |
1264 |
|
1268 | |||
1265 | The function is added to the step -> function mapping and appended to the |
|
1269 | The function is added to the step -> function mapping and appended to the | |
1266 | list of steps. Beware that decorated functions will be added in order |
|
1270 | list of steps. Beware that decorated functions will be added in order | |
1267 | (this may matter). |
|
1271 | (this may matter). | |
1268 |
|
1272 | |||
1269 | You can only use this decorator for new steps, if you want to wrap a step |
|
1273 | You can only use this decorator for new steps, if you want to wrap a step | |
1270 | from an extension, attack the getbundle2partsmapping dictionary directly.""" |
|
1274 | from an extension, attack the getbundle2partsmapping dictionary directly.""" | |
1271 | def dec(func): |
|
1275 | def dec(func): | |
1272 | assert stepname not in getbundle2partsmapping |
|
1276 | assert stepname not in getbundle2partsmapping | |
1273 | getbundle2partsmapping[stepname] = func |
|
1277 | getbundle2partsmapping[stepname] = func | |
1274 | if idx is None: |
|
1278 | if idx is None: | |
1275 | getbundle2partsorder.append(stepname) |
|
1279 | getbundle2partsorder.append(stepname) | |
1276 | else: |
|
1280 | else: | |
1277 | getbundle2partsorder.insert(idx, stepname) |
|
1281 | getbundle2partsorder.insert(idx, stepname) | |
1278 | return func |
|
1282 | return func | |
1279 | return dec |
|
1283 | return dec | |
1280 |
|
1284 | |||
1281 | def getbundle(repo, source, heads=None, common=None, bundlecaps=None, |
|
1285 | def getbundle(repo, source, heads=None, common=None, bundlecaps=None, | |
1282 | **kwargs): |
|
1286 | **kwargs): | |
1283 | """return a full bundle (with potentially multiple kind of parts) |
|
1287 | """return a full bundle (with potentially multiple kind of parts) | |
1284 |
|
1288 | |||
1285 | Could be a bundle HG10 or a bundle HG20 depending on bundlecaps |
|
1289 | Could be a bundle HG10 or a bundle HG20 depending on bundlecaps | |
1286 | passed. For now, the bundle can contain only changegroup, but this will |
|
1290 | passed. For now, the bundle can contain only changegroup, but this will | |
1287 | changes when more part type will be available for bundle2. |
|
1291 | changes when more part type will be available for bundle2. | |
1288 |
|
1292 | |||
1289 | This is different from changegroup.getchangegroup that only returns an HG10 |
|
1293 | This is different from changegroup.getchangegroup that only returns an HG10 | |
1290 | changegroup bundle. They may eventually get reunited in the future when we |
|
1294 | changegroup bundle. They may eventually get reunited in the future when we | |
1291 | have a clearer idea of the API we what to query different data. |
|
1295 | have a clearer idea of the API we what to query different data. | |
1292 |
|
1296 | |||
1293 | The implementation is at a very early stage and will get massive rework |
|
1297 | The implementation is at a very early stage and will get massive rework | |
1294 | when the API of bundle is refined. |
|
1298 | when the API of bundle is refined. | |
1295 | """ |
|
1299 | """ | |
1296 | # bundle10 case |
|
1300 | # bundle10 case | |
1297 | usebundle2 = False |
|
1301 | usebundle2 = False | |
1298 | if bundlecaps is not None: |
|
1302 | if bundlecaps is not None: | |
1299 | usebundle2 = any((cap.startswith('HG2') for cap in bundlecaps)) |
|
1303 | usebundle2 = any((cap.startswith('HG2') for cap in bundlecaps)) | |
1300 | if not usebundle2: |
|
1304 | if not usebundle2: | |
1301 | if bundlecaps and not kwargs.get('cg', True): |
|
1305 | if bundlecaps and not kwargs.get('cg', True): | |
1302 | raise ValueError(_('request for bundle10 must include changegroup')) |
|
1306 | raise ValueError(_('request for bundle10 must include changegroup')) | |
1303 |
|
1307 | |||
1304 | if kwargs: |
|
1308 | if kwargs: | |
1305 | raise ValueError(_('unsupported getbundle arguments: %s') |
|
1309 | raise ValueError(_('unsupported getbundle arguments: %s') | |
1306 | % ', '.join(sorted(kwargs.keys()))) |
|
1310 | % ', '.join(sorted(kwargs.keys()))) | |
1307 | return changegroup.getchangegroup(repo, source, heads=heads, |
|
1311 | return changegroup.getchangegroup(repo, source, heads=heads, | |
1308 | common=common, bundlecaps=bundlecaps) |
|
1312 | common=common, bundlecaps=bundlecaps) | |
1309 |
|
1313 | |||
1310 | # bundle20 case |
|
1314 | # bundle20 case | |
1311 | b2caps = {} |
|
1315 | b2caps = {} | |
1312 | for bcaps in bundlecaps: |
|
1316 | for bcaps in bundlecaps: | |
1313 | if bcaps.startswith('bundle2='): |
|
1317 | if bcaps.startswith('bundle2='): | |
1314 | blob = urllib.unquote(bcaps[len('bundle2='):]) |
|
1318 | blob = urllib.unquote(bcaps[len('bundle2='):]) | |
1315 | b2caps.update(bundle2.decodecaps(blob)) |
|
1319 | b2caps.update(bundle2.decodecaps(blob)) | |
1316 | bundler = bundle2.bundle20(repo.ui, b2caps) |
|
1320 | bundler = bundle2.bundle20(repo.ui, b2caps) | |
1317 |
|
1321 | |||
1318 | kwargs['heads'] = heads |
|
1322 | kwargs['heads'] = heads | |
1319 | kwargs['common'] = common |
|
1323 | kwargs['common'] = common | |
1320 |
|
1324 | |||
1321 | for name in getbundle2partsorder: |
|
1325 | for name in getbundle2partsorder: | |
1322 | func = getbundle2partsmapping[name] |
|
1326 | func = getbundle2partsmapping[name] | |
1323 | func(bundler, repo, source, bundlecaps=bundlecaps, b2caps=b2caps, |
|
1327 | func(bundler, repo, source, bundlecaps=bundlecaps, b2caps=b2caps, | |
1324 | **kwargs) |
|
1328 | **kwargs) | |
1325 |
|
1329 | |||
1326 | return util.chunkbuffer(bundler.getchunks()) |
|
1330 | return util.chunkbuffer(bundler.getchunks()) | |
1327 |
|
1331 | |||
1328 | @getbundle2partsgenerator('changegroup') |
|
1332 | @getbundle2partsgenerator('changegroup') | |
1329 | def _getbundlechangegrouppart(bundler, repo, source, bundlecaps=None, |
|
1333 | def _getbundlechangegrouppart(bundler, repo, source, bundlecaps=None, | |
1330 | b2caps=None, heads=None, common=None, **kwargs): |
|
1334 | b2caps=None, heads=None, common=None, **kwargs): | |
1331 | """add a changegroup part to the requested bundle""" |
|
1335 | """add a changegroup part to the requested bundle""" | |
1332 | cg = None |
|
1336 | cg = None | |
1333 | if kwargs.get('cg', True): |
|
1337 | if kwargs.get('cg', True): | |
1334 | # build changegroup bundle here. |
|
1338 | # build changegroup bundle here. | |
1335 | version = None |
|
1339 | version = None | |
1336 | cgversions = b2caps.get('changegroup') |
|
1340 | cgversions = b2caps.get('changegroup') | |
1337 | getcgkwargs = {} |
|
1341 | getcgkwargs = {} | |
1338 | if cgversions: # 3.1 and 3.2 ship with an empty value |
|
1342 | if cgversions: # 3.1 and 3.2 ship with an empty value | |
1339 | cgversions = [v for v in cgversions if v in changegroup.packermap] |
|
1343 | cgversions = [v for v in cgversions if v in changegroup.packermap] | |
1340 | if not cgversions: |
|
1344 | if not cgversions: | |
1341 | raise ValueError(_('no common changegroup version')) |
|
1345 | raise ValueError(_('no common changegroup version')) | |
1342 | version = getcgkwargs['version'] = max(cgversions) |
|
1346 | version = getcgkwargs['version'] = max(cgversions) | |
1343 | outgoing = changegroup.computeoutgoing(repo, heads, common) |
|
1347 | outgoing = changegroup.computeoutgoing(repo, heads, common) | |
1344 | cg = changegroup.getlocalchangegroupraw(repo, source, outgoing, |
|
1348 | cg = changegroup.getlocalchangegroupraw(repo, source, outgoing, | |
1345 | bundlecaps=bundlecaps, |
|
1349 | bundlecaps=bundlecaps, | |
1346 | **getcgkwargs) |
|
1350 | **getcgkwargs) | |
1347 |
|
1351 | |||
1348 | if cg: |
|
1352 | if cg: | |
1349 | part = bundler.newpart('changegroup', data=cg) |
|
1353 | part = bundler.newpart('changegroup', data=cg) | |
1350 | if version is not None: |
|
1354 | if version is not None: | |
1351 | part.addparam('version', version) |
|
1355 | part.addparam('version', version) | |
1352 | part.addparam('nbchanges', str(len(outgoing.missing)), mandatory=False) |
|
1356 | part.addparam('nbchanges', str(len(outgoing.missing)), mandatory=False) | |
1353 |
|
1357 | |||
1354 | @getbundle2partsgenerator('listkeys') |
|
1358 | @getbundle2partsgenerator('listkeys') | |
1355 | def _getbundlelistkeysparts(bundler, repo, source, bundlecaps=None, |
|
1359 | def _getbundlelistkeysparts(bundler, repo, source, bundlecaps=None, | |
1356 | b2caps=None, **kwargs): |
|
1360 | b2caps=None, **kwargs): | |
1357 | """add parts containing listkeys namespaces to the requested bundle""" |
|
1361 | """add parts containing listkeys namespaces to the requested bundle""" | |
1358 | listkeys = kwargs.get('listkeys', ()) |
|
1362 | listkeys = kwargs.get('listkeys', ()) | |
1359 | for namespace in listkeys: |
|
1363 | for namespace in listkeys: | |
1360 | part = bundler.newpart('listkeys') |
|
1364 | part = bundler.newpart('listkeys') | |
1361 | part.addparam('namespace', namespace) |
|
1365 | part.addparam('namespace', namespace) | |
1362 | keys = repo.listkeys(namespace).items() |
|
1366 | keys = repo.listkeys(namespace).items() | |
1363 | part.data = pushkey.encodekeys(keys) |
|
1367 | part.data = pushkey.encodekeys(keys) | |
1364 |
|
1368 | |||
1365 | @getbundle2partsgenerator('obsmarkers') |
|
1369 | @getbundle2partsgenerator('obsmarkers') | |
1366 | def _getbundleobsmarkerpart(bundler, repo, source, bundlecaps=None, |
|
1370 | def _getbundleobsmarkerpart(bundler, repo, source, bundlecaps=None, | |
1367 | b2caps=None, heads=None, **kwargs): |
|
1371 | b2caps=None, heads=None, **kwargs): | |
1368 | """add an obsolescence markers part to the requested bundle""" |
|
1372 | """add an obsolescence markers part to the requested bundle""" | |
1369 | if kwargs.get('obsmarkers', False): |
|
1373 | if kwargs.get('obsmarkers', False): | |
1370 | if heads is None: |
|
1374 | if heads is None: | |
1371 | heads = repo.heads() |
|
1375 | heads = repo.heads() | |
1372 | subset = [c.node() for c in repo.set('::%ln', heads)] |
|
1376 | subset = [c.node() for c in repo.set('::%ln', heads)] | |
1373 | markers = repo.obsstore.relevantmarkers(subset) |
|
1377 | markers = repo.obsstore.relevantmarkers(subset) | |
1374 | markers = sorted(markers) |
|
1378 | markers = sorted(markers) | |
1375 | buildobsmarkerspart(bundler, markers) |
|
1379 | buildobsmarkerspart(bundler, markers) | |
1376 |
|
1380 | |||
1377 | @getbundle2partsgenerator('hgtagsfnodes') |
|
1381 | @getbundle2partsgenerator('hgtagsfnodes') | |
1378 | def _getbundletagsfnodes(bundler, repo, source, bundlecaps=None, |
|
1382 | def _getbundletagsfnodes(bundler, repo, source, bundlecaps=None, | |
1379 | b2caps=None, heads=None, common=None, |
|
1383 | b2caps=None, heads=None, common=None, | |
1380 | **kwargs): |
|
1384 | **kwargs): | |
1381 | """Transfer the .hgtags filenodes mapping. |
|
1385 | """Transfer the .hgtags filenodes mapping. | |
1382 |
|
1386 | |||
1383 | Only values for heads in this bundle will be transferred. |
|
1387 | Only values for heads in this bundle will be transferred. | |
1384 |
|
1388 | |||
1385 | The part data consists of pairs of 20 byte changeset node and .hgtags |
|
1389 | The part data consists of pairs of 20 byte changeset node and .hgtags | |
1386 | filenodes raw values. |
|
1390 | filenodes raw values. | |
1387 | """ |
|
1391 | """ | |
1388 | # Don't send unless: |
|
1392 | # Don't send unless: | |
1389 | # - changeset are being exchanged, |
|
1393 | # - changeset are being exchanged, | |
1390 | # - the client supports it. |
|
1394 | # - the client supports it. | |
1391 | if not (kwargs.get('cg', True) and 'hgtagsfnodes' in b2caps): |
|
1395 | if not (kwargs.get('cg', True) and 'hgtagsfnodes' in b2caps): | |
1392 | return |
|
1396 | return | |
1393 |
|
1397 | |||
1394 | outgoing = changegroup.computeoutgoing(repo, heads, common) |
|
1398 | outgoing = changegroup.computeoutgoing(repo, heads, common) | |
1395 |
|
1399 | |||
1396 | if not outgoing.missingheads: |
|
1400 | if not outgoing.missingheads: | |
1397 | return |
|
1401 | return | |
1398 |
|
1402 | |||
1399 | cache = tags.hgtagsfnodescache(repo.unfiltered()) |
|
1403 | cache = tags.hgtagsfnodescache(repo.unfiltered()) | |
1400 | chunks = [] |
|
1404 | chunks = [] | |
1401 |
|
1405 | |||
1402 | # .hgtags fnodes are only relevant for head changesets. While we could |
|
1406 | # .hgtags fnodes are only relevant for head changesets. While we could | |
1403 | # transfer values for all known nodes, there will likely be little to |
|
1407 | # transfer values for all known nodes, there will likely be little to | |
1404 | # no benefit. |
|
1408 | # no benefit. | |
1405 | # |
|
1409 | # | |
1406 | # We don't bother using a generator to produce output data because |
|
1410 | # We don't bother using a generator to produce output data because | |
1407 | # a) we only have 40 bytes per head and even esoteric numbers of heads |
|
1411 | # a) we only have 40 bytes per head and even esoteric numbers of heads | |
1408 | # consume little memory (1M heads is 40MB) b) we don't want to send the |
|
1412 | # consume little memory (1M heads is 40MB) b) we don't want to send the | |
1409 | # part if we don't have entries and knowing if we have entries requires |
|
1413 | # part if we don't have entries and knowing if we have entries requires | |
1410 | # cache lookups. |
|
1414 | # cache lookups. | |
1411 | for node in outgoing.missingheads: |
|
1415 | for node in outgoing.missingheads: | |
1412 | # Don't compute missing, as this may slow down serving. |
|
1416 | # Don't compute missing, as this may slow down serving. | |
1413 | fnode = cache.getfnode(node, computemissing=False) |
|
1417 | fnode = cache.getfnode(node, computemissing=False) | |
1414 | if fnode is not None: |
|
1418 | if fnode is not None: | |
1415 | chunks.extend([node, fnode]) |
|
1419 | chunks.extend([node, fnode]) | |
1416 |
|
1420 | |||
1417 | if chunks: |
|
1421 | if chunks: | |
1418 | bundler.newpart('hgtagsfnodes', data=''.join(chunks)) |
|
1422 | bundler.newpart('hgtagsfnodes', data=''.join(chunks)) | |
1419 |
|
1423 | |||
1420 | def check_heads(repo, their_heads, context): |
|
1424 | def check_heads(repo, their_heads, context): | |
1421 | """check if the heads of a repo have been modified |
|
1425 | """check if the heads of a repo have been modified | |
1422 |
|
1426 | |||
1423 | Used by peer for unbundling. |
|
1427 | Used by peer for unbundling. | |
1424 | """ |
|
1428 | """ | |
1425 | heads = repo.heads() |
|
1429 | heads = repo.heads() | |
1426 | heads_hash = util.sha1(''.join(sorted(heads))).digest() |
|
1430 | heads_hash = util.sha1(''.join(sorted(heads))).digest() | |
1427 | if not (their_heads == ['force'] or their_heads == heads or |
|
1431 | if not (their_heads == ['force'] or their_heads == heads or | |
1428 | their_heads == ['hashed', heads_hash]): |
|
1432 | their_heads == ['hashed', heads_hash]): | |
1429 | # someone else committed/pushed/unbundled while we |
|
1433 | # someone else committed/pushed/unbundled while we | |
1430 | # were transferring data |
|
1434 | # were transferring data | |
1431 | raise error.PushRaced('repository changed while %s - ' |
|
1435 | raise error.PushRaced('repository changed while %s - ' | |
1432 | 'please try again' % context) |
|
1436 | 'please try again' % context) | |
1433 |
|
1437 | |||
1434 | def unbundle(repo, cg, heads, source, url): |
|
1438 | def unbundle(repo, cg, heads, source, url): | |
1435 | """Apply a bundle to a repo. |
|
1439 | """Apply a bundle to a repo. | |
1436 |
|
1440 | |||
1437 | this function makes sure the repo is locked during the application and have |
|
1441 | this function makes sure the repo is locked during the application and have | |
1438 | mechanism to check that no push race occurred between the creation of the |
|
1442 | mechanism to check that no push race occurred between the creation of the | |
1439 | bundle and its application. |
|
1443 | bundle and its application. | |
1440 |
|
1444 | |||
1441 | If the push was raced as PushRaced exception is raised.""" |
|
1445 | If the push was raced as PushRaced exception is raised.""" | |
1442 | r = 0 |
|
1446 | r = 0 | |
1443 | # need a transaction when processing a bundle2 stream |
|
1447 | # need a transaction when processing a bundle2 stream | |
1444 | # [wlock, lock, tr] - needs to be an array so nested functions can modify it |
|
1448 | # [wlock, lock, tr] - needs to be an array so nested functions can modify it | |
1445 | lockandtr = [None, None, None] |
|
1449 | lockandtr = [None, None, None] | |
1446 | recordout = None |
|
1450 | recordout = None | |
1447 | # quick fix for output mismatch with bundle2 in 3.4 |
|
1451 | # quick fix for output mismatch with bundle2 in 3.4 | |
1448 | captureoutput = repo.ui.configbool('experimental', 'bundle2-output-capture', |
|
1452 | captureoutput = repo.ui.configbool('experimental', 'bundle2-output-capture', | |
1449 | False) |
|
1453 | False) | |
1450 | if url.startswith('remote:http:') or url.startswith('remote:https:'): |
|
1454 | if url.startswith('remote:http:') or url.startswith('remote:https:'): | |
1451 | captureoutput = True |
|
1455 | captureoutput = True | |
1452 | try: |
|
1456 | try: | |
1453 | check_heads(repo, heads, 'uploading changes') |
|
1457 | check_heads(repo, heads, 'uploading changes') | |
1454 | # push can proceed |
|
1458 | # push can proceed | |
1455 | if util.safehasattr(cg, 'params'): |
|
1459 | if util.safehasattr(cg, 'params'): | |
1456 | r = None |
|
1460 | r = None | |
1457 | try: |
|
1461 | try: | |
1458 | def gettransaction(): |
|
1462 | def gettransaction(): | |
1459 | if not lockandtr[2]: |
|
1463 | if not lockandtr[2]: | |
1460 | lockandtr[0] = repo.wlock() |
|
1464 | lockandtr[0] = repo.wlock() | |
1461 | lockandtr[1] = repo.lock() |
|
1465 | lockandtr[1] = repo.lock() | |
1462 | lockandtr[2] = repo.transaction(source) |
|
1466 | lockandtr[2] = repo.transaction(source) | |
1463 | lockandtr[2].hookargs['source'] = source |
|
1467 | lockandtr[2].hookargs['source'] = source | |
1464 | lockandtr[2].hookargs['url'] = url |
|
1468 | lockandtr[2].hookargs['url'] = url | |
1465 | lockandtr[2].hookargs['bundle2'] = '1' |
|
1469 | lockandtr[2].hookargs['bundle2'] = '1' | |
1466 | return lockandtr[2] |
|
1470 | return lockandtr[2] | |
1467 |
|
1471 | |||
1468 | # Do greedy locking by default until we're satisfied with lazy |
|
1472 | # Do greedy locking by default until we're satisfied with lazy | |
1469 | # locking. |
|
1473 | # locking. | |
1470 | if not repo.ui.configbool('experimental', 'bundle2lazylocking'): |
|
1474 | if not repo.ui.configbool('experimental', 'bundle2lazylocking'): | |
1471 | gettransaction() |
|
1475 | gettransaction() | |
1472 |
|
1476 | |||
1473 | op = bundle2.bundleoperation(repo, gettransaction, |
|
1477 | op = bundle2.bundleoperation(repo, gettransaction, | |
1474 | captureoutput=captureoutput) |
|
1478 | captureoutput=captureoutput) | |
1475 | try: |
|
1479 | try: | |
1476 | op = bundle2.processbundle(repo, cg, op=op) |
|
1480 | op = bundle2.processbundle(repo, cg, op=op) | |
1477 | finally: |
|
1481 | finally: | |
1478 | r = op.reply |
|
1482 | r = op.reply | |
1479 | if captureoutput and r is not None: |
|
1483 | if captureoutput and r is not None: | |
1480 | repo.ui.pushbuffer(error=True, subproc=True) |
|
1484 | repo.ui.pushbuffer(error=True, subproc=True) | |
1481 | def recordout(output): |
|
1485 | def recordout(output): | |
1482 | r.newpart('output', data=output, mandatory=False) |
|
1486 | r.newpart('output', data=output, mandatory=False) | |
1483 | if lockandtr[2] is not None: |
|
1487 | if lockandtr[2] is not None: | |
1484 | lockandtr[2].close() |
|
1488 | lockandtr[2].close() | |
1485 | except BaseException as exc: |
|
1489 | except BaseException as exc: | |
1486 | exc.duringunbundle2 = True |
|
1490 | exc.duringunbundle2 = True | |
1487 | if captureoutput and r is not None: |
|
1491 | if captureoutput and r is not None: | |
1488 | parts = exc._bundle2salvagedoutput = r.salvageoutput() |
|
1492 | parts = exc._bundle2salvagedoutput = r.salvageoutput() | |
1489 | def recordout(output): |
|
1493 | def recordout(output): | |
1490 | part = bundle2.bundlepart('output', data=output, |
|
1494 | part = bundle2.bundlepart('output', data=output, | |
1491 | mandatory=False) |
|
1495 | mandatory=False) | |
1492 | parts.append(part) |
|
1496 | parts.append(part) | |
1493 | raise |
|
1497 | raise | |
1494 | else: |
|
1498 | else: | |
1495 | lockandtr[1] = repo.lock() |
|
1499 | lockandtr[1] = repo.lock() | |
1496 | r = changegroup.addchangegroup(repo, cg, source, url) |
|
1500 | r = changegroup.addchangegroup(repo, cg, source, url) | |
1497 | finally: |
|
1501 | finally: | |
1498 | lockmod.release(lockandtr[2], lockandtr[1], lockandtr[0]) |
|
1502 | lockmod.release(lockandtr[2], lockandtr[1], lockandtr[0]) | |
1499 | if recordout is not None: |
|
1503 | if recordout is not None: | |
1500 | recordout(repo.ui.popbuffer()) |
|
1504 | recordout(repo.ui.popbuffer()) | |
1501 | return r |
|
1505 | return r | |
|
1506 | ||||
|
1507 | def _maybeapplyclonebundle(pullop): | |||
|
1508 | """Apply a clone bundle from a remote, if possible.""" | |||
|
1509 | ||||
|
1510 | repo = pullop.repo | |||
|
1511 | remote = pullop.remote | |||
|
1512 | ||||
|
1513 | if not repo.ui.configbool('experimental', 'clonebundles', False): | |||
|
1514 | return | |||
|
1515 | ||||
|
1516 | if pullop.heads: | |||
|
1517 | return | |||
|
1518 | ||||
|
1519 | if not remote.capable('clonebundles'): | |||
|
1520 | return | |||
|
1521 | ||||
|
1522 | res = remote._call('clonebundles') | |||
|
1523 | entries = parseclonebundlesmanifest(res) | |||
|
1524 | ||||
|
1525 | # TODO filter entries by supported features. | |||
|
1526 | # TODO sort entries by user preferences. | |||
|
1527 | ||||
|
1528 | if not entries: | |||
|
1529 | repo.ui.note(_('no clone bundles available on remote; ' | |||
|
1530 | 'falling back to regular clone\n')) | |||
|
1531 | return | |||
|
1532 | ||||
|
1533 | url = entries[0]['URL'] | |||
|
1534 | repo.ui.status(_('applying clone bundle from %s\n') % url) | |||
|
1535 | if trypullbundlefromurl(repo.ui, repo, url): | |||
|
1536 | repo.ui.status(_('finished applying clone bundle\n')) | |||
|
1537 | # Bundle failed. | |||
|
1538 | # | |||
|
1539 | # We abort by default to avoid the thundering herd of | |||
|
1540 | # clients flooding a server that was expecting expensive | |||
|
1541 | # clone load to be offloaded. | |||
|
1542 | elif repo.ui.configbool('ui', 'clonebundlefallback', False): | |||
|
1543 | repo.ui.warn(_('falling back to normal clone\n')) | |||
|
1544 | else: | |||
|
1545 | raise error.Abort(_('error applying bundle'), | |||
|
1546 | hint=_('consider contacting the server ' | |||
|
1547 | 'operator if this error persists')) | |||
|
1548 | ||||
|
1549 | def parseclonebundlesmanifest(s): | |||
|
1550 | """Parses the raw text of a clone bundles manifest. | |||
|
1551 | ||||
|
1552 | Returns a list of dicts. The dicts have a ``URL`` key corresponding | |||
|
1553 | to the URL and other keys are the attributes for the entry. | |||
|
1554 | """ | |||
|
1555 | m = [] | |||
|
1556 | for line in s.splitlines(): | |||
|
1557 | fields = line.split() | |||
|
1558 | if not fields: | |||
|
1559 | continue | |||
|
1560 | attrs = {'URL': fields[0]} | |||
|
1561 | for rawattr in fields[1:]: | |||
|
1562 | key, value = rawattr.split('=', 1) | |||
|
1563 | attrs[urllib.unquote(key)] = urllib.unquote(value) | |||
|
1564 | ||||
|
1565 | m.append(attrs) | |||
|
1566 | ||||
|
1567 | return m | |||
|
1568 | ||||
|
1569 | def trypullbundlefromurl(ui, repo, url): | |||
|
1570 | """Attempt to apply a bundle from a URL.""" | |||
|
1571 | lock = repo.lock() | |||
|
1572 | try: | |||
|
1573 | tr = repo.transaction('bundleurl') | |||
|
1574 | try: | |||
|
1575 | try: | |||
|
1576 | fh = urlmod.open(ui, url) | |||
|
1577 | cg = readbundle(ui, fh, 'stream') | |||
|
1578 | changegroup.addchangegroup(repo, cg, 'clonebundles', url) | |||
|
1579 | tr.close() | |||
|
1580 | return True | |||
|
1581 | except urllib2.HTTPError as e: | |||
|
1582 | ui.warn(_('HTTP error fetching bundle: %s\n') % str(e)) | |||
|
1583 | except urllib2.URLError as e: | |||
|
1584 | ui.warn(_('error fetching bundle: %s\n') % e.reason) | |||
|
1585 | ||||
|
1586 | return False | |||
|
1587 | finally: | |||
|
1588 | tr.release() | |||
|
1589 | finally: | |||
|
1590 | lock.release() |
@@ -1,1850 +1,1865 | |||||
1 | The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control |
|
1 | The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control | |
2 | aspects of its behavior. |
|
2 | aspects of its behavior. | |
3 |
|
3 | |||
4 | Troubleshooting |
|
4 | Troubleshooting | |
5 | =============== |
|
5 | =============== | |
6 |
|
6 | |||
7 | If you're having problems with your configuration, |
|
7 | If you're having problems with your configuration, | |
8 | :hg:`config --debug` can help you understand what is introducing |
|
8 | :hg:`config --debug` can help you understand what is introducing | |
9 | a setting into your environment. |
|
9 | a setting into your environment. | |
10 |
|
10 | |||
11 | See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files` |
|
11 | See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files` | |
12 | for information about how and where to override things. |
|
12 | for information about how and where to override things. | |
13 |
|
13 | |||
14 | Format |
|
14 | Format | |
15 | ====== |
|
15 | ====== | |
16 |
|
16 | |||
17 | The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration |
|
17 | The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration | |
18 | file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed |
|
18 | file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed | |
19 | by ``name = value`` entries:: |
|
19 | by ``name = value`` entries:: | |
20 |
|
20 | |||
21 | [ui] |
|
21 | [ui] | |
22 | username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net> |
|
22 | username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net> | |
23 | verbose = True |
|
23 | verbose = True | |
24 |
|
24 | |||
25 | The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and |
|
25 | The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and | |
26 | ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`. |
|
26 | ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`. | |
27 |
|
27 | |||
28 | Files |
|
28 | Files | |
29 | ===== |
|
29 | ===== | |
30 |
|
30 | |||
31 | Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist. |
|
31 | Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist. | |
32 | These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the |
|
32 | These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the | |
33 | appropriate configuration files yourself: global configuration like |
|
33 | appropriate configuration files yourself: global configuration like | |
34 | the username setting is typically put into |
|
34 | the username setting is typically put into | |
35 | ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` or ``$HOME/.hgrc`` and local |
|
35 | ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` or ``$HOME/.hgrc`` and local | |
36 | configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file. |
|
36 | configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file. | |
37 |
|
37 | |||
38 | The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is |
|
38 | The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is | |
39 | installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in |
|
39 | installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in | |
40 | alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple |
|
40 | alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple | |
41 | paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later |
|
41 | paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later | |
42 | ones. |
|
42 | ones. | |
43 |
|
43 | |||
44 | .. container:: verbose.unix |
|
44 | .. container:: verbose.unix | |
45 |
|
45 | |||
46 | On Unix, the following files are consulted: |
|
46 | On Unix, the following files are consulted: | |
47 |
|
47 | |||
48 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) |
|
48 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) | |
49 | - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
49 | - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user) | |
50 | - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation) |
|
50 | - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation) | |
51 | - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation) |
|
51 | - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation) | |
52 | - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system) |
|
52 | - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system) | |
53 | - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system) |
|
53 | - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system) | |
54 | - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults) |
|
54 | - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults) | |
55 |
|
55 | |||
56 | .. container:: verbose.windows |
|
56 | .. container:: verbose.windows | |
57 |
|
57 | |||
58 | On Windows, the following files are consulted: |
|
58 | On Windows, the following files are consulted: | |
59 |
|
59 | |||
60 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) |
|
60 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) | |
61 | - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
61 | - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user) | |
62 | - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user) |
|
62 | - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user) | |
63 | - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
63 | - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user) | |
64 | - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user) |
|
64 | - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user) | |
65 | - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation) |
|
65 | - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation) | |
66 | - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation) |
|
66 | - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation) | |
67 | - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-installation) |
|
67 | - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-installation) | |
68 | - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults) |
|
68 | - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults) | |
69 |
|
69 | |||
70 | .. note:: |
|
70 | .. note:: | |
71 |
|
71 | |||
72 | The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial`` |
|
72 | The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial`` | |
73 | is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows. |
|
73 | is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows. | |
74 |
|
74 | |||
75 | .. container:: verbose.plan9 |
|
75 | .. container:: verbose.plan9 | |
76 |
|
76 | |||
77 | On Plan9, the following files are consulted: |
|
77 | On Plan9, the following files are consulted: | |
78 |
|
78 | |||
79 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) |
|
79 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) | |
80 | - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
80 | - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user) | |
81 | - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation) |
|
81 | - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation) | |
82 | - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation) |
|
82 | - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation) | |
83 | - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system) |
|
83 | - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system) | |
84 | - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system) |
|
84 | - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system) | |
85 | - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults) |
|
85 | - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults) | |
86 |
|
86 | |||
87 | Per-repository configuration options only apply in a |
|
87 | Per-repository configuration options only apply in a | |
88 | particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and |
|
88 | particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and | |
89 | will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in |
|
89 | will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in | |
90 | this file override options in all other configuration files. On |
|
90 | this file override options in all other configuration files. On | |
91 | Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't |
|
91 | Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't | |
92 | belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See |
|
92 | belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See | |
93 | :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details. |
|
93 | :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details. | |
94 |
|
94 | |||
95 | Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. On |
|
95 | Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. On | |
96 | Windows 9x, ``%HOME%`` is replaced by ``%APPDATA%``. Options in these |
|
96 | Windows 9x, ``%HOME%`` is replaced by ``%APPDATA%``. Options in these | |
97 | files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any |
|
97 | files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any | |
98 | directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation |
|
98 | directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation | |
99 | options. |
|
99 | options. | |
100 |
|
100 | |||
101 | Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the |
|
101 | Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the | |
102 | directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the |
|
102 | directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the | |
103 | parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run. For |
|
103 | parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run. For | |
104 | example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial will look |
|
104 | example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial will look | |
105 | in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these files apply |
|
105 | in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these files apply | |
106 | to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. |
|
106 | to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. | |
107 |
|
107 | |||
108 | Per-installation configuration files are for the system on |
|
108 | Per-installation configuration files are for the system on | |
109 | which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all |
|
109 | which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all | |
110 | Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry |
|
110 | Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry | |
111 | keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference |
|
111 | keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference | |
112 | a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will |
|
112 | a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will | |
113 | be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified |
|
113 | be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified | |
114 | order until one or more configuration files are detected. |
|
114 | order until one or more configuration files are detected. | |
115 |
|
115 | |||
116 | Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial |
|
116 | Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial | |
117 | is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands |
|
117 | is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands | |
118 | executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files |
|
118 | executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files | |
119 | override per-installation options. |
|
119 | override per-installation options. | |
120 |
|
120 | |||
121 | Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration |
|
121 | Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration | |
122 | files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default |
|
122 | files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default | |
123 | configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can |
|
123 | configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can | |
124 | be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains |
|
124 | be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains | |
125 | merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration |
|
125 | merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration | |
126 | there. |
|
126 | there. | |
127 |
|
127 | |||
128 | Syntax |
|
128 | Syntax | |
129 | ====== |
|
129 | ====== | |
130 |
|
130 | |||
131 | A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header |
|
131 | A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header | |
132 | and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called |
|
132 | and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called | |
133 | ``configuration keys``):: |
|
133 | ``configuration keys``):: | |
134 |
|
134 | |||
135 | [spam] |
|
135 | [spam] | |
136 | eggs=ham |
|
136 | eggs=ham | |
137 | green= |
|
137 | green= | |
138 | eggs |
|
138 | eggs | |
139 |
|
139 | |||
140 | Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented, |
|
140 | Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented, | |
141 | they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is |
|
141 | they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is | |
142 | removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with |
|
142 | removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with | |
143 | ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments. |
|
143 | ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments. | |
144 |
|
144 | |||
145 | Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial |
|
145 | Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial | |
146 | will use the value that was configured last. As an example:: |
|
146 | will use the value that was configured last. As an example:: | |
147 |
|
147 | |||
148 | [spam] |
|
148 | [spam] | |
149 | eggs=large |
|
149 | eggs=large | |
150 | ham=serrano |
|
150 | ham=serrano | |
151 | eggs=small |
|
151 | eggs=small | |
152 |
|
152 | |||
153 | This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``. |
|
153 | This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``. | |
154 |
|
154 | |||
155 | It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can |
|
155 | It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can | |
156 | be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For |
|
156 | be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For | |
157 | example:: |
|
157 | example:: | |
158 |
|
158 | |||
159 | [foo] |
|
159 | [foo] | |
160 | eggs=large |
|
160 | eggs=large | |
161 | ham=serrano |
|
161 | ham=serrano | |
162 | eggs=small |
|
162 | eggs=small | |
163 |
|
163 | |||
164 | [bar] |
|
164 | [bar] | |
165 | eggs=ham |
|
165 | eggs=ham | |
166 | green= |
|
166 | green= | |
167 | eggs |
|
167 | eggs | |
168 |
|
168 | |||
169 | [foo] |
|
169 | [foo] | |
170 | ham=prosciutto |
|
170 | ham=prosciutto | |
171 | eggs=medium |
|
171 | eggs=medium | |
172 | bread=toasted |
|
172 | bread=toasted | |
173 |
|
173 | |||
174 | This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys |
|
174 | This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys | |
175 | of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``, |
|
175 | of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``, | |
176 | respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last |
|
176 | respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last | |
177 | value that was set for each of the configuration keys. |
|
177 | value that was set for each of the configuration keys. | |
178 |
|
178 | |||
179 | If a configuration key is set multiple times in different |
|
179 | If a configuration key is set multiple times in different | |
180 | configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which |
|
180 | configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which | |
181 | the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier |
|
181 | the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier | |
182 | paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section |
|
182 | paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section | |
183 | above. |
|
183 | above. | |
184 |
|
184 | |||
185 | A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the |
|
185 | A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the | |
186 | current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means |
|
186 | current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means | |
187 | that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to |
|
187 | that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to | |
188 | the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found. |
|
188 | the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found. | |
189 | Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in |
|
189 | Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in | |
190 | ``file``. This lets you do something like:: |
|
190 | ``file``. This lets you do something like:: | |
191 |
|
191 | |||
192 | %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc |
|
192 | %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc | |
193 |
|
193 | |||
194 | to include a different configuration file on each computer you use. |
|
194 | to include a different configuration file on each computer you use. | |
195 |
|
195 | |||
196 | A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current |
|
196 | A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current | |
197 | section, if it has been set previously. |
|
197 | section, if it has been set previously. | |
198 |
|
198 | |||
199 | The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings, |
|
199 | The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings, | |
200 | or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1", |
|
200 | or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1", | |
201 | "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off" |
|
201 | "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off" | |
202 | (all case insensitive). |
|
202 | (all case insensitive). | |
203 |
|
203 | |||
204 | List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are |
|
204 | List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are | |
205 | placed in double quotation marks:: |
|
205 | placed in double quotation marks:: | |
206 |
|
206 | |||
207 | allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty |
|
207 | allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty | |
208 |
|
208 | |||
209 | Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only |
|
209 | Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only | |
210 | quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation |
|
210 | quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation | |
211 | (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``). |
|
211 | (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``). | |
212 |
|
212 | |||
213 | Sections |
|
213 | Sections | |
214 | ======== |
|
214 | ======== | |
215 |
|
215 | |||
216 | This section describes the different sections that may appear in a |
|
216 | This section describes the different sections that may appear in a | |
217 | Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible |
|
217 | Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible | |
218 | keys, and their possible values. |
|
218 | keys, and their possible values. | |
219 |
|
219 | |||
220 | ``alias`` |
|
220 | ``alias`` | |
221 | --------- |
|
221 | --------- | |
222 |
|
222 | |||
223 | Defines command aliases. |
|
223 | Defines command aliases. | |
224 |
|
224 | |||
225 | Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other |
|
225 | Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other | |
226 | commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional |
|
226 | commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional | |
227 | arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition |
|
227 | arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition | |
228 | are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not |
|
228 | are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not | |
229 | already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the |
|
229 | already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the | |
230 | command to be executed. |
|
230 | command to be executed. | |
231 |
|
231 | |||
232 | Alias definitions consist of lines of the form:: |
|
232 | Alias definitions consist of lines of the form:: | |
233 |
|
233 | |||
234 | <alias> = <command> [<argument>]... |
|
234 | <alias> = <command> [<argument>]... | |
235 |
|
235 | |||
236 | For example, this definition:: |
|
236 | For example, this definition:: | |
237 |
|
237 | |||
238 | latest = log --limit 5 |
|
238 | latest = log --limit 5 | |
239 |
|
239 | |||
240 | creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent |
|
240 | creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent | |
241 | changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones:: |
|
241 | changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones:: | |
242 |
|
242 | |||
243 | stable5 = latest -b stable |
|
243 | stable5 = latest -b stable | |
244 |
|
244 | |||
245 | .. note:: |
|
245 | .. note:: | |
246 |
|
246 | |||
247 | It is possible to create aliases with the same names as |
|
247 | It is possible to create aliases with the same names as | |
248 | existing commands, which will then override the original |
|
248 | existing commands, which will then override the original | |
249 | definitions. This is almost always a bad idea! |
|
249 | definitions. This is almost always a bad idea! | |
250 |
|
250 | |||
251 | An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a |
|
251 | An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a | |
252 | shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you |
|
252 | shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you | |
253 | run arbitrary commands. As an example, :: |
|
253 | run arbitrary commands. As an example, :: | |
254 |
|
254 | |||
255 | echo = !echo $@ |
|
255 | echo = !echo $@ | |
256 |
|
256 | |||
257 | will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your |
|
257 | will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your | |
258 | terminal. A better example might be:: |
|
258 | terminal. A better example might be:: | |
259 |
|
259 | |||
260 | purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 | xargs -0 rm |
|
260 | purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 | xargs -0 rm | |
261 |
|
261 | |||
262 | which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the |
|
262 | which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the | |
263 | repository in the same manner as the purge extension. |
|
263 | repository in the same manner as the purge extension. | |
264 |
|
264 | |||
265 | Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition |
|
265 | Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition | |
266 | expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are |
|
266 | expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are | |
267 | removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all |
|
267 | removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all | |
268 | arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all |
|
268 | arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all | |
269 | arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions |
|
269 | arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions | |
270 | happen before the command is passed to the shell. |
|
270 | happen before the command is passed to the shell. | |
271 |
|
271 | |||
272 | Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to |
|
272 | Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to | |
273 | the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is |
|
273 | the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is | |
274 | useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell |
|
274 | useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell | |
275 | alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition, |
|
275 | alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition, | |
276 | ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg |
|
276 | ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg | |
277 | echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``. |
|
277 | echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``. | |
278 |
|
278 | |||
279 | .. note:: |
|
279 | .. note:: | |
280 |
|
280 | |||
281 | Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are |
|
281 | Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are | |
282 | processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to |
|
282 | processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to | |
283 | aliases. |
|
283 | aliases. | |
284 |
|
284 | |||
285 |
|
285 | |||
286 | ``annotate`` |
|
286 | ``annotate`` | |
287 | ------------ |
|
287 | ------------ | |
288 |
|
288 | |||
289 | Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are |
|
289 | Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are | |
290 | Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for |
|
290 | Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for | |
291 | related options for the diff command. |
|
291 | related options for the diff command. | |
292 |
|
292 | |||
293 | ``ignorews`` |
|
293 | ``ignorews`` | |
294 | Ignore white space when comparing lines. |
|
294 | Ignore white space when comparing lines. | |
295 |
|
295 | |||
296 | ``ignorewsamount`` |
|
296 | ``ignorewsamount`` | |
297 | Ignore changes in the amount of white space. |
|
297 | Ignore changes in the amount of white space. | |
298 |
|
298 | |||
299 | ``ignoreblanklines`` |
|
299 | ``ignoreblanklines`` | |
300 | Ignore changes whose lines are all blank. |
|
300 | Ignore changes whose lines are all blank. | |
301 |
|
301 | |||
302 |
|
302 | |||
303 | ``auth`` |
|
303 | ``auth`` | |
304 | -------- |
|
304 | -------- | |
305 |
|
305 | |||
306 | Authentication credentials for HTTP authentication. This section |
|
306 | Authentication credentials for HTTP authentication. This section | |
307 | allows you to store usernames and passwords for use when logging |
|
307 | allows you to store usernames and passwords for use when logging | |
308 | *into* HTTP servers. See :hg:`help config.web` if |
|
308 | *into* HTTP servers. See :hg:`help config.web` if | |
309 | you want to configure *who* can login to your HTTP server. |
|
309 | you want to configure *who* can login to your HTTP server. | |
310 |
|
310 | |||
311 | Each line has the following format:: |
|
311 | Each line has the following format:: | |
312 |
|
312 | |||
313 | <name>.<argument> = <value> |
|
313 | <name>.<argument> = <value> | |
314 |
|
314 | |||
315 | where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication |
|
315 | where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication | |
316 | entries. Example:: |
|
316 | entries. Example:: | |
317 |
|
317 | |||
318 | foo.prefix = hg.intevation.org/mercurial |
|
318 | foo.prefix = hg.intevation.org/mercurial | |
319 | foo.username = foo |
|
319 | foo.username = foo | |
320 | foo.password = bar |
|
320 | foo.password = bar | |
321 | foo.schemes = http https |
|
321 | foo.schemes = http https | |
322 |
|
322 | |||
323 | bar.prefix = secure.example.org |
|
323 | bar.prefix = secure.example.org | |
324 | bar.key = path/to/file.key |
|
324 | bar.key = path/to/file.key | |
325 | bar.cert = path/to/file.cert |
|
325 | bar.cert = path/to/file.cert | |
326 | bar.schemes = https |
|
326 | bar.schemes = https | |
327 |
|
327 | |||
328 | Supported arguments: |
|
328 | Supported arguments: | |
329 |
|
329 | |||
330 | ``prefix`` |
|
330 | ``prefix`` | |
331 | Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part. |
|
331 | Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part. | |
332 | The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used |
|
332 | The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used | |
333 | (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length |
|
333 | (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length | |
334 | 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed |
|
334 | 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed | |
335 | against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes |
|
335 | against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes | |
336 | argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted. |
|
336 | argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted. | |
337 |
|
337 | |||
338 | ``username`` |
|
338 | ``username`` | |
339 | Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the |
|
339 | Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the | |
340 | remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will |
|
340 | remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will | |
341 | be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the |
|
341 | be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the | |
342 | username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI |
|
342 | username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI | |
343 | includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching |
|
343 | includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching | |
344 | username or without a username will be considered. |
|
344 | username or without a username will be considered. | |
345 |
|
345 | |||
346 | ``password`` |
|
346 | ``password`` | |
347 | Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the |
|
347 | Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the | |
348 | remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user |
|
348 | remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user | |
349 | will be prompted for it. |
|
349 | will be prompted for it. | |
350 |
|
350 | |||
351 | ``key`` |
|
351 | ``key`` | |
352 | Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment |
|
352 | Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment | |
353 | variables are expanded in the filename. |
|
353 | variables are expanded in the filename. | |
354 |
|
354 | |||
355 | ``cert`` |
|
355 | ``cert`` | |
356 | Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment |
|
356 | Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment | |
357 | variables are expanded in the filename. |
|
357 | variables are expanded in the filename. | |
358 |
|
358 | |||
359 | ``schemes`` |
|
359 | ``schemes`` | |
360 | Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this |
|
360 | Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this | |
361 | authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include |
|
361 | authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include | |
362 | a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match |
|
362 | a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match | |
363 | static-http and static-https respectively, as well. |
|
363 | static-http and static-https respectively, as well. | |
364 | (default: https) |
|
364 | (default: https) | |
365 |
|
365 | |||
366 | If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted |
|
366 | If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted | |
367 | for credentials as usual if required by the remote. |
|
367 | for credentials as usual if required by the remote. | |
368 |
|
368 | |||
369 |
|
369 | |||
370 | ``committemplate`` |
|
370 | ``committemplate`` | |
371 | ------------------ |
|
371 | ------------------ | |
372 |
|
372 | |||
373 | ``changeset`` |
|
373 | ``changeset`` | |
374 | String: configuration in this section is used as the template to |
|
374 | String: configuration in this section is used as the template to | |
375 | customize the text shown in the editor when committing. |
|
375 | customize the text shown in the editor when committing. | |
376 |
|
376 | |||
377 | In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one |
|
377 | In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one | |
378 | below can be used for customization: |
|
378 | below can be used for customization: | |
379 |
|
379 | |||
380 | ``extramsg`` |
|
380 | ``extramsg`` | |
381 | String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort |
|
381 | String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort | |
382 | commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions. |
|
382 | commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions. | |
383 |
|
383 | |||
384 | For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as |
|
384 | For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as | |
385 | one shown by default:: |
|
385 | one shown by default:: | |
386 |
|
386 | |||
387 | [committemplate] |
|
387 | [committemplate] | |
388 | changeset = {desc}\n\n |
|
388 | changeset = {desc}\n\n | |
389 | HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed. |
|
389 | HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed. | |
390 | HG: {extramsg} |
|
390 | HG: {extramsg} | |
391 | HG: -- |
|
391 | HG: -- | |
392 | HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "", |
|
392 | HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "", | |
393 | "HG: branch merge\n") |
|
393 | "HG: branch merge\n") | |
394 | }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark, |
|
394 | }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark, | |
395 | "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos % |
|
395 | "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos % | |
396 | "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds % |
|
396 | "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds % | |
397 | "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods % |
|
397 | "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods % | |
398 | "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels % |
|
398 | "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels % | |
399 | "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "", |
|
399 | "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "", | |
400 | "HG: no files changed\n")} |
|
400 | "HG: no files changed\n")} | |
401 |
|
401 | |||
402 | .. note:: |
|
402 | .. note:: | |
403 |
|
403 | |||
404 | For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for |
|
404 | For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for | |
405 | detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to |
|
405 | detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to | |
406 | avoid showing broken characters. |
|
406 | avoid showing broken characters. | |
407 |
|
407 | |||
408 | For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is |
|
408 | For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is | |
409 | followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template, |
|
409 | followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template, | |
410 | the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly |
|
410 | the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly | |
411 | (and the multibyte character is broken, too). |
|
411 | (and the multibyte character is broken, too). | |
412 |
|
412 | |||
413 | Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be |
|
413 | Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be | |
414 | required): |
|
414 | required): | |
415 |
|
415 | |||
416 | - :hg:`backout` |
|
416 | - :hg:`backout` | |
417 | - :hg:`commit` |
|
417 | - :hg:`commit` | |
418 | - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only) |
|
418 | - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only) | |
419 | - :hg:`graft` |
|
419 | - :hg:`graft` | |
420 | - :hg:`histedit` |
|
420 | - :hg:`histedit` | |
421 | - :hg:`import` |
|
421 | - :hg:`import` | |
422 | - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh` |
|
422 | - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh` | |
423 | - :hg:`rebase` |
|
423 | - :hg:`rebase` | |
424 | - :hg:`shelve` |
|
424 | - :hg:`shelve` | |
425 | - :hg:`sign` |
|
425 | - :hg:`sign` | |
426 | - :hg:`tag` |
|
426 | - :hg:`tag` | |
427 | - :hg:`transplant` |
|
427 | - :hg:`transplant` | |
428 |
|
428 | |||
429 | Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing |
|
429 | Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing | |
430 | customized message only for specific actions, or showing different |
|
430 | customized message only for specific actions, or showing different | |
431 | messages for each action. |
|
431 | messages for each action. | |
432 |
|
432 | |||
433 | - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout` |
|
433 | - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout` | |
434 | - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges |
|
434 | - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges | |
435 | - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other |
|
435 | - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other | |
436 | - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges |
|
436 | - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges | |
437 | - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other |
|
437 | - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other | |
438 | - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit) |
|
438 | - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit) | |
439 | - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign` |
|
439 | - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign` | |
440 | - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft` |
|
440 | - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft` | |
441 | - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit` |
|
441 | - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit` | |
442 | - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit` |
|
442 | - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit` | |
443 | - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit` |
|
443 | - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit` | |
444 | - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit` |
|
444 | - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit` | |
445 | - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass` |
|
445 | - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass` | |
446 | - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges |
|
446 | - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges | |
447 | - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other |
|
447 | - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other | |
448 | - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew` |
|
448 | - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew` | |
449 | - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold` |
|
449 | - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold` | |
450 | - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh` |
|
450 | - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh` | |
451 | - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse` |
|
451 | - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse` | |
452 | - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges |
|
452 | - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges | |
453 | - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other |
|
453 | - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other | |
454 | - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve` |
|
454 | - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve` | |
455 | - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove`` |
|
455 | - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove`` | |
456 | - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove` |
|
456 | - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove` | |
457 | - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges |
|
457 | - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges | |
458 | - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other |
|
458 | - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other | |
459 |
|
459 | |||
460 | These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones. |
|
460 | These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones. | |
461 | For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message |
|
461 | For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message | |
462 | only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the |
|
462 | only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the | |
463 | commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option. |
|
463 | commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option. | |
464 |
|
464 | |||
465 | When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding |
|
465 | When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding | |
466 | dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix |
|
466 | dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix | |
467 | (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment |
|
467 | (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment | |
468 | variable. |
|
468 | variable. | |
469 |
|
469 | |||
470 | In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from |
|
470 | In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from | |
471 | others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up |
|
471 | others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up | |
472 | below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``:: |
|
472 | below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``:: | |
473 |
|
473 | |||
474 | [committemplate] |
|
474 | [committemplate] | |
475 | listupfiles = {file_adds % |
|
475 | listupfiles = {file_adds % | |
476 | "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods % |
|
476 | "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods % | |
477 | "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels % |
|
477 | "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels % | |
478 | "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "", |
|
478 | "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "", | |
479 | "HG: no files changed\n")} |
|
479 | "HG: no files changed\n")} | |
480 |
|
480 | |||
481 | ``decode/encode`` |
|
481 | ``decode/encode`` | |
482 | ----------------- |
|
482 | ----------------- | |
483 |
|
483 | |||
484 | Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would |
|
484 | Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would | |
485 | typically be used for newline processing or other |
|
485 | typically be used for newline processing or other | |
486 | localization/canonicalization of files. |
|
486 | localization/canonicalization of files. | |
487 |
|
487 | |||
488 | Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command. |
|
488 | Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command. | |
489 | Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root. |
|
489 | Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root. | |
490 | For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root |
|
490 | For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root | |
491 | directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending |
|
491 | directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending | |
492 | in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``. |
|
492 | in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``. | |
493 | For each file only the first matching filter applies. |
|
493 | For each file only the first matching filter applies. | |
494 |
|
494 | |||
495 | The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or |
|
495 | The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or | |
496 | ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default. |
|
496 | ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default. | |
497 |
|
497 | |||
498 | A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed |
|
498 | A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed | |
499 | data on stdout. |
|
499 | data on stdout. | |
500 |
|
500 | |||
501 | Pipe example:: |
|
501 | Pipe example:: | |
502 |
|
502 | |||
503 | [encode] |
|
503 | [encode] | |
504 | # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression |
|
504 | # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression | |
505 | # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example |
|
505 | # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example | |
506 | *.gz = pipe: gunzip |
|
506 | *.gz = pipe: gunzip | |
507 |
|
507 | |||
508 | [decode] |
|
508 | [decode] | |
509 | # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we |
|
509 | # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we | |
510 | # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default) |
|
510 | # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default) | |
511 | *.gz = gzip |
|
511 | *.gz = gzip | |
512 |
|
512 | |||
513 | A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced |
|
513 | A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced | |
514 | with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be |
|
514 | with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be | |
515 | filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name |
|
515 | filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name | |
516 | of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by |
|
516 | of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by | |
517 | the command. |
|
517 | the command. | |
518 |
|
518 | |||
519 | .. note:: |
|
519 | .. note:: | |
520 |
|
520 | |||
521 | The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems, |
|
521 | The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems, | |
522 | where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have |
|
522 | where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have | |
523 | strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files. |
|
523 | strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files. | |
524 |
|
524 | |||
525 | This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to |
|
525 | This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to | |
526 | translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF) |
|
526 | translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF) | |
527 | format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience. |
|
527 | format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience. | |
528 |
|
528 | |||
529 |
|
529 | |||
530 | ``defaults`` |
|
530 | ``defaults`` | |
531 | ------------ |
|
531 | ------------ | |
532 |
|
532 | |||
533 | (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.) |
|
533 | (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.) | |
534 |
|
534 | |||
535 | Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the |
|
535 | Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the | |
536 | default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands. |
|
536 | default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands. | |
537 |
|
537 | |||
538 | The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and |
|
538 | The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and | |
539 | :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default:: |
|
539 | :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default:: | |
540 |
|
540 | |||
541 | [defaults] |
|
541 | [defaults] | |
542 | log = -v |
|
542 | log = -v | |
543 | status = -m |
|
543 | status = -m | |
544 |
|
544 | |||
545 | The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when |
|
545 | The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when | |
546 | defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied |
|
546 | defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied | |
547 | to the aliases of the commands defined. |
|
547 | to the aliases of the commands defined. | |
548 |
|
548 | |||
549 |
|
549 | |||
550 | ``diff`` |
|
550 | ``diff`` | |
551 | -------- |
|
551 | -------- | |
552 |
|
552 | |||
553 | Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified`` |
|
553 | Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified`` | |
554 | is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate` |
|
554 | is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate` | |
555 | for related options for the annotate command. |
|
555 | for related options for the annotate command. | |
556 |
|
556 | |||
557 | ``git`` |
|
557 | ``git`` | |
558 | Use git extended diff format. |
|
558 | Use git extended diff format. | |
559 |
|
559 | |||
560 | ``nobinary`` |
|
560 | ``nobinary`` | |
561 | Omit git binary patches. |
|
561 | Omit git binary patches. | |
562 |
|
562 | |||
563 | ``nodates`` |
|
563 | ``nodates`` | |
564 | Don't include dates in diff headers. |
|
564 | Don't include dates in diff headers. | |
565 |
|
565 | |||
566 | ``noprefix`` |
|
566 | ``noprefix`` | |
567 | Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode. |
|
567 | Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode. | |
568 |
|
568 | |||
569 | ``showfunc`` |
|
569 | ``showfunc`` | |
570 | Show which function each change is in. |
|
570 | Show which function each change is in. | |
571 |
|
571 | |||
572 | ``ignorews`` |
|
572 | ``ignorews`` | |
573 | Ignore white space when comparing lines. |
|
573 | Ignore white space when comparing lines. | |
574 |
|
574 | |||
575 | ``ignorewsamount`` |
|
575 | ``ignorewsamount`` | |
576 | Ignore changes in the amount of white space. |
|
576 | Ignore changes in the amount of white space. | |
577 |
|
577 | |||
578 | ``ignoreblanklines`` |
|
578 | ``ignoreblanklines`` | |
579 | Ignore changes whose lines are all blank. |
|
579 | Ignore changes whose lines are all blank. | |
580 |
|
580 | |||
581 | ``unified`` |
|
581 | ``unified`` | |
582 | Number of lines of context to show. |
|
582 | Number of lines of context to show. | |
583 |
|
583 | |||
584 | ``email`` |
|
584 | ``email`` | |
585 | --------- |
|
585 | --------- | |
586 |
|
586 | |||
587 | Settings for extensions that send email messages. |
|
587 | Settings for extensions that send email messages. | |
588 |
|
588 | |||
589 | ``from`` |
|
589 | ``from`` | |
590 | Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope |
|
590 | Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope | |
591 | of outgoing messages. |
|
591 | of outgoing messages. | |
592 |
|
592 | |||
593 | ``to`` |
|
593 | ``to`` | |
594 | Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses. |
|
594 | Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses. | |
595 |
|
595 | |||
596 | ``cc`` |
|
596 | ``cc`` | |
597 | Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients' |
|
597 | Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients' | |
598 | email addresses. |
|
598 | email addresses. | |
599 |
|
599 | |||
600 | ``bcc`` |
|
600 | ``bcc`` | |
601 | Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients' |
|
601 | Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients' | |
602 | email addresses. |
|
602 | email addresses. | |
603 |
|
603 | |||
604 | ``method`` |
|
604 | ``method`` | |
605 | Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp`` |
|
605 | Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp`` | |
606 | (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration). |
|
606 | (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration). | |
607 | Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail |
|
607 | Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail | |
608 | (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line, |
|
608 | (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line, | |
609 | message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or |
|
609 | message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or | |
610 | ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages. |
|
610 | ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages. | |
611 |
|
611 | |||
612 | ``charsets`` |
|
612 | ``charsets`` | |
613 | Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered |
|
613 | Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered | |
614 | convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not |
|
614 | convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not | |
615 | containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the |
|
615 | containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the | |
616 | first character set to which conversion from local encoding |
|
616 | first character set to which conversion from local encoding | |
617 | (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct |
|
617 | (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct | |
618 | conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is. |
|
618 | conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is. | |
619 | (default: '') |
|
619 | (default: '') | |
620 |
|
620 | |||
621 | Order of outgoing email character sets: |
|
621 | Order of outgoing email character sets: | |
622 |
|
622 | |||
623 | 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings |
|
623 | 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings | |
624 | 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user |
|
624 | 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user | |
625 | 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets |
|
625 | 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets | |
626 | 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets |
|
626 | 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets | |
627 | 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings |
|
627 | 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings | |
628 |
|
628 | |||
629 | Email example:: |
|
629 | Email example:: | |
630 |
|
630 | |||
631 | [email] |
|
631 | [email] | |
632 | from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com> |
|
632 | from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com> | |
633 | method = /usr/sbin/sendmail |
|
633 | method = /usr/sbin/sendmail | |
634 | # charsets for western Europeans |
|
634 | # charsets for western Europeans | |
635 | # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last |
|
635 | # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last | |
636 | charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252 |
|
636 | charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252 | |
637 |
|
637 | |||
638 |
|
638 | |||
639 | ``extensions`` |
|
639 | ``extensions`` | |
640 | -------------- |
|
640 | -------------- | |
641 |
|
641 | |||
642 | Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To |
|
642 | Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To | |
643 | enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section. |
|
643 | enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section. | |
644 |
|
644 | |||
645 | If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path, |
|
645 | If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path, | |
646 | you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing |
|
646 | you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing | |
647 | after the ``=``. |
|
647 | after the ``=``. | |
648 |
|
648 | |||
649 | Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by |
|
649 | Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by | |
650 | the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that |
|
650 | the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that | |
651 | defines the extension. |
|
651 | defines the extension. | |
652 |
|
652 | |||
653 | To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of |
|
653 | To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of | |
654 | broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path`` |
|
654 | broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path`` | |
655 | or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied. |
|
655 | or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied. | |
656 |
|
656 | |||
657 | Example for ``~/.hgrc``:: |
|
657 | Example for ``~/.hgrc``:: | |
658 |
|
658 | |||
659 | [extensions] |
|
659 | [extensions] | |
660 | # (the color extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path) |
|
660 | # (the color extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path) | |
661 | color = |
|
661 | color = | |
662 | # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified) |
|
662 | # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified) | |
663 | myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py |
|
663 | myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py | |
664 |
|
664 | |||
665 |
|
665 | |||
666 | ``format`` |
|
666 | ``format`` | |
667 | ---------- |
|
667 | ---------- | |
668 |
|
668 | |||
669 | ``usestore`` |
|
669 | ``usestore`` | |
670 | Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves |
|
670 | Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves | |
671 | compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle |
|
671 | compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle | |
672 | filenames. Enabled by default. Disabling this option will allow |
|
672 | filenames. Enabled by default. Disabling this option will allow | |
673 | you to store longer filenames in some situations at the expense of |
|
673 | you to store longer filenames in some situations at the expense of | |
674 | compatibility and ensures that the on-disk format of newly created |
|
674 | compatibility and ensures that the on-disk format of newly created | |
675 | repositories will be compatible with Mercurial before version 0.9.4. |
|
675 | repositories will be compatible with Mercurial before version 0.9.4. | |
676 |
|
676 | |||
677 | ``usefncache`` |
|
677 | ``usefncache`` | |
678 | Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances |
|
678 | Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances | |
679 | the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use |
|
679 | the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use | |
680 | fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows |
|
680 | fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows | |
681 | reserved names, e.g. "nul". Enabled by default. Disabling this |
|
681 | reserved names, e.g. "nul". Enabled by default. Disabling this | |
682 | option ensures that the on-disk format of newly created |
|
682 | option ensures that the on-disk format of newly created | |
683 | repositories will be compatible with Mercurial before version 1.1. |
|
683 | repositories will be compatible with Mercurial before version 1.1. | |
684 |
|
684 | |||
685 | ``dotencode`` |
|
685 | ``dotencode`` | |
686 | Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances |
|
686 | Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances | |
687 | the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use |
|
687 | the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use | |
688 | dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with ._ on |
|
688 | dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with ._ on | |
689 | Mac OS X and spaces on Windows. Enabled by default. Disabling this |
|
689 | Mac OS X and spaces on Windows. Enabled by default. Disabling this | |
690 | option ensures that the on-disk format of newly created |
|
690 | option ensures that the on-disk format of newly created | |
691 | repositories will be compatible with Mercurial before version 1.7. |
|
691 | repositories will be compatible with Mercurial before version 1.7. | |
692 |
|
692 | |||
693 | ``graph`` |
|
693 | ``graph`` | |
694 | --------- |
|
694 | --------- | |
695 |
|
695 | |||
696 | Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph |
|
696 | Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph | |
697 | elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the |
|
697 | elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the | |
698 | ``default`` branch stand out. |
|
698 | ``default`` branch stand out. | |
699 |
|
699 | |||
700 | Each line has the following format:: |
|
700 | Each line has the following format:: | |
701 |
|
701 | |||
702 | <branch>.<argument> = <value> |
|
702 | <branch>.<argument> = <value> | |
703 |
|
703 | |||
704 | where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being |
|
704 | where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being | |
705 | customized. Example:: |
|
705 | customized. Example:: | |
706 |
|
706 | |||
707 | [graph] |
|
707 | [graph] | |
708 | # 2px width |
|
708 | # 2px width | |
709 | default.width = 2 |
|
709 | default.width = 2 | |
710 | # red color |
|
710 | # red color | |
711 | default.color = FF0000 |
|
711 | default.color = FF0000 | |
712 |
|
712 | |||
713 | Supported arguments: |
|
713 | Supported arguments: | |
714 |
|
714 | |||
715 | ``width`` |
|
715 | ``width`` | |
716 | Set branch edges width in pixels. |
|
716 | Set branch edges width in pixels. | |
717 |
|
717 | |||
718 | ``color`` |
|
718 | ``color`` | |
719 | Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation. |
|
719 | Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation. | |
720 |
|
720 | |||
721 | ``hooks`` |
|
721 | ``hooks`` | |
722 | --------- |
|
722 | --------- | |
723 |
|
723 | |||
724 | Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by |
|
724 | Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by | |
725 | various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple |
|
725 | various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple | |
726 | hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the |
|
726 | hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the | |
727 | action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its |
|
727 | action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its | |
728 | value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized |
|
728 | value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized | |
729 | by adding a prefix of ``priority`` to the hook name on a new line |
|
729 | by adding a prefix of ``priority`` to the hook name on a new line | |
730 | and setting the priority. The default priority is 0. |
|
730 | and setting the priority. The default priority is 0. | |
731 |
|
731 | |||
732 | Example ``.hg/hgrc``:: |
|
732 | Example ``.hg/hgrc``:: | |
733 |
|
733 | |||
734 | [hooks] |
|
734 | [hooks] | |
735 | # update working directory after adding changesets |
|
735 | # update working directory after adding changesets | |
736 | changegroup.update = hg update |
|
736 | changegroup.update = hg update | |
737 | # do not use the site-wide hook |
|
737 | # do not use the site-wide hook | |
738 | incoming = |
|
738 | incoming = | |
739 | incoming.email = /my/email/hook |
|
739 | incoming.email = /my/email/hook | |
740 | incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook |
|
740 | incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook | |
741 | # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks |
|
741 | # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks | |
742 | priority.incoming.autobuild = 1 |
|
742 | priority.incoming.autobuild = 1 | |
743 |
|
743 | |||
744 | Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful |
|
744 | Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful | |
745 | additional information. For each hook below, the environment |
|
745 | additional information. For each hook below, the environment | |
746 | variables it is passed are listed with names of the form ``$HG_foo``. |
|
746 | variables it is passed are listed with names of the form ``$HG_foo``. | |
747 |
|
747 | |||
748 | ``changegroup`` |
|
748 | ``changegroup`` | |
749 | Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. |
|
749 | Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. | |
750 | ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. URL from which |
|
750 | ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. URL from which | |
751 | changes came is in ``$HG_URL``. |
|
751 | changes came is in ``$HG_URL``. | |
752 |
|
752 | |||
753 | ``commit`` |
|
753 | ``commit`` | |
754 | Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. ID |
|
754 | Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. ID | |
755 | of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset |
|
755 | of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset | |
756 | IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. |
|
756 | IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. | |
757 |
|
757 | |||
758 | ``incoming`` |
|
758 | ``incoming`` | |
759 | Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into |
|
759 | Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into | |
760 | the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in |
|
760 | the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in | |
761 | ``$HG_NODE``. URL that was source of changes came is in ``$HG_URL``. |
|
761 | ``$HG_NODE``. URL that was source of changes came is in ``$HG_URL``. | |
762 |
|
762 | |||
763 | ``outgoing`` |
|
763 | ``outgoing`` | |
764 | Run after sending changes from local repository to another. ID of |
|
764 | Run after sending changes from local repository to another. ID of | |
765 | first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. Source of operation is in |
|
765 | first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. Source of operation is in | |
766 | ``$HG_SOURCE``; Also see :hg:`help config.preoutgoing` hook. |
|
766 | ``$HG_SOURCE``; Also see :hg:`help config.preoutgoing` hook. | |
767 |
|
767 | |||
768 | ``post-<command>`` |
|
768 | ``post-<command>`` | |
769 | Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The |
|
769 | Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The | |
770 | contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result |
|
770 | contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result | |
771 | code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as |
|
771 | code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as | |
772 | ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of |
|
772 | ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of | |
773 | the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a |
|
773 | the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a | |
774 | dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults). |
|
774 | dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults). | |
775 | ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored. |
|
775 | ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored. | |
776 |
|
776 | |||
777 | ``pre-<command>`` |
|
777 | ``pre-<command>`` | |
778 | Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the |
|
778 | Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the | |
779 | command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments |
|
779 | command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments | |
780 | are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string |
|
780 | are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string | |
781 | representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` |
|
781 | representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` | |
782 | is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their |
|
782 | is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their | |
783 | defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns |
|
783 | defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns | |
784 | failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure |
|
784 | failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure | |
785 | code. |
|
785 | code. | |
786 |
|
786 | |||
787 | ``prechangegroup`` |
|
787 | ``prechangegroup`` | |
788 | Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit |
|
788 | Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit | |
789 | status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. Non-zero status will |
|
789 | status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. Non-zero status will | |
790 | cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. URL from which changes |
|
790 | cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. URL from which changes | |
791 | will come is in ``$HG_URL``. |
|
791 | will come is in ``$HG_URL``. | |
792 |
|
792 | |||
793 | ``precommit`` |
|
793 | ``precommit`` | |
794 | Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the |
|
794 | Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the | |
795 | commit to proceed. Non-zero status will cause the commit to fail. |
|
795 | commit to proceed. Non-zero status will cause the commit to fail. | |
796 | Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. |
|
796 | Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. | |
797 |
|
797 | |||
798 | ``prelistkeys`` |
|
798 | ``prelistkeys`` | |
799 | Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the |
|
799 | Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the | |
800 | repository. Non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is |
|
800 | repository. Non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is | |
801 | in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. |
|
801 | in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. | |
802 |
|
802 | |||
803 | ``preoutgoing`` |
|
803 | ``preoutgoing`` | |
804 | Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to |
|
804 | Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to | |
805 | another. Non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent |
|
805 | another. Non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent | |
806 | pull over HTTP or SSH. Also prevents against local pull, push |
|
806 | pull over HTTP or SSH. Also prevents against local pull, push | |
807 | (outbound) or bundle commands, but not effective, since you can |
|
807 | (outbound) or bundle commands, but not effective, since you can | |
808 | just copy files instead then. Source of operation is in |
|
808 | just copy files instead then. Source of operation is in | |
809 | ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", operation is happening on behalf of remote |
|
809 | ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", operation is happening on behalf of remote | |
810 | SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", operation |
|
810 | SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", operation | |
811 | is happening on behalf of repository on same system. |
|
811 | is happening on behalf of repository on same system. | |
812 |
|
812 | |||
813 | ``prepushkey`` |
|
813 | ``prepushkey`` | |
814 | Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the |
|
814 | Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the | |
815 | repository. Non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The |
|
815 | repository. Non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The | |
816 | key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``, |
|
816 | key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``, | |
817 | the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in |
|
817 | the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in | |
818 | ``$HG_NEW``. |
|
818 | ``$HG_NEW``. | |
819 |
|
819 | |||
820 | ``pretag`` |
|
820 | ``pretag`` | |
821 | Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be |
|
821 | Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be | |
822 | created. Non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. ID of |
|
822 | created. Non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. ID of | |
823 | changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. Name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. Tag is |
|
823 | changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. Name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. Tag is | |
824 | local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, in repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``. |
|
824 | local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, in repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``. | |
825 |
|
825 | |||
826 | ``pretxnopen`` |
|
826 | ``pretxnopen`` | |
827 | Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the |
|
827 | Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the | |
828 | transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME`` and a unique identifier for the |
|
828 | transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME`` and a unique identifier for the | |
829 | transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the |
|
829 | transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the | |
830 | transaction from being opened. |
|
830 | transaction from being opened. | |
831 |
|
831 | |||
832 | ``pretxnclose`` |
|
832 | ``pretxnclose`` | |
833 | Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any |
|
833 | Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any | |
834 | repository change will be visible to the hook program. This lets you |
|
834 | repository change will be visible to the hook program. This lets you | |
835 | validate the transaction content or change it. Exit status 0 allows |
|
835 | validate the transaction content or change it. Exit status 0 allows | |
836 | the commit to proceed. Non-zero status will cause the transaction to |
|
836 | the commit to proceed. Non-zero status will cause the transaction to | |
837 | be rolled back. The reason for the transaction opening will be in |
|
837 | be rolled back. The reason for the transaction opening will be in | |
838 | ``$HG_TXNNAME`` and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in |
|
838 | ``$HG_TXNNAME`` and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in | |
839 | ``HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will vary according the |
|
839 | ``HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will vary according the | |
840 | transaction type. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE`` (id of the |
|
840 | transaction type. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE`` (id of the | |
841 | first added changeset), ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE`` variables, |
|
841 | first added changeset), ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE`` variables, | |
842 | bookmarks and phases changes will set ``HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and |
|
842 | bookmarks and phases changes will set ``HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and | |
843 | ``HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1``, etc. |
|
843 | ``HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1``, etc. | |
844 |
|
844 | |||
845 | ``txnclose`` |
|
845 | ``txnclose`` | |
846 | Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this |
|
846 | Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this | |
847 | point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run |
|
847 | point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run | |
848 | after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.pretxnclose` docs for |
|
848 | after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.pretxnclose` docs for | |
849 | details about available variables. |
|
849 | details about available variables. | |
850 |
|
850 | |||
851 | ``txnabort`` |
|
851 | ``txnabort`` | |
852 | Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.pretxnclose` |
|
852 | Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.pretxnclose` | |
853 | docs for details about available variables. |
|
853 | docs for details about available variables. | |
854 |
|
854 | |||
855 | ``pretxnchangegroup`` |
|
855 | ``pretxnchangegroup`` | |
856 | Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, |
|
856 | Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, | |
857 | but before the transaction has been committed. Changegroup is |
|
857 | but before the transaction has been committed. Changegroup is | |
858 | visible to hook program. This lets you validate incoming changes |
|
858 | visible to hook program. This lets you validate incoming changes | |
859 | before accepting them. Passed the ID of the first new changeset in |
|
859 | before accepting them. Passed the ID of the first new changeset in | |
860 | ``$HG_NODE``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. Non-zero |
|
860 | ``$HG_NODE``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. Non-zero | |
861 | status will cause the transaction to be rolled back and the push, |
|
861 | status will cause the transaction to be rolled back and the push, | |
862 | pull or unbundle will fail. URL that was source of changes is in |
|
862 | pull or unbundle will fail. URL that was source of changes is in | |
863 | ``$HG_URL``. |
|
863 | ``$HG_URL``. | |
864 |
|
864 | |||
865 | ``pretxncommit`` |
|
865 | ``pretxncommit`` | |
866 | Run after a changeset has been created but the transaction not yet |
|
866 | Run after a changeset has been created but the transaction not yet | |
867 | committed. Changeset is visible to hook program. This lets you |
|
867 | committed. Changeset is visible to hook program. This lets you | |
868 | validate commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the |
|
868 | validate commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the | |
869 | commit to proceed. Non-zero status will cause the transaction to |
|
869 | commit to proceed. Non-zero status will cause the transaction to | |
870 | be rolled back. ID of changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset |
|
870 | be rolled back. ID of changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset | |
871 | IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. |
|
871 | IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. | |
872 |
|
872 | |||
873 | ``preupdate`` |
|
873 | ``preupdate`` | |
874 | Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows |
|
874 | Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows | |
875 | the update to proceed. Non-zero status will prevent the update. |
|
875 | the update to proceed. Non-zero status will prevent the update. | |
876 | Changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If merge, ID |
|
876 | Changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If merge, ID | |
877 | of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. |
|
877 | of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. | |
878 |
|
878 | |||
879 | ``listkeys`` |
|
879 | ``listkeys`` | |
880 | Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The |
|
880 | Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The | |
881 | key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a |
|
881 | key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a | |
882 | dictionary containing the keys and values. |
|
882 | dictionary containing the keys and values. | |
883 |
|
883 | |||
884 | ``pushkey`` |
|
884 | ``pushkey`` | |
885 | Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the |
|
885 | Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the | |
886 | repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in |
|
886 | repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in | |
887 | ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new |
|
887 | ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new | |
888 | value is in ``$HG_NEW``. |
|
888 | value is in ``$HG_NEW``. | |
889 |
|
889 | |||
890 | ``tag`` |
|
890 | ``tag`` | |
891 | Run after a tag is created. ID of tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. |
|
891 | Run after a tag is created. ID of tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. | |
892 | Name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. Tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, in |
|
892 | Name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. Tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, in | |
893 | repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``. |
|
893 | repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``. | |
894 |
|
894 | |||
895 | ``update`` |
|
895 | ``update`` | |
896 | Run after updating the working directory. Changeset ID of first |
|
896 | Run after updating the working directory. Changeset ID of first | |
897 | new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If merge, ID of second new parent is |
|
897 | new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If merge, ID of second new parent is | |
898 | in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the |
|
898 | in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the | |
899 | update failed (e.g. because conflicts not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``. |
|
899 | update failed (e.g. because conflicts not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``. | |
900 |
|
900 | |||
901 | .. note:: |
|
901 | .. note:: | |
902 |
|
902 | |||
903 | It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the |
|
903 | It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the | |
904 | generic pre- and post- command hooks as they are guaranteed to be |
|
904 | generic pre- and post- command hooks as they are guaranteed to be | |
905 | called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions. |
|
905 | called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions. | |
906 | Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that |
|
906 | Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that | |
907 | generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command. |
|
907 | generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command. | |
908 |
|
908 | |||
909 | .. note:: |
|
909 | .. note:: | |
910 |
|
910 | |||
911 | Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to |
|
911 | Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to | |
912 | hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2`` |
|
912 | hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2`` | |
913 | will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge |
|
913 | will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge | |
914 | changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows. |
|
914 | changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows. | |
915 |
|
915 | |||
916 | The syntax for Python hooks is as follows:: |
|
916 | The syntax for Python hooks is as follows:: | |
917 |
|
917 | |||
918 | hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable |
|
918 | hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable | |
919 | hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable |
|
919 | hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable | |
920 |
|
920 | |||
921 | Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is |
|
921 | Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is | |
922 | called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword |
|
922 | called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword | |
923 | ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype`` |
|
923 | ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype`` | |
924 | keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as |
|
924 | keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as | |
925 | environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no |
|
925 | environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no | |
926 | ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case. |
|
926 | ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case. | |
927 |
|
927 | |||
928 | If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this |
|
928 | If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this | |
929 | is treated as a failure. |
|
929 | is treated as a failure. | |
930 |
|
930 | |||
931 |
|
931 | |||
932 | ``hostfingerprints`` |
|
932 | ``hostfingerprints`` | |
933 | -------------------- |
|
933 | -------------------- | |
934 |
|
934 | |||
935 | Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers. |
|
935 | Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers. | |
936 | A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will |
|
936 | A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will | |
937 | only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint. |
|
937 | only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint. | |
938 | This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works. |
|
938 | This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works. | |
939 | The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate. |
|
939 | The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate. | |
940 | The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint. |
|
940 | The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint. | |
941 |
|
941 | |||
942 | For example:: |
|
942 | For example:: | |
943 |
|
943 | |||
944 | [hostfingerprints] |
|
944 | [hostfingerprints] | |
945 | hg.intevation.org = fa:1f:d9:48:f1:e7:74:30:38:8d:d8:58:b6:94:b8:58:28:7d:8b:d0 |
|
945 | hg.intevation.org = fa:1f:d9:48:f1:e7:74:30:38:8d:d8:58:b6:94:b8:58:28:7d:8b:d0 | |
946 |
|
946 | |||
947 | This feature is only supported when using Python 2.6 or later. |
|
947 | This feature is only supported when using Python 2.6 or later. | |
948 |
|
948 | |||
949 |
|
949 | |||
950 | ``http_proxy`` |
|
950 | ``http_proxy`` | |
951 | -------------- |
|
951 | -------------- | |
952 |
|
952 | |||
953 | Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP |
|
953 | Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP | |
954 | proxy. |
|
954 | proxy. | |
955 |
|
955 | |||
956 | ``host`` |
|
956 | ``host`` | |
957 | Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example |
|
957 | Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example | |
958 | "myproxy:8000". |
|
958 | "myproxy:8000". | |
959 |
|
959 | |||
960 | ``no`` |
|
960 | ``no`` | |
961 | Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass |
|
961 | Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass | |
962 | the proxy. |
|
962 | the proxy. | |
963 |
|
963 | |||
964 | ``passwd`` |
|
964 | ``passwd`` | |
965 | Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server. |
|
965 | Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server. | |
966 |
|
966 | |||
967 | ``user`` |
|
967 | ``user`` | |
968 | Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server. |
|
968 | Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server. | |
969 |
|
969 | |||
970 | ``always`` |
|
970 | ``always`` | |
971 | Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries |
|
971 | Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries | |
972 | in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False) |
|
972 | in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False) | |
973 |
|
973 | |||
974 | ``merge-patterns`` |
|
974 | ``merge-patterns`` | |
975 | ------------------ |
|
975 | ------------------ | |
976 |
|
976 | |||
977 | This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file |
|
977 | This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file | |
978 | patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default |
|
978 | patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default | |
979 | merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository |
|
979 | merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository | |
980 | root. |
|
980 | root. | |
981 |
|
981 | |||
982 | Example:: |
|
982 | Example:: | |
983 |
|
983 | |||
984 | [merge-patterns] |
|
984 | [merge-patterns] | |
985 | **.c = kdiff3 |
|
985 | **.c = kdiff3 | |
986 | **.jpg = myimgmerge |
|
986 | **.jpg = myimgmerge | |
987 |
|
987 | |||
988 | ``merge-tools`` |
|
988 | ``merge-tools`` | |
989 | --------------- |
|
989 | --------------- | |
990 |
|
990 | |||
991 | This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level |
|
991 | This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level | |
992 | merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time. |
|
992 | merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time. | |
993 | Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration. |
|
993 | Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration. | |
994 | Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details. |
|
994 | Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details. | |
995 |
|
995 | |||
996 | Example ``~/.hgrc``:: |
|
996 | Example ``~/.hgrc``:: | |
997 |
|
997 | |||
998 | [merge-tools] |
|
998 | [merge-tools] | |
999 | # Override stock tool location |
|
999 | # Override stock tool location | |
1000 | kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3 |
|
1000 | kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3 | |
1001 | # Specify command line |
|
1001 | # Specify command line | |
1002 | kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output |
|
1002 | kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output | |
1003 | # Give higher priority |
|
1003 | # Give higher priority | |
1004 | kdiff3.priority = 1 |
|
1004 | kdiff3.priority = 1 | |
1005 |
|
1005 | |||
1006 | # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool |
|
1006 | # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool | |
1007 | vimdiff.priority = 0 |
|
1007 | vimdiff.priority = 0 | |
1008 |
|
1008 | |||
1009 | # Define new tool |
|
1009 | # Define new tool | |
1010 | myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output |
|
1010 | myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output | |
1011 | myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge |
|
1011 | myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge | |
1012 | myHtmlTool.priority = 1 |
|
1012 | myHtmlTool.priority = 1 | |
1013 |
|
1013 | |||
1014 | Supported arguments: |
|
1014 | Supported arguments: | |
1015 |
|
1015 | |||
1016 | ``priority`` |
|
1016 | ``priority`` | |
1017 | The priority in which to evaluate this tool. |
|
1017 | The priority in which to evaluate this tool. | |
1018 | (default: 0) |
|
1018 | (default: 0) | |
1019 |
|
1019 | |||
1020 | ``executable`` |
|
1020 | ``executable`` | |
1021 | Either just the name of the executable or its pathname. On Windows, |
|
1021 | Either just the name of the executable or its pathname. On Windows, | |
1022 | the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles} syntax. |
|
1022 | the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles} syntax. | |
1023 | (default: the tool name) |
|
1023 | (default: the tool name) | |
1024 |
|
1024 | |||
1025 | ``args`` |
|
1025 | ``args`` | |
1026 | The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the |
|
1026 | The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the | |
1027 | files being merged as well as the output file through these |
|
1027 | files being merged as well as the output file through these | |
1028 | variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``. The meaning |
|
1028 | variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``. The meaning | |
1029 | of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is being |
|
1029 | of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is being | |
1030 | performed. During and update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original |
|
1030 | performed. During and update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original | |
1031 | state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating |
|
1031 | state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating | |
1032 | to or the commit you are merging with. During a rebase ``$local`` |
|
1032 | to or the commit you are merging with. During a rebase ``$local`` | |
1033 | represents the destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the |
|
1033 | represents the destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the | |
1034 | commit being rebased. |
|
1034 | commit being rebased. | |
1035 | (default: ``$local $base $other``) |
|
1035 | (default: ``$local $base $other``) | |
1036 |
|
1036 | |||
1037 | ``premerge`` |
|
1037 | ``premerge`` | |
1038 | Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before |
|
1038 | Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before | |
1039 | launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep`` or |
|
1039 | launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep`` or | |
1040 | ``keep-merge3``. The ``keep`` option will leave markers in the file if the |
|
1040 | ``keep-merge3``. The ``keep`` option will leave markers in the file if the | |
1041 | premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3`` will do the same but include information |
|
1041 | premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3`` will do the same but include information | |
1042 | about the base of the merge in the marker (see internal :merge3 in |
|
1042 | about the base of the merge in the marker (see internal :merge3 in | |
1043 | :hg:`help merge-tools`). |
|
1043 | :hg:`help merge-tools`). | |
1044 | (default: True) |
|
1044 | (default: True) | |
1045 |
|
1045 | |||
1046 | ``binary`` |
|
1046 | ``binary`` | |
1047 | This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool |
|
1047 | This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool | |
1048 | was selected by file pattern match) |
|
1048 | was selected by file pattern match) | |
1049 |
|
1049 | |||
1050 | ``symlink`` |
|
1050 | ``symlink`` | |
1051 | This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False) |
|
1051 | This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False) | |
1052 |
|
1052 | |||
1053 | ``check`` |
|
1053 | ``check`` | |
1054 | A list of merge success-checking options: |
|
1054 | A list of merge success-checking options: | |
1055 |
|
1055 | |||
1056 | ``changed`` |
|
1056 | ``changed`` | |
1057 | Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes. |
|
1057 | Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes. | |
1058 | ``conflicts`` |
|
1058 | ``conflicts`` | |
1059 | Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success. |
|
1059 | Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success. | |
1060 | ``prompt`` |
|
1060 | ``prompt`` | |
1061 | Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool. |
|
1061 | Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool. | |
1062 |
|
1062 | |||
1063 | ``fixeol`` |
|
1063 | ``fixeol`` | |
1064 | Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool. |
|
1064 | Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool. | |
1065 | (default: False) |
|
1065 | (default: False) | |
1066 |
|
1066 | |||
1067 | ``gui`` |
|
1067 | ``gui`` | |
1068 | This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False) |
|
1068 | This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False) | |
1069 |
|
1069 | |||
1070 | ``regkey`` |
|
1070 | ``regkey`` | |
1071 | Windows registry key which describes install location of this |
|
1071 | Windows registry key which describes install location of this | |
1072 | tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under |
|
1072 | tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under | |
1073 | ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``. |
|
1073 | ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``. | |
1074 | (default: None) |
|
1074 | (default: None) | |
1075 |
|
1075 | |||
1076 | ``regkeyalt`` |
|
1076 | ``regkeyalt`` | |
1077 | An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not |
|
1077 | An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not | |
1078 | found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend`` |
|
1078 | found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend`` | |
1079 | semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key |
|
1079 | semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key | |
1080 | is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems. |
|
1080 | is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems. | |
1081 | (default: None) |
|
1081 | (default: None) | |
1082 |
|
1082 | |||
1083 | ``regname`` |
|
1083 | ``regname`` | |
1084 | Name of value to read from specified registry key. |
|
1084 | Name of value to read from specified registry key. | |
1085 | (default: the unnamed (default) value) |
|
1085 | (default: the unnamed (default) value) | |
1086 |
|
1086 | |||
1087 | ``regappend`` |
|
1087 | ``regappend`` | |
1088 | String to append to the value read from the registry, typically |
|
1088 | String to append to the value read from the registry, typically | |
1089 | the executable name of the tool. |
|
1089 | the executable name of the tool. | |
1090 | (default: None) |
|
1090 | (default: None) | |
1091 |
|
1091 | |||
1092 |
|
1092 | |||
1093 | ``patch`` |
|
1093 | ``patch`` | |
1094 | --------- |
|
1094 | --------- | |
1095 |
|
1095 | |||
1096 | Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import' |
|
1096 | Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import' | |
1097 | command or with Mercurial Queues extension. |
|
1097 | command or with Mercurial Queues extension. | |
1098 |
|
1098 | |||
1099 | ``eol`` |
|
1099 | ``eol`` | |
1100 | When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines |
|
1100 | When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines | |
1101 | are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of |
|
1101 | are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of | |
1102 | lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are |
|
1102 | lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are | |
1103 | normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to |
|
1103 | normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to | |
1104 | ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line |
|
1104 | ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line | |
1105 | endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting |
|
1105 | endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting | |
1106 | on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end |
|
1106 | on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end | |
1107 | of line, patch line endings are preserved. |
|
1107 | of line, patch line endings are preserved. | |
1108 | (default: strict) |
|
1108 | (default: strict) | |
1109 |
|
1109 | |||
1110 | ``fuzz`` |
|
1110 | ``fuzz`` | |
1111 | The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This |
|
1111 | The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This | |
1112 | controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when |
|
1112 | controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when | |
1113 | trying to apply a patch. |
|
1113 | trying to apply a patch. | |
1114 | (default: 2) |
|
1114 | (default: 2) | |
1115 |
|
1115 | |||
1116 | ``paths`` |
|
1116 | ``paths`` | |
1117 | --------- |
|
1117 | --------- | |
1118 |
|
1118 | |||
1119 | Assigns symbolic names to repositories. The left side is the |
|
1119 | Assigns symbolic names to repositories. The left side is the | |
1120 | symbolic name, and the right gives the directory or URL that is the |
|
1120 | symbolic name, and the right gives the directory or URL that is the | |
1121 | location of the repository. Default paths can be declared by setting |
|
1121 | location of the repository. Default paths can be declared by setting | |
1122 | the following entries. |
|
1122 | the following entries. | |
1123 |
|
1123 | |||
1124 | ``default`` |
|
1124 | ``default`` | |
1125 | Directory or URL to use when pulling if no source is specified. |
|
1125 | Directory or URL to use when pulling if no source is specified. | |
1126 | (default: repository from which the current repository was cloned) |
|
1126 | (default: repository from which the current repository was cloned) | |
1127 |
|
1127 | |||
1128 | ``default-push`` |
|
1128 | ``default-push`` | |
1129 | Optional. Directory or URL to use when pushing if no destination |
|
1129 | Optional. Directory or URL to use when pushing if no destination | |
1130 | is specified. |
|
1130 | is specified. | |
1131 |
|
1131 | |||
1132 | Custom paths can be defined by assigning the path to a name that later can be |
|
1132 | Custom paths can be defined by assigning the path to a name that later can be | |
1133 | used from the command line. Example:: |
|
1133 | used from the command line. Example:: | |
1134 |
|
1134 | |||
1135 | [paths] |
|
1135 | [paths] | |
1136 | my_path = http://example.com/path |
|
1136 | my_path = http://example.com/path | |
1137 |
|
1137 | |||
1138 | To push to the path defined in ``my_path`` run the command:: |
|
1138 | To push to the path defined in ``my_path`` run the command:: | |
1139 |
|
1139 | |||
1140 | hg push my_path |
|
1140 | hg push my_path | |
1141 |
|
1141 | |||
1142 |
|
1142 | |||
1143 | ``phases`` |
|
1143 | ``phases`` | |
1144 | ---------- |
|
1144 | ---------- | |
1145 |
|
1145 | |||
1146 | Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more |
|
1146 | Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more | |
1147 | information about working with phases. |
|
1147 | information about working with phases. | |
1148 |
|
1148 | |||
1149 | ``publish`` |
|
1149 | ``publish`` | |
1150 | Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true, |
|
1150 | Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true, | |
1151 | pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and |
|
1151 | pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and | |
1152 | pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client. |
|
1152 | pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client. | |
1153 | (default: True) |
|
1153 | (default: True) | |
1154 |
|
1154 | |||
1155 | ``new-commit`` |
|
1155 | ``new-commit`` | |
1156 | Phase of newly-created commits. |
|
1156 | Phase of newly-created commits. | |
1157 | (default: draft) |
|
1157 | (default: draft) | |
1158 |
|
1158 | |||
1159 | ``checksubrepos`` |
|
1159 | ``checksubrepos`` | |
1160 | Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed |
|
1160 | Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed | |
1161 | values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than |
|
1161 | values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than | |
1162 | "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is |
|
1162 | "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is | |
1163 | checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is |
|
1163 | checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is | |
1164 | greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a |
|
1164 | greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a | |
1165 | "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is |
|
1165 | "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is | |
1166 | either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is |
|
1166 | either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is | |
1167 | used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow"). |
|
1167 | used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow"). | |
1168 | (default: follow) |
|
1168 | (default: follow) | |
1169 |
|
1169 | |||
1170 |
|
1170 | |||
1171 | ``profiling`` |
|
1171 | ``profiling`` | |
1172 | ------------- |
|
1172 | ------------- | |
1173 |
|
1173 | |||
1174 | Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are |
|
1174 | Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are | |
1175 | supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling |
|
1175 | supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling | |
1176 | profiler (named ``stat``). |
|
1176 | profiler (named ``stat``). | |
1177 |
|
1177 | |||
1178 | In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data |
|
1178 | In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data | |
1179 | collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a |
|
1179 | collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a | |
1180 | statistical text report generated from the profiling data. The |
|
1180 | statistical text report generated from the profiling data. The | |
1181 | profiling is done using lsprof. |
|
1181 | profiling is done using lsprof. | |
1182 |
|
1182 | |||
1183 | ``type`` |
|
1183 | ``type`` | |
1184 | The type of profiler to use. |
|
1184 | The type of profiler to use. | |
1185 | (default: ls) |
|
1185 | (default: ls) | |
1186 |
|
1186 | |||
1187 | ``ls`` |
|
1187 | ``ls`` | |
1188 | Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler |
|
1188 | Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler | |
1189 | works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the |
|
1189 | works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the | |
1190 | first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to |
|
1190 | first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to | |
1191 | identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function. |
|
1191 | identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function. | |
1192 | ``stat`` |
|
1192 | ``stat`` | |
1193 | Use a third-party statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler |
|
1193 | Use a third-party statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler | |
1194 | currently runs only on Unix systems, and is most useful for |
|
1194 | currently runs only on Unix systems, and is most useful for | |
1195 | profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1 seconds. |
|
1195 | profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1 seconds. | |
1196 |
|
1196 | |||
1197 | ``format`` |
|
1197 | ``format`` | |
1198 | Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. |
|
1198 | Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. | |
1199 | (default: text) |
|
1199 | (default: text) | |
1200 |
|
1200 | |||
1201 | ``text`` |
|
1201 | ``text`` | |
1202 | Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be |
|
1202 | Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be | |
1203 | noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is |
|
1203 | noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is | |
1204 | not kept. |
|
1204 | not kept. | |
1205 | ``kcachegrind`` |
|
1205 | ``kcachegrind`` | |
1206 | Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a |
|
1206 | Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a | |
1207 | file, the generated file can directly be loaded into |
|
1207 | file, the generated file can directly be loaded into | |
1208 | kcachegrind. |
|
1208 | kcachegrind. | |
1209 |
|
1209 | |||
1210 | ``frequency`` |
|
1210 | ``frequency`` | |
1211 | Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler. |
|
1211 | Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler. | |
1212 | (default: 1000) |
|
1212 | (default: 1000) | |
1213 |
|
1213 | |||
1214 | ``output`` |
|
1214 | ``output`` | |
1215 | File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the |
|
1215 | File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the | |
1216 | file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on |
|
1216 | file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on | |
1217 | stderr) |
|
1217 | stderr) | |
1218 |
|
1218 | |||
1219 | ``sort`` |
|
1219 | ``sort`` | |
1220 | Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. |
|
1220 | Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. | |
1221 | One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and |
|
1221 | One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and | |
1222 | ``inlinetime``. |
|
1222 | ``inlinetime``. | |
1223 | (default: inlinetime) |
|
1223 | (default: inlinetime) | |
1224 |
|
1224 | |||
1225 | ``limit`` |
|
1225 | ``limit`` | |
1226 | Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. |
|
1226 | Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. | |
1227 | (default: 30) |
|
1227 | (default: 30) | |
1228 |
|
1228 | |||
1229 | ``nested`` |
|
1229 | ``nested`` | |
1230 | Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry. |
|
1230 | Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry. | |
1231 | This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline. |
|
1231 | This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline. | |
1232 | Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. |
|
1232 | Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. | |
1233 | (default: 5) |
|
1233 | (default: 5) | |
1234 |
|
1234 | |||
1235 | ``progress`` |
|
1235 | ``progress`` | |
1236 | ------------ |
|
1236 | ------------ | |
1237 |
|
1237 | |||
1238 | Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as |
|
1238 | Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as | |
1239 | possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others |
|
1239 | possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others | |
1240 | have a definite end point. |
|
1240 | have a definite end point. | |
1241 |
|
1241 | |||
1242 | ``delay`` |
|
1242 | ``delay`` | |
1243 | Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3) |
|
1243 | Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3) | |
1244 |
|
1244 | |||
1245 | ``changedelay`` |
|
1245 | ``changedelay`` | |
1246 | Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh, |
|
1246 | Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh, | |
1247 | that value will be used instead. (default: 1) |
|
1247 | that value will be used instead. (default: 1) | |
1248 |
|
1248 | |||
1249 | ``refresh`` |
|
1249 | ``refresh`` | |
1250 | Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1) |
|
1250 | Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1) | |
1251 |
|
1251 | |||
1252 | ``format`` |
|
1252 | ``format`` | |
1253 | Format of the progress bar. |
|
1253 | Format of the progress bar. | |
1254 |
|
1254 | |||
1255 | Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``, |
|
1255 | Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``, | |
1256 | ``unit``, ``estimate``, speed, and item. item defaults to the last 20 |
|
1256 | ``unit``, ``estimate``, speed, and item. item defaults to the last 20 | |
1257 | characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either ``-<num>`` |
|
1257 | characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either ``-<num>`` | |
1258 | which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the first num |
|
1258 | which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the first num | |
1259 | characters. |
|
1259 | characters. | |
1260 |
|
1260 | |||
1261 | (default: Topic bar number estimate) |
|
1261 | (default: Topic bar number estimate) | |
1262 |
|
1262 | |||
1263 | ``width`` |
|
1263 | ``width`` | |
1264 | If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width, |
|
1264 | If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width, | |
1265 | term width) will be used). |
|
1265 | term width) will be used). | |
1266 |
|
1266 | |||
1267 | ``clear-complete`` |
|
1267 | ``clear-complete`` | |
1268 | Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True) |
|
1268 | Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True) | |
1269 |
|
1269 | |||
1270 | ``disable`` |
|
1270 | ``disable`` | |
1271 | If true, don't show a progress bar. |
|
1271 | If true, don't show a progress bar. | |
1272 |
|
1272 | |||
1273 | ``assume-tty`` |
|
1273 | ``assume-tty`` | |
1274 | If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given. |
|
1274 | If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given. | |
1275 |
|
1275 | |||
1276 | ``revsetalias`` |
|
1276 | ``revsetalias`` | |
1277 | --------------- |
|
1277 | --------------- | |
1278 |
|
1278 | |||
1279 | Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details. |
|
1279 | Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details. | |
1280 |
|
1280 | |||
1281 | ``server`` |
|
1281 | ``server`` | |
1282 | ---------- |
|
1282 | ---------- | |
1283 |
|
1283 | |||
1284 | Controls generic server settings. |
|
1284 | Controls generic server settings. | |
1285 |
|
1285 | |||
1286 | ``uncompressed`` |
|
1286 | ``uncompressed`` | |
1287 | Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the |
|
1287 | Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the | |
1288 | uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more |
|
1288 | uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more | |
1289 | data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both |
|
1289 | data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both | |
1290 | server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast |
|
1290 | server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast | |
1291 | WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a |
|
1291 | WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a | |
1292 | regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than |
|
1292 | regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than | |
1293 | about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the |
|
1293 | about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the | |
1294 | extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold |
|
1294 | extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold | |
1295 | the write lock while determining what data to transfer. |
|
1295 | the write lock while determining what data to transfer. | |
1296 | (default: True) |
|
1296 | (default: True) | |
1297 |
|
1297 | |||
1298 | ``preferuncompressed`` |
|
1298 | ``preferuncompressed`` | |
1299 | When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming |
|
1299 | When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming | |
1300 | protocol. (default: False) |
|
1300 | protocol. (default: False) | |
1301 |
|
1301 | |||
1302 | ``validate`` |
|
1302 | ``validate`` | |
1303 | Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by |
|
1303 | Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by | |
1304 | checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are |
|
1304 | checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are | |
1305 | present. (default: False) |
|
1305 | present. (default: False) | |
1306 |
|
1306 | |||
1307 | ``maxhttpheaderlen`` |
|
1307 | ``maxhttpheaderlen`` | |
1308 | Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this |
|
1308 | Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this | |
1309 | many bytes. (default: 1024) |
|
1309 | many bytes. (default: 1024) | |
1310 |
|
1310 | |||
1311 | ``smtp`` |
|
1311 | ``smtp`` | |
1312 | -------- |
|
1312 | -------- | |
1313 |
|
1313 | |||
1314 | Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages. |
|
1314 | Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages. | |
1315 |
|
1315 | |||
1316 | ``host`` |
|
1316 | ``host`` | |
1317 | Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com". |
|
1317 | Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com". | |
1318 |
|
1318 | |||
1319 | ``port`` |
|
1319 | ``port`` | |
1320 | Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if |
|
1320 | Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if | |
1321 | ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise) |
|
1321 | ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise) | |
1322 |
|
1322 | |||
1323 | ``tls`` |
|
1323 | ``tls`` | |
1324 | Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls, |
|
1324 | Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls, | |
1325 | smtps or none. (default: none) |
|
1325 | smtps or none. (default: none) | |
1326 |
|
1326 | |||
1327 | ``verifycert`` |
|
1327 | ``verifycert`` | |
1328 | Optional. Verification for the certificate of mail server, when |
|
1328 | Optional. Verification for the certificate of mail server, when | |
1329 | ``tls`` is starttls or smtps. "strict", "loose" or False. For |
|
1329 | ``tls`` is starttls or smtps. "strict", "loose" or False. For | |
1330 | "strict" or "loose", the certificate is verified as same as the |
|
1330 | "strict" or "loose", the certificate is verified as same as the | |
1331 | verification for HTTPS connections (see ``[hostfingerprints]`` and |
|
1331 | verification for HTTPS connections (see ``[hostfingerprints]`` and | |
1332 | ``[web] cacerts`` also). For "strict", sending email is also |
|
1332 | ``[web] cacerts`` also). For "strict", sending email is also | |
1333 | aborted, if there is no configuration for mail server in |
|
1333 | aborted, if there is no configuration for mail server in | |
1334 | ``[hostfingerprints]`` and ``[web] cacerts``. --insecure for |
|
1334 | ``[hostfingerprints]`` and ``[web] cacerts``. --insecure for | |
1335 | :hg:`email` overwrites this as "loose". (default: strict) |
|
1335 | :hg:`email` overwrites this as "loose". (default: strict) | |
1336 |
|
1336 | |||
1337 | ``username`` |
|
1337 | ``username`` | |
1338 | Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server. |
|
1338 | Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server. | |
1339 | (default: None) |
|
1339 | (default: None) | |
1340 |
|
1340 | |||
1341 | ``password`` |
|
1341 | ``password`` | |
1342 | Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not |
|
1342 | Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not | |
1343 | specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a |
|
1343 | specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a | |
1344 | password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None) |
|
1344 | password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None) | |
1345 |
|
1345 | |||
1346 | ``local_hostname`` |
|
1346 | ``local_hostname`` | |
1347 | Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify |
|
1347 | Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify | |
1348 | itself to the MTA. |
|
1348 | itself to the MTA. | |
1349 |
|
1349 | |||
1350 |
|
1350 | |||
1351 | ``subpaths`` |
|
1351 | ``subpaths`` | |
1352 | ------------ |
|
1352 | ------------ | |
1353 |
|
1353 | |||
1354 | Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name |
|
1354 | Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name | |
1355 | or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define |
|
1355 | or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define | |
1356 | rewrite rules of the form:: |
|
1356 | rewrite rules of the form:: | |
1357 |
|
1357 | |||
1358 | <pattern> = <replacement> |
|
1358 | <pattern> = <replacement> | |
1359 |
|
1359 | |||
1360 | where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository |
|
1360 | where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository | |
1361 | source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to |
|
1361 | source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to | |
1362 | rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in |
|
1362 | rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in | |
1363 | ``replacements``. For instance:: |
|
1363 | ``replacements``. For instance:: | |
1364 |
|
1364 | |||
1365 | http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/ |
|
1365 | http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/ | |
1366 |
|
1366 | |||
1367 | rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``. |
|
1367 | rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``. | |
1368 |
|
1368 | |||
1369 | Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the |
|
1369 | Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the | |
1370 | rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. The rules |
|
1370 | rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. The rules | |
1371 | are applied in definition order. |
|
1371 | are applied in definition order. | |
1372 |
|
1372 | |||
1373 | ``trusted`` |
|
1373 | ``trusted`` | |
1374 | ----------- |
|
1374 | ----------- | |
1375 |
|
1375 | |||
1376 | Mercurial will not use the settings in the |
|
1376 | Mercurial will not use the settings in the | |
1377 | ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted |
|
1377 | ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted | |
1378 | user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary |
|
1378 | user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary | |
1379 | commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring |
|
1379 | commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring | |
1380 | hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However, |
|
1380 | hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However, | |
1381 | the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]`` |
|
1381 | the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]`` | |
1382 | section. |
|
1382 | section. | |
1383 |
|
1383 | |||
1384 | This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The |
|
1384 | This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The | |
1385 | current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a |
|
1385 | current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a | |
1386 | group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an |
|
1386 | group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an | |
1387 | *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the |
|
1387 | *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the | |
1388 | user or service running Mercurial. |
|
1388 | user or service running Mercurial. | |
1389 |
|
1389 | |||
1390 | ``users`` |
|
1390 | ``users`` | |
1391 | Comma-separated list of trusted users. |
|
1391 | Comma-separated list of trusted users. | |
1392 |
|
1392 | |||
1393 | ``groups`` |
|
1393 | ``groups`` | |
1394 | Comma-separated list of trusted groups. |
|
1394 | Comma-separated list of trusted groups. | |
1395 |
|
1395 | |||
1396 |
|
1396 | |||
1397 | ``ui`` |
|
1397 | ``ui`` | |
1398 | ------ |
|
1398 | ------ | |
1399 |
|
1399 | |||
1400 | User interface controls. |
|
1400 | User interface controls. | |
1401 |
|
1401 | |||
1402 | ``archivemeta`` |
|
1402 | ``archivemeta`` | |
1403 | Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data |
|
1403 | Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data | |
1404 | (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created |
|
1404 | (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created | |
1405 | by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb. |
|
1405 | by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb. | |
1406 | (default: True) |
|
1406 | (default: True) | |
1407 |
|
1407 | |||
1408 | ``askusername`` |
|
1408 | ``askusername`` | |
1409 | Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and |
|
1409 | Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and | |
1410 | neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will |
|
1410 | neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will | |
1411 | be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the |
|
1411 | be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the | |
1412 | default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead. |
|
1412 | default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead. | |
1413 | (default: False) |
|
1413 | (default: False) | |
1414 |
|
1414 | |||
|
1415 | ``clonebundlefallback`` | |||
|
1416 | Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server | |||
|
1417 | should result in fallback to a regular clone. | |||
|
1418 | ||||
|
1419 | This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone | |||
|
1420 | bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles | |||
|
1421 | start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular | |||
|
1422 | clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server | |||
|
1423 | since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to | |||
|
1424 | pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures | |||
|
1425 | clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application | |||
|
1426 | fails. | |||
|
1427 | ||||
|
1428 | (default: False) | |||
|
1429 | ||||
1415 | ``commitsubrepos`` |
|
1430 | ``commitsubrepos`` | |
1416 | Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the |
|
1431 | Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the | |
1417 | parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted |
|
1432 | parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted | |
1418 | changes, abort the commit. |
|
1433 | changes, abort the commit. | |
1419 | (default: False) |
|
1434 | (default: False) | |
1420 |
|
1435 | |||
1421 | ``debug`` |
|
1436 | ``debug`` | |
1422 | Print debugging information. (default: False) |
|
1437 | Print debugging information. (default: False) | |
1423 |
|
1438 | |||
1424 | ``editor`` |
|
1439 | ``editor`` | |
1425 | The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``) |
|
1440 | The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``) | |
1426 |
|
1441 | |||
1427 | ``fallbackencoding`` |
|
1442 | ``fallbackencoding`` | |
1428 | Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using |
|
1443 | Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using | |
1429 | UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1) |
|
1444 | UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1) | |
1430 |
|
1445 | |||
1431 | ``ignore`` |
|
1446 | ``ignore`` | |
1432 | A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be |
|
1447 | A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be | |
1433 | in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames |
|
1448 | in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames | |
1434 | are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax, |
|
1449 | are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax, | |
1435 | so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by |
|
1450 | so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by | |
1436 | setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details |
|
1451 | setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details | |
1437 | of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page. |
|
1452 | of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page. | |
1438 |
|
1453 | |||
1439 | ``interactive`` |
|
1454 | ``interactive`` | |
1440 | Allow to prompt the user. (default: True) |
|
1455 | Allow to prompt the user. (default: True) | |
1441 |
|
1456 | |||
1442 | ``logtemplate`` |
|
1457 | ``logtemplate`` | |
1443 | Template string for commands that print changesets. |
|
1458 | Template string for commands that print changesets. | |
1444 |
|
1459 | |||
1445 | ``merge`` |
|
1460 | ``merge`` | |
1446 | The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge. |
|
1461 | The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge. | |
1447 | For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`. |
|
1462 | For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`. | |
1448 | For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section. |
|
1463 | For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section. | |
1449 |
|
1464 | |||
1450 | ``mergemarkers`` |
|
1465 | ``mergemarkers`` | |
1451 | Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed`` |
|
1466 | Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed`` | |
1452 | style uses the ``mergemarkertemplate`` setting to style the labels. |
|
1467 | style uses the ``mergemarkertemplate`` setting to style the labels. | |
1453 | The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label. |
|
1468 | The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label. | |
1454 | One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``. |
|
1469 | One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``. | |
1455 | (default: ``basic``) |
|
1470 | (default: ``basic``) | |
1456 |
|
1471 | |||
1457 | ``mergemarkertemplate`` |
|
1472 | ``mergemarkertemplate`` | |
1458 | The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict |
|
1473 | The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict | |
1459 | marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template |
|
1474 | marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template | |
1460 | format. |
|
1475 | format. | |
1461 |
|
1476 | |||
1462 | Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and |
|
1477 | Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and | |
1463 | the first line of the commit description. |
|
1478 | the first line of the commit description. | |
1464 |
|
1479 | |||
1465 | If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks, |
|
1480 | If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks, | |
1466 | authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of |
|
1481 | authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of | |
1467 | managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding |
|
1482 | managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding | |
1468 | specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other |
|
1483 | specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other | |
1469 | environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge |
|
1484 | environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge | |
1470 | markers is different from the encoding of the merged files, |
|
1485 | markers is different from the encoding of the merged files, | |
1471 | serious problems may occur. |
|
1486 | serious problems may occur. | |
1472 |
|
1487 | |||
1473 | ``patch`` |
|
1488 | ``patch`` | |
1474 | An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions |
|
1489 | An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions | |
1475 | will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an |
|
1490 | will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an | |
1476 | internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common |
|
1491 | internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common | |
1477 | Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p`` |
|
1492 | Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p`` | |
1478 | argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the |
|
1493 | argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the | |
1479 | current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take |
|
1494 | current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take | |
1480 | from stdin. |
|
1495 | from stdin. | |
1481 |
|
1496 | |||
1482 | It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra |
|
1497 | It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra | |
1483 | arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge`` |
|
1498 | arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge`` | |
1484 | will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option. |
|
1499 | will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option. | |
1485 |
|
1500 | |||
1486 | ``portablefilenames`` |
|
1501 | ``portablefilenames`` | |
1487 | Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``. |
|
1502 | Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``. | |
1488 | (default: ``warn``) |
|
1503 | (default: ``warn``) | |
1489 | If set to ``warn`` (or ``true``), a warning message is printed on POSIX |
|
1504 | If set to ``warn`` (or ``true``), a warning message is printed on POSIX | |
1490 | platforms, if a file with a non-portable filename is added (e.g. a file |
|
1505 | platforms, if a file with a non-portable filename is added (e.g. a file | |
1491 | with a name that can't be created on Windows because it contains reserved |
|
1506 | with a name that can't be created on Windows because it contains reserved | |
1492 | parts like ``AUX``, reserved characters like ``:``, or would cause a case |
|
1507 | parts like ``AUX``, reserved characters like ``:``, or would cause a case | |
1493 | collision with an existing file). |
|
1508 | collision with an existing file). | |
1494 | If set to ``ignore`` (or ``false``), no warning is printed. |
|
1509 | If set to ``ignore`` (or ``false``), no warning is printed. | |
1495 | If set to ``abort``, the command is aborted. |
|
1510 | If set to ``abort``, the command is aborted. | |
1496 | On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted. |
|
1511 | On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted. | |
1497 |
|
1512 | |||
1498 | ``quiet`` |
|
1513 | ``quiet`` | |
1499 | Reduce the amount of output printed. (default: False) |
|
1514 | Reduce the amount of output printed. (default: False) | |
1500 |
|
1515 | |||
1501 | ``remotecmd`` |
|
1516 | ``remotecmd`` | |
1502 | Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations. (default: ``hg``) |
|
1517 | Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations. (default: ``hg``) | |
1503 |
|
1518 | |||
1504 | ``report_untrusted`` |
|
1519 | ``report_untrusted`` | |
1505 | Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a |
|
1520 | Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a | |
1506 | trusted user or group. (default: True) |
|
1521 | trusted user or group. (default: True) | |
1507 |
|
1522 | |||
1508 | ``slash`` |
|
1523 | ``slash`` | |
1509 | Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This |
|
1524 | Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This | |
1510 | only makes a difference on systems where the default path |
|
1525 | only makes a difference on systems where the default path | |
1511 | separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the |
|
1526 | separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the | |
1512 | backslash character (``\``)). |
|
1527 | backslash character (``\``)). | |
1513 | (default: False) |
|
1528 | (default: False) | |
1514 |
|
1529 | |||
1515 | ``statuscopies`` |
|
1530 | ``statuscopies`` | |
1516 | Display copies in the status command. |
|
1531 | Display copies in the status command. | |
1517 |
|
1532 | |||
1518 | ``ssh`` |
|
1533 | ``ssh`` | |
1519 | Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``) |
|
1534 | Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``) | |
1520 |
|
1535 | |||
1521 | ``strict`` |
|
1536 | ``strict`` | |
1522 | Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous |
|
1537 | Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous | |
1523 | abbreviations. (default: False) |
|
1538 | abbreviations. (default: False) | |
1524 |
|
1539 | |||
1525 | ``style`` |
|
1540 | ``style`` | |
1526 | Name of style to use for command output. |
|
1541 | Name of style to use for command output. | |
1527 |
|
1542 | |||
1528 | ``supportcontact`` |
|
1543 | ``supportcontact`` | |
1529 | A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a |
|
1544 | A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a | |
1530 | large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash |
|
1545 | large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash | |
1531 | reports should be addressed to your internal support. |
|
1546 | reports should be addressed to your internal support. | |
1532 |
|
1547 | |||
1533 | ``timeout`` |
|
1548 | ``timeout`` | |
1534 | The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value |
|
1549 | The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value | |
1535 | means no timeout. (default: 600) |
|
1550 | means no timeout. (default: 600) | |
1536 |
|
1551 | |||
1537 | ``traceback`` |
|
1552 | ``traceback`` | |
1538 | Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception |
|
1553 | Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception | |
1539 | occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback |
|
1554 | occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback | |
1540 | on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as |
|
1555 | on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as | |
1541 | IOError or MemoryError). (default: False) |
|
1556 | IOError or MemoryError). (default: False) | |
1542 |
|
1557 | |||
1543 | ``username`` |
|
1558 | ``username`` | |
1544 | The committer of a changeset created when running "commit". |
|
1559 | The committer of a changeset created when running "commit". | |
1545 | Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget |
|
1560 | Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget | |
1546 | <fred@example.com>``. Environment variables in the |
|
1561 | <fred@example.com>``. Environment variables in the | |
1547 | username are expanded. |
|
1562 | username are expanded. | |
1548 |
|
1563 | |||
1549 | (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in |
|
1564 | (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in | |
1550 | hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the |
|
1565 | hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the | |
1551 | system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different |
|
1566 | system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different | |
1552 | hgrc file) |
|
1567 | hgrc file) | |
1553 |
|
1568 | |||
1554 | ``verbose`` |
|
1569 | ``verbose`` | |
1555 | Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False) |
|
1570 | Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False) | |
1556 |
|
1571 | |||
1557 |
|
1572 | |||
1558 | ``web`` |
|
1573 | ``web`` | |
1559 | ------- |
|
1574 | ------- | |
1560 |
|
1575 | |||
1561 | Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to |
|
1576 | Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to | |
1562 | both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you |
|
1577 | both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you | |
1563 | run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI |
|
1578 | run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI | |
1564 | and WSGI). |
|
1579 | and WSGI). | |
1565 |
|
1580 | |||
1566 | The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for |
|
1581 | The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for | |
1567 | usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do |
|
1582 | usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do | |
1568 | authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users* |
|
1583 | authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users* | |
1569 | based on settings in this section). You must either configure your |
|
1584 | based on settings in this section). You must either configure your | |
1570 | webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization |
|
1585 | webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization | |
1571 | checks. |
|
1586 | checks. | |
1572 |
|
1587 | |||
1573 | For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where |
|
1588 | For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where | |
1574 | you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following |
|
1589 | you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following | |
1575 | command line:: |
|
1590 | command line:: | |
1576 |
|
1591 | |||
1577 | $ hg --config web.allow_push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve |
|
1592 | $ hg --config web.allow_push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve | |
1578 |
|
1593 | |||
1579 | Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and |
|
1594 | Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and | |
1580 | that this should not be used for public servers. |
|
1595 | that this should not be used for public servers. | |
1581 |
|
1596 | |||
1582 | The full set of options is: |
|
1597 | The full set of options is: | |
1583 |
|
1598 | |||
1584 | ``accesslog`` |
|
1599 | ``accesslog`` | |
1585 | Where to output the access log. (default: stdout) |
|
1600 | Where to output the access log. (default: stdout) | |
1586 |
|
1601 | |||
1587 | ``address`` |
|
1602 | ``address`` | |
1588 | Interface address to bind to. (default: all) |
|
1603 | Interface address to bind to. (default: all) | |
1589 |
|
1604 | |||
1590 | ``allow_archive`` |
|
1605 | ``allow_archive`` | |
1591 | List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading. |
|
1606 | List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading. | |
1592 | (default: empty) |
|
1607 | (default: empty) | |
1593 |
|
1608 | |||
1594 | ``allowbz2`` |
|
1609 | ``allowbz2`` | |
1595 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository |
|
1610 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository | |
1596 | revisions. |
|
1611 | revisions. | |
1597 | (default: False) |
|
1612 | (default: False) | |
1598 |
|
1613 | |||
1599 | ``allowgz`` |
|
1614 | ``allowgz`` | |
1600 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository |
|
1615 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository | |
1601 | revisions. |
|
1616 | revisions. | |
1602 | (default: False) |
|
1617 | (default: False) | |
1603 |
|
1618 | |||
1604 | ``allowpull`` |
|
1619 | ``allowpull`` | |
1605 | Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True) |
|
1620 | Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True) | |
1606 |
|
1621 | |||
1607 | ``allow_push`` |
|
1622 | ``allow_push`` | |
1608 | Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set, |
|
1623 | Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set, | |
1609 | pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote |
|
1624 | pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote | |
1610 | user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the |
|
1625 | user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the | |
1611 | remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated |
|
1626 | remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated | |
1612 | user name must be present in this list. The contents of the |
|
1627 | user name must be present in this list. The contents of the | |
1613 | allow_push list are examined after the deny_push list. |
|
1628 | allow_push list are examined after the deny_push list. | |
1614 |
|
1629 | |||
1615 | ``allow_read`` |
|
1630 | ``allow_read`` | |
1616 | If the user has not already been denied repository access due to |
|
1631 | If the user has not already been denied repository access due to | |
1617 | the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant |
|
1632 | the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant | |
1618 | repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the |
|
1633 | repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the | |
1619 | user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is |
|
1634 | user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is | |
1620 | denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access |
|
1635 | denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access | |
1621 | is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the |
|
1636 | is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the | |
1622 | special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access |
|
1637 | special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access | |
1623 | is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are |
|
1638 | is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are | |
1624 | examined after the deny_read list. |
|
1639 | examined after the deny_read list. | |
1625 |
|
1640 | |||
1626 | ``allowzip`` |
|
1641 | ``allowzip`` | |
1627 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository |
|
1642 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository | |
1628 | revisions. This feature creates temporary files. |
|
1643 | revisions. This feature creates temporary files. | |
1629 | (default: False) |
|
1644 | (default: False) | |
1630 |
|
1645 | |||
1631 | ``archivesubrepos`` |
|
1646 | ``archivesubrepos`` | |
1632 | Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving. |
|
1647 | Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving. | |
1633 | (default: False) |
|
1648 | (default: False) | |
1634 |
|
1649 | |||
1635 | ``baseurl`` |
|
1650 | ``baseurl`` | |
1636 | Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so |
|
1651 | Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so | |
1637 | third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct |
|
1652 | third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct | |
1638 | URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``. |
|
1653 | URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``. | |
1639 |
|
1654 | |||
1640 | ``cacerts`` |
|
1655 | ``cacerts`` | |
1641 | Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate |
|
1656 | Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate | |
1642 | authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user`` |
|
1657 | authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user`` | |
1643 | constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the |
|
1658 | constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the | |
1644 | client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers |
|
1659 | client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers | |
1645 | with these certificates. |
|
1660 | with these certificates. | |
1646 |
|
1661 | |||
1647 | This feature is only supported when using Python 2.6 or later. If you wish |
|
1662 | This feature is only supported when using Python 2.6 or later. If you wish | |
1648 | to use it with earlier versions of Python, install the backported |
|
1663 | to use it with earlier versions of Python, install the backported | |
1649 | version of the ssl library that is available from |
|
1664 | version of the ssl library that is available from | |
1650 | ``http://pypi.python.org``. |
|
1665 | ``http://pypi.python.org``. | |
1651 |
|
1666 | |||
1652 | To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from |
|
1667 | To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from | |
1653 | command line. |
|
1668 | command line. | |
1654 |
|
1669 | |||
1655 | You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has |
|
1670 | You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has | |
1656 | one. On most Linux systems this will be |
|
1671 | one. On most Linux systems this will be | |
1657 | ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to |
|
1672 | ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to | |
1658 | generate this file manually. The form must be as follows:: |
|
1673 | generate this file manually. The form must be as follows:: | |
1659 |
|
1674 | |||
1660 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- |
|
1675 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- | |
1661 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... |
|
1676 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... | |
1662 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- |
|
1677 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- | |
1663 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- |
|
1678 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- | |
1664 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... |
|
1679 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... | |
1665 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- |
|
1680 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- | |
1666 |
|
1681 | |||
1667 | ``cache`` |
|
1682 | ``cache`` | |
1668 | Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True) |
|
1683 | Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True) | |
1669 |
|
1684 | |||
1670 | ``certificate`` |
|
1685 | ``certificate`` | |
1671 | Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`. |
|
1686 | Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`. | |
1672 |
|
1687 | |||
1673 | ``collapse`` |
|
1688 | ``collapse`` | |
1674 | With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at |
|
1689 | With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at | |
1675 | a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With |
|
1690 | a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With | |
1676 | ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than |
|
1691 | ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than | |
1677 | the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that |
|
1692 | the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that | |
1678 | lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting |
|
1693 | lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting | |
1679 | collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory |
|
1694 | collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory | |
1680 | into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False) |
|
1695 | into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False) | |
1681 |
|
1696 | |||
1682 | ``comparisoncontext`` |
|
1697 | ``comparisoncontext`` | |
1683 | Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If |
|
1698 | Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If | |
1684 | negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5) |
|
1699 | negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5) | |
1685 |
|
1700 | |||
1686 | This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the |
|
1701 | This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the | |
1687 | ``comparison`` command, taking the same values. |
|
1702 | ``comparison`` command, taking the same values. | |
1688 |
|
1703 | |||
1689 | ``contact`` |
|
1704 | ``contact`` | |
1690 | Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository. |
|
1705 | Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository. | |
1691 | (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty) |
|
1706 | (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty) | |
1692 |
|
1707 | |||
1693 | ``deny_push`` |
|
1708 | ``deny_push`` | |
1694 | Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set, |
|
1709 | Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set, | |
1695 | push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are |
|
1710 | push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are | |
1696 | denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and |
|
1711 | denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and | |
1697 | any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The |
|
1712 | any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The | |
1698 | contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow_push list. |
|
1713 | contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow_push list. | |
1699 |
|
1714 | |||
1700 | ``deny_read`` |
|
1715 | ``deny_read`` | |
1701 | Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is |
|
1716 | Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is | |
1702 | not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any |
|
1717 | not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any | |
1703 | authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to |
|
1718 | authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to | |
1704 | the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users |
|
1719 | the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users | |
1705 | are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set, |
|
1720 | are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set, | |
1706 | the determination of repository access depends on the presence and |
|
1721 | the determination of repository access depends on the presence and | |
1707 | content of the allow_read list (see description). If both |
|
1722 | content of the allow_read list (see description). If both | |
1708 | deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is |
|
1723 | deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is | |
1709 | permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being |
|
1724 | permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being | |
1710 | served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in |
|
1725 | served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in | |
1711 | the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have |
|
1726 | the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have | |
1712 | priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read |
|
1727 | priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read | |
1713 | list. |
|
1728 | list. | |
1714 |
|
1729 | |||
1715 | ``descend`` |
|
1730 | ``descend`` | |
1716 | hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories |
|
1731 | hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories | |
1717 | directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still |
|
1732 | directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still | |
1718 | available from the index corresponding to their containing path). |
|
1733 | available from the index corresponding to their containing path). | |
1719 |
|
1734 | |||
1720 | ``description`` |
|
1735 | ``description`` | |
1721 | Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents. |
|
1736 | Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents. | |
1722 | (default: "unknown") |
|
1737 | (default: "unknown") | |
1723 |
|
1738 | |||
1724 | ``encoding`` |
|
1739 | ``encoding`` | |
1725 | Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset) |
|
1740 | Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset) | |
1726 | Example: "UTF-8". |
|
1741 | Example: "UTF-8". | |
1727 |
|
1742 | |||
1728 | ``errorlog`` |
|
1743 | ``errorlog`` | |
1729 | Where to output the error log. (default: stderr) |
|
1744 | Where to output the error log. (default: stderr) | |
1730 |
|
1745 | |||
1731 | ``guessmime`` |
|
1746 | ``guessmime`` | |
1732 | Control MIME types for raw download of file content. |
|
1747 | Control MIME types for raw download of file content. | |
1733 | Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file |
|
1748 | Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file | |
1734 | extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might |
|
1749 | extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might | |
1735 | allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted |
|
1750 | allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted | |
1736 | repositories. (default: False) |
|
1751 | repositories. (default: False) | |
1737 |
|
1752 | |||
1738 | ``hidden`` |
|
1753 | ``hidden`` | |
1739 | Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index. |
|
1754 | Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index. | |
1740 | (default: False) |
|
1755 | (default: False) | |
1741 |
|
1756 | |||
1742 | ``ipv6`` |
|
1757 | ``ipv6`` | |
1743 | Whether to use IPv6. (default: False) |
|
1758 | Whether to use IPv6. (default: False) | |
1744 |
|
1759 | |||
1745 | ``logoimg`` |
|
1760 | ``logoimg`` | |
1746 | File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page. |
|
1761 | File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page. | |
1747 | The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to |
|
1762 | The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to | |
1748 | the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg". |
|
1763 | the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg". | |
1749 | If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used. |
|
1764 | If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used. | |
1750 |
|
1765 | |||
1751 | ``logourl`` |
|
1766 | ``logourl`` | |
1752 | Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/`` |
|
1767 | Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/`` | |
1753 | will be used. |
|
1768 | will be used. | |
1754 |
|
1769 | |||
1755 | ``maxchanges`` |
|
1770 | ``maxchanges`` | |
1756 | Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10) |
|
1771 | Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10) | |
1757 |
|
1772 | |||
1758 | ``maxfiles`` |
|
1773 | ``maxfiles`` | |
1759 | Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10) |
|
1774 | Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10) | |
1760 |
|
1775 | |||
1761 | ``maxshortchanges`` |
|
1776 | ``maxshortchanges`` | |
1762 | Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog |
|
1777 | Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog | |
1763 | pages. (default: 60) |
|
1778 | pages. (default: 60) | |
1764 |
|
1779 | |||
1765 | ``name`` |
|
1780 | ``name`` | |
1766 | Repository name to use in the web interface. |
|
1781 | Repository name to use in the web interface. | |
1767 | (default: current working directory) |
|
1782 | (default: current working directory) | |
1768 |
|
1783 | |||
1769 | ``port`` |
|
1784 | ``port`` | |
1770 | Port to listen on. (default: 8000) |
|
1785 | Port to listen on. (default: 8000) | |
1771 |
|
1786 | |||
1772 | ``prefix`` |
|
1787 | ``prefix`` | |
1773 | Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root)) |
|
1788 | Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root)) | |
1774 |
|
1789 | |||
1775 | ``push_ssl`` |
|
1790 | ``push_ssl`` | |
1776 | Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to |
|
1791 | Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to | |
1777 | prevent password sniffing. (default: True) |
|
1792 | prevent password sniffing. (default: True) | |
1778 |
|
1793 | |||
1779 | ``refreshinterval`` |
|
1794 | ``refreshinterval`` | |
1780 | How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new |
|
1795 | How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new | |
1781 | repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used |
|
1796 | repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used | |
1782 | to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is |
|
1797 | to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is | |
1783 | required, refreshing may negatively impact performance. |
|
1798 | required, refreshing may negatively impact performance. | |
1784 |
|
1799 | |||
1785 | Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh. |
|
1800 | Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh. | |
1786 | (default: 20) |
|
1801 | (default: 20) | |
1787 |
|
1802 | |||
1788 | ``staticurl`` |
|
1803 | ``staticurl`` | |
1789 | Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the |
|
1804 | Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the | |
1790 | hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use |
|
1805 | hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use | |
1791 | this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server. |
|
1806 | this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server. | |
1792 | Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``. |
|
1807 | Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``. | |
1793 |
|
1808 | |||
1794 | ``stripes`` |
|
1809 | ``stripes`` | |
1795 | How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output. |
|
1810 | How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output. | |
1796 | Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1) |
|
1811 | Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1) | |
1797 |
|
1812 | |||
1798 | ``style`` |
|
1813 | ``style`` | |
1799 | Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of |
|
1814 | Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of | |
1800 | subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``) |
|
1815 | subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``) | |
1801 | Example: ``monoblue``. |
|
1816 | Example: ``monoblue``. | |
1802 |
|
1817 | |||
1803 | ``templates`` |
|
1818 | ``templates`` | |
1804 | Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates |
|
1819 | Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates | |
1805 | can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``. |
|
1820 | can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``. | |
1806 |
|
1821 | |||
1807 | ``websub`` |
|
1822 | ``websub`` | |
1808 | ---------- |
|
1823 | ---------- | |
1809 |
|
1824 | |||
1810 | Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to |
|
1825 | Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to | |
1811 | define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which |
|
1826 | define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which | |
1812 | let you automatically modify the hgweb server output. |
|
1827 | let you automatically modify the hgweb server output. | |
1813 |
|
1828 | |||
1814 | The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns |
|
1829 | The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns | |
1815 | on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere |
|
1830 | on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere | |
1816 | you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the |
|
1831 | you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the | |
1817 | "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter). |
|
1832 | "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter). | |
1818 |
|
1833 | |||
1819 | This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links |
|
1834 | This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links | |
1820 | to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into |
|
1835 | to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into | |
1821 | HTML (see the examples below). |
|
1836 | HTML (see the examples below). | |
1822 |
|
1837 | |||
1823 | Each entry in this section names a substitution filter. |
|
1838 | Each entry in this section names a substitution filter. | |
1824 | The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself. |
|
1839 | The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself. | |
1825 | The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax, |
|
1840 | The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax, | |
1826 | which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax:: |
|
1841 | which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax:: | |
1827 |
|
1842 | |||
1828 | patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i] |
|
1843 | patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i] | |
1829 |
|
1844 | |||
1830 | You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional |
|
1845 | You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional | |
1831 | and indicates that the search must be case insensitive. |
|
1846 | and indicates that the search must be case insensitive. | |
1832 |
|
1847 | |||
1833 | Examples:: |
|
1848 | Examples:: | |
1834 |
|
1849 | |||
1835 | [websub] |
|
1850 | [websub] | |
1836 | issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i |
|
1851 | issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i | |
1837 | italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/ |
|
1852 | italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/ | |
1838 | bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/ |
|
1853 | bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/ | |
1839 |
|
1854 | |||
1840 | ``worker`` |
|
1855 | ``worker`` | |
1841 | ---------- |
|
1856 | ---------- | |
1842 |
|
1857 | |||
1843 | Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working |
|
1858 | Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working | |
1844 | directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly |
|
1859 | directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly | |
1845 | helps performance. |
|
1860 | helps performance. | |
1846 |
|
1861 | |||
1847 | ``numcpus`` |
|
1862 | ``numcpus`` | |
1848 | Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or |
|
1863 | Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or | |
1849 | negative value is treated as ``use the default``. |
|
1864 | negative value is treated as ``use the default``. | |
1850 | (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger) |
|
1865 | (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger) |
@@ -1,2377 +1,2381 | |||||
1 | Short help: |
|
1 | Short help: | |
2 |
|
2 | |||
3 | $ hg |
|
3 | $ hg | |
4 | Mercurial Distributed SCM |
|
4 | Mercurial Distributed SCM | |
5 |
|
5 | |||
6 | basic commands: |
|
6 | basic commands: | |
7 |
|
7 | |||
8 | add add the specified files on the next commit |
|
8 | add add the specified files on the next commit | |
9 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file |
|
9 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file | |
10 | clone make a copy of an existing repository |
|
10 | clone make a copy of an existing repository | |
11 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes |
|
11 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes | |
12 | diff diff repository (or selected files) |
|
12 | diff diff repository (or selected files) | |
13 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets |
|
13 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets | |
14 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit |
|
14 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit | |
15 | init create a new repository in the given directory |
|
15 | init create a new repository in the given directory | |
16 | log show revision history of entire repository or files |
|
16 | log show revision history of entire repository or files | |
17 | merge merge another revision into working directory |
|
17 | merge merge another revision into working directory | |
18 | pull pull changes from the specified source |
|
18 | pull pull changes from the specified source | |
19 | push push changes to the specified destination |
|
19 | push push changes to the specified destination | |
20 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit |
|
20 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit | |
21 | serve start stand-alone webserver |
|
21 | serve start stand-alone webserver | |
22 | status show changed files in the working directory |
|
22 | status show changed files in the working directory | |
23 | summary summarize working directory state |
|
23 | summary summarize working directory state | |
24 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) |
|
24 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) | |
25 |
|
25 | |||
26 | (use "hg help" for the full list of commands or "hg -v" for details) |
|
26 | (use "hg help" for the full list of commands or "hg -v" for details) | |
27 |
|
27 | |||
28 | $ hg -q |
|
28 | $ hg -q | |
29 | add add the specified files on the next commit |
|
29 | add add the specified files on the next commit | |
30 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file |
|
30 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file | |
31 | clone make a copy of an existing repository |
|
31 | clone make a copy of an existing repository | |
32 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes |
|
32 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes | |
33 | diff diff repository (or selected files) |
|
33 | diff diff repository (or selected files) | |
34 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets |
|
34 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets | |
35 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit |
|
35 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit | |
36 | init create a new repository in the given directory |
|
36 | init create a new repository in the given directory | |
37 | log show revision history of entire repository or files |
|
37 | log show revision history of entire repository or files | |
38 | merge merge another revision into working directory |
|
38 | merge merge another revision into working directory | |
39 | pull pull changes from the specified source |
|
39 | pull pull changes from the specified source | |
40 | push push changes to the specified destination |
|
40 | push push changes to the specified destination | |
41 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit |
|
41 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit | |
42 | serve start stand-alone webserver |
|
42 | serve start stand-alone webserver | |
43 | status show changed files in the working directory |
|
43 | status show changed files in the working directory | |
44 | summary summarize working directory state |
|
44 | summary summarize working directory state | |
45 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) |
|
45 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) | |
46 |
|
46 | |||
47 | $ hg help |
|
47 | $ hg help | |
48 | Mercurial Distributed SCM |
|
48 | Mercurial Distributed SCM | |
49 |
|
49 | |||
50 | list of commands: |
|
50 | list of commands: | |
51 |
|
51 | |||
52 | add add the specified files on the next commit |
|
52 | add add the specified files on the next commit | |
53 | addremove add all new files, delete all missing files |
|
53 | addremove add all new files, delete all missing files | |
54 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file |
|
54 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file | |
55 | archive create an unversioned archive of a repository revision |
|
55 | archive create an unversioned archive of a repository revision | |
56 | backout reverse effect of earlier changeset |
|
56 | backout reverse effect of earlier changeset | |
57 | bisect subdivision search of changesets |
|
57 | bisect subdivision search of changesets | |
58 | bookmarks create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks |
|
58 | bookmarks create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks | |
59 | branch set or show the current branch name |
|
59 | branch set or show the current branch name | |
60 | branches list repository named branches |
|
60 | branches list repository named branches | |
61 | bundle create a changegroup file |
|
61 | bundle create a changegroup file | |
62 | cat output the current or given revision of files |
|
62 | cat output the current or given revision of files | |
63 | clone make a copy of an existing repository |
|
63 | clone make a copy of an existing repository | |
64 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes |
|
64 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes | |
65 | config show combined config settings from all hgrc files |
|
65 | config show combined config settings from all hgrc files | |
66 | copy mark files as copied for the next commit |
|
66 | copy mark files as copied for the next commit | |
67 | diff diff repository (or selected files) |
|
67 | diff diff repository (or selected files) | |
68 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets |
|
68 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets | |
69 | files list tracked files |
|
69 | files list tracked files | |
70 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit |
|
70 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit | |
71 | graft copy changes from other branches onto the current branch |
|
71 | graft copy changes from other branches onto the current branch | |
72 | grep search for a pattern in specified files and revisions |
|
72 | grep search for a pattern in specified files and revisions | |
73 | heads show branch heads |
|
73 | heads show branch heads | |
74 | help show help for a given topic or a help overview |
|
74 | help show help for a given topic or a help overview | |
75 | identify identify the working directory or specified revision |
|
75 | identify identify the working directory or specified revision | |
76 | import import an ordered set of patches |
|
76 | import import an ordered set of patches | |
77 | incoming show new changesets found in source |
|
77 | incoming show new changesets found in source | |
78 | init create a new repository in the given directory |
|
78 | init create a new repository in the given directory | |
79 | log show revision history of entire repository or files |
|
79 | log show revision history of entire repository or files | |
80 | manifest output the current or given revision of the project manifest |
|
80 | manifest output the current or given revision of the project manifest | |
81 | merge merge another revision into working directory |
|
81 | merge merge another revision into working directory | |
82 | outgoing show changesets not found in the destination |
|
82 | outgoing show changesets not found in the destination | |
83 | paths show aliases for remote repositories |
|
83 | paths show aliases for remote repositories | |
84 | phase set or show the current phase name |
|
84 | phase set or show the current phase name | |
85 | pull pull changes from the specified source |
|
85 | pull pull changes from the specified source | |
86 | push push changes to the specified destination |
|
86 | push push changes to the specified destination | |
87 | recover roll back an interrupted transaction |
|
87 | recover roll back an interrupted transaction | |
88 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit |
|
88 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit | |
89 | rename rename files; equivalent of copy + remove |
|
89 | rename rename files; equivalent of copy + remove | |
90 | resolve redo merges or set/view the merge status of files |
|
90 | resolve redo merges or set/view the merge status of files | |
91 | revert restore files to their checkout state |
|
91 | revert restore files to their checkout state | |
92 | root print the root (top) of the current working directory |
|
92 | root print the root (top) of the current working directory | |
93 | serve start stand-alone webserver |
|
93 | serve start stand-alone webserver | |
94 | status show changed files in the working directory |
|
94 | status show changed files in the working directory | |
95 | summary summarize working directory state |
|
95 | summary summarize working directory state | |
96 | tag add one or more tags for the current or given revision |
|
96 | tag add one or more tags for the current or given revision | |
97 | tags list repository tags |
|
97 | tags list repository tags | |
98 | unbundle apply one or more changegroup files |
|
98 | unbundle apply one or more changegroup files | |
99 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) |
|
99 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) | |
100 | verify verify the integrity of the repository |
|
100 | verify verify the integrity of the repository | |
101 | version output version and copyright information |
|
101 | version output version and copyright information | |
102 |
|
102 | |||
103 | additional help topics: |
|
103 | additional help topics: | |
104 |
|
104 | |||
105 | config Configuration Files |
|
105 | config Configuration Files | |
106 | dates Date Formats |
|
106 | dates Date Formats | |
107 | diffs Diff Formats |
|
107 | diffs Diff Formats | |
108 | environment Environment Variables |
|
108 | environment Environment Variables | |
109 | extensions Using Additional Features |
|
109 | extensions Using Additional Features | |
110 | filesets Specifying File Sets |
|
110 | filesets Specifying File Sets | |
111 | glossary Glossary |
|
111 | glossary Glossary | |
112 | hgignore Syntax for Mercurial Ignore Files |
|
112 | hgignore Syntax for Mercurial Ignore Files | |
113 | hgweb Configuring hgweb |
|
113 | hgweb Configuring hgweb | |
114 | merge-tools Merge Tools |
|
114 | merge-tools Merge Tools | |
115 | multirevs Specifying Multiple Revisions |
|
115 | multirevs Specifying Multiple Revisions | |
116 | patterns File Name Patterns |
|
116 | patterns File Name Patterns | |
117 | phases Working with Phases |
|
117 | phases Working with Phases | |
118 | revisions Specifying Single Revisions |
|
118 | revisions Specifying Single Revisions | |
119 | revsets Specifying Revision Sets |
|
119 | revsets Specifying Revision Sets | |
120 | scripting Using Mercurial from scripts and automation |
|
120 | scripting Using Mercurial from scripts and automation | |
121 | subrepos Subrepositories |
|
121 | subrepos Subrepositories | |
122 | templating Template Usage |
|
122 | templating Template Usage | |
123 | urls URL Paths |
|
123 | urls URL Paths | |
124 |
|
124 | |||
125 | (use "hg help -v" to show built-in aliases and global options) |
|
125 | (use "hg help -v" to show built-in aliases and global options) | |
126 |
|
126 | |||
127 | $ hg -q help |
|
127 | $ hg -q help | |
128 | add add the specified files on the next commit |
|
128 | add add the specified files on the next commit | |
129 | addremove add all new files, delete all missing files |
|
129 | addremove add all new files, delete all missing files | |
130 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file |
|
130 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file | |
131 | archive create an unversioned archive of a repository revision |
|
131 | archive create an unversioned archive of a repository revision | |
132 | backout reverse effect of earlier changeset |
|
132 | backout reverse effect of earlier changeset | |
133 | bisect subdivision search of changesets |
|
133 | bisect subdivision search of changesets | |
134 | bookmarks create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks |
|
134 | bookmarks create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks | |
135 | branch set or show the current branch name |
|
135 | branch set or show the current branch name | |
136 | branches list repository named branches |
|
136 | branches list repository named branches | |
137 | bundle create a changegroup file |
|
137 | bundle create a changegroup file | |
138 | cat output the current or given revision of files |
|
138 | cat output the current or given revision of files | |
139 | clone make a copy of an existing repository |
|
139 | clone make a copy of an existing repository | |
140 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes |
|
140 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes | |
141 | config show combined config settings from all hgrc files |
|
141 | config show combined config settings from all hgrc files | |
142 | copy mark files as copied for the next commit |
|
142 | copy mark files as copied for the next commit | |
143 | diff diff repository (or selected files) |
|
143 | diff diff repository (or selected files) | |
144 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets |
|
144 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets | |
145 | files list tracked files |
|
145 | files list tracked files | |
146 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit |
|
146 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit | |
147 | graft copy changes from other branches onto the current branch |
|
147 | graft copy changes from other branches onto the current branch | |
148 | grep search for a pattern in specified files and revisions |
|
148 | grep search for a pattern in specified files and revisions | |
149 | heads show branch heads |
|
149 | heads show branch heads | |
150 | help show help for a given topic or a help overview |
|
150 | help show help for a given topic or a help overview | |
151 | identify identify the working directory or specified revision |
|
151 | identify identify the working directory or specified revision | |
152 | import import an ordered set of patches |
|
152 | import import an ordered set of patches | |
153 | incoming show new changesets found in source |
|
153 | incoming show new changesets found in source | |
154 | init create a new repository in the given directory |
|
154 | init create a new repository in the given directory | |
155 | log show revision history of entire repository or files |
|
155 | log show revision history of entire repository or files | |
156 | manifest output the current or given revision of the project manifest |
|
156 | manifest output the current or given revision of the project manifest | |
157 | merge merge another revision into working directory |
|
157 | merge merge another revision into working directory | |
158 | outgoing show changesets not found in the destination |
|
158 | outgoing show changesets not found in the destination | |
159 | paths show aliases for remote repositories |
|
159 | paths show aliases for remote repositories | |
160 | phase set or show the current phase name |
|
160 | phase set or show the current phase name | |
161 | pull pull changes from the specified source |
|
161 | pull pull changes from the specified source | |
162 | push push changes to the specified destination |
|
162 | push push changes to the specified destination | |
163 | recover roll back an interrupted transaction |
|
163 | recover roll back an interrupted transaction | |
164 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit |
|
164 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit | |
165 | rename rename files; equivalent of copy + remove |
|
165 | rename rename files; equivalent of copy + remove | |
166 | resolve redo merges or set/view the merge status of files |
|
166 | resolve redo merges or set/view the merge status of files | |
167 | revert restore files to their checkout state |
|
167 | revert restore files to their checkout state | |
168 | root print the root (top) of the current working directory |
|
168 | root print the root (top) of the current working directory | |
169 | serve start stand-alone webserver |
|
169 | serve start stand-alone webserver | |
170 | status show changed files in the working directory |
|
170 | status show changed files in the working directory | |
171 | summary summarize working directory state |
|
171 | summary summarize working directory state | |
172 | tag add one or more tags for the current or given revision |
|
172 | tag add one or more tags for the current or given revision | |
173 | tags list repository tags |
|
173 | tags list repository tags | |
174 | unbundle apply one or more changegroup files |
|
174 | unbundle apply one or more changegroup files | |
175 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) |
|
175 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) | |
176 | verify verify the integrity of the repository |
|
176 | verify verify the integrity of the repository | |
177 | version output version and copyright information |
|
177 | version output version and copyright information | |
178 |
|
178 | |||
179 | additional help topics: |
|
179 | additional help topics: | |
180 |
|
180 | |||
181 | config Configuration Files |
|
181 | config Configuration Files | |
182 | dates Date Formats |
|
182 | dates Date Formats | |
183 | diffs Diff Formats |
|
183 | diffs Diff Formats | |
184 | environment Environment Variables |
|
184 | environment Environment Variables | |
185 | extensions Using Additional Features |
|
185 | extensions Using Additional Features | |
186 | filesets Specifying File Sets |
|
186 | filesets Specifying File Sets | |
187 | glossary Glossary |
|
187 | glossary Glossary | |
188 | hgignore Syntax for Mercurial Ignore Files |
|
188 | hgignore Syntax for Mercurial Ignore Files | |
189 | hgweb Configuring hgweb |
|
189 | hgweb Configuring hgweb | |
190 | merge-tools Merge Tools |
|
190 | merge-tools Merge Tools | |
191 | multirevs Specifying Multiple Revisions |
|
191 | multirevs Specifying Multiple Revisions | |
192 | patterns File Name Patterns |
|
192 | patterns File Name Patterns | |
193 | phases Working with Phases |
|
193 | phases Working with Phases | |
194 | revisions Specifying Single Revisions |
|
194 | revisions Specifying Single Revisions | |
195 | revsets Specifying Revision Sets |
|
195 | revsets Specifying Revision Sets | |
196 | scripting Using Mercurial from scripts and automation |
|
196 | scripting Using Mercurial from scripts and automation | |
197 | subrepos Subrepositories |
|
197 | subrepos Subrepositories | |
198 | templating Template Usage |
|
198 | templating Template Usage | |
199 | urls URL Paths |
|
199 | urls URL Paths | |
200 |
|
200 | |||
201 | Test extension help: |
|
201 | Test extension help: | |
202 | $ hg help extensions --config extensions.rebase= --config extensions.children= |
|
202 | $ hg help extensions --config extensions.rebase= --config extensions.children= | |
203 | Using Additional Features |
|
203 | Using Additional Features | |
204 | """"""""""""""""""""""""" |
|
204 | """"""""""""""""""""""""" | |
205 |
|
205 | |||
206 | Mercurial has the ability to add new features through the use of |
|
206 | Mercurial has the ability to add new features through the use of | |
207 | extensions. Extensions may add new commands, add options to existing |
|
207 | extensions. Extensions may add new commands, add options to existing | |
208 | commands, change the default behavior of commands, or implement hooks. |
|
208 | commands, change the default behavior of commands, or implement hooks. | |
209 |
|
209 | |||
210 | To enable the "foo" extension, either shipped with Mercurial or in the |
|
210 | To enable the "foo" extension, either shipped with Mercurial or in the | |
211 | Python search path, create an entry for it in your configuration file, |
|
211 | Python search path, create an entry for it in your configuration file, | |
212 | like this: |
|
212 | like this: | |
213 |
|
213 | |||
214 | [extensions] |
|
214 | [extensions] | |
215 | foo = |
|
215 | foo = | |
216 |
|
216 | |||
217 | You may also specify the full path to an extension: |
|
217 | You may also specify the full path to an extension: | |
218 |
|
218 | |||
219 | [extensions] |
|
219 | [extensions] | |
220 | myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py |
|
220 | myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py | |
221 |
|
221 | |||
222 | See "hg help config" for more information on configuration files. |
|
222 | See "hg help config" for more information on configuration files. | |
223 |
|
223 | |||
224 | Extensions are not loaded by default for a variety of reasons: they can |
|
224 | Extensions are not loaded by default for a variety of reasons: they can | |
225 | increase startup overhead; they may be meant for advanced usage only; they |
|
225 | increase startup overhead; they may be meant for advanced usage only; they | |
226 | may provide potentially dangerous abilities (such as letting you destroy |
|
226 | may provide potentially dangerous abilities (such as letting you destroy | |
227 | or modify history); they might not be ready for prime time; or they may |
|
227 | or modify history); they might not be ready for prime time; or they may | |
228 | alter some usual behaviors of stock Mercurial. It is thus up to the user |
|
228 | alter some usual behaviors of stock Mercurial. It is thus up to the user | |
229 | to activate extensions as needed. |
|
229 | to activate extensions as needed. | |
230 |
|
230 | |||
231 | To explicitly disable an extension enabled in a configuration file of |
|
231 | To explicitly disable an extension enabled in a configuration file of | |
232 | broader scope, prepend its path with !: |
|
232 | broader scope, prepend its path with !: | |
233 |
|
233 | |||
234 | [extensions] |
|
234 | [extensions] | |
235 | # disabling extension bar residing in /path/to/extension/bar.py |
|
235 | # disabling extension bar residing in /path/to/extension/bar.py | |
236 | bar = !/path/to/extension/bar.py |
|
236 | bar = !/path/to/extension/bar.py | |
237 | # ditto, but no path was supplied for extension baz |
|
237 | # ditto, but no path was supplied for extension baz | |
238 | baz = ! |
|
238 | baz = ! | |
239 |
|
239 | |||
240 | enabled extensions: |
|
240 | enabled extensions: | |
241 |
|
241 | |||
242 | children command to display child changesets (DEPRECATED) |
|
242 | children command to display child changesets (DEPRECATED) | |
243 | rebase command to move sets of revisions to a different ancestor |
|
243 | rebase command to move sets of revisions to a different ancestor | |
244 |
|
244 | |||
245 | disabled extensions: |
|
245 | disabled extensions: | |
246 |
|
246 | |||
247 | acl hooks for controlling repository access |
|
247 | acl hooks for controlling repository access | |
248 | blackbox log repository events to a blackbox for debugging |
|
248 | blackbox log repository events to a blackbox for debugging | |
249 | bugzilla hooks for integrating with the Bugzilla bug tracker |
|
249 | bugzilla hooks for integrating with the Bugzilla bug tracker | |
250 | censor erase file content at a given revision |
|
250 | censor erase file content at a given revision | |
251 | churn command to display statistics about repository history |
|
251 | churn command to display statistics about repository history | |
|
252 | clonebundles server side extension to advertise pre-generated bundles to | |||
|
253 | seed clones. | |||
252 | color colorize output from some commands |
|
254 | color colorize output from some commands | |
253 | convert import revisions from foreign VCS repositories into |
|
255 | convert import revisions from foreign VCS repositories into | |
254 | Mercurial |
|
256 | Mercurial | |
255 | eol automatically manage newlines in repository files |
|
257 | eol automatically manage newlines in repository files | |
256 | extdiff command to allow external programs to compare revisions |
|
258 | extdiff command to allow external programs to compare revisions | |
257 | factotum http authentication with factotum |
|
259 | factotum http authentication with factotum | |
258 | gpg commands to sign and verify changesets |
|
260 | gpg commands to sign and verify changesets | |
259 | hgcia hooks for integrating with the CIA.vc notification service |
|
261 | hgcia hooks for integrating with the CIA.vc notification service | |
260 | hgk browse the repository in a graphical way |
|
262 | hgk browse the repository in a graphical way | |
261 | highlight syntax highlighting for hgweb (requires Pygments) |
|
263 | highlight syntax highlighting for hgweb (requires Pygments) | |
262 | histedit interactive history editing |
|
264 | histedit interactive history editing | |
263 | keyword expand keywords in tracked files |
|
265 | keyword expand keywords in tracked files | |
264 | largefiles track large binary files |
|
266 | largefiles track large binary files | |
265 | mq manage a stack of patches |
|
267 | mq manage a stack of patches | |
266 | notify hooks for sending email push notifications |
|
268 | notify hooks for sending email push notifications | |
267 | pager browse command output with an external pager |
|
269 | pager browse command output with an external pager | |
268 | patchbomb command to send changesets as (a series of) patch emails |
|
270 | patchbomb command to send changesets as (a series of) patch emails | |
269 | purge command to delete untracked files from the working |
|
271 | purge command to delete untracked files from the working | |
270 | directory |
|
272 | directory | |
271 | record commands to interactively select changes for |
|
273 | record commands to interactively select changes for | |
272 | commit/qrefresh |
|
274 | commit/qrefresh | |
273 | relink recreates hardlinks between repository clones |
|
275 | relink recreates hardlinks between repository clones | |
274 | schemes extend schemes with shortcuts to repository swarms |
|
276 | schemes extend schemes with shortcuts to repository swarms | |
275 | share share a common history between several working directories |
|
277 | share share a common history between several working directories | |
276 | shelve save and restore changes to the working directory |
|
278 | shelve save and restore changes to the working directory | |
277 | strip strip changesets and their descendants from history |
|
279 | strip strip changesets and their descendants from history | |
278 | transplant command to transplant changesets from another branch |
|
280 | transplant command to transplant changesets from another branch | |
279 | win32mbcs allow the use of MBCS paths with problematic encodings |
|
281 | win32mbcs allow the use of MBCS paths with problematic encodings | |
280 | zeroconf discover and advertise repositories on the local network |
|
282 | zeroconf discover and advertise repositories on the local network | |
281 |
|
283 | |||
282 | Verify that extension keywords appear in help templates |
|
284 | Verify that extension keywords appear in help templates | |
283 |
|
285 | |||
284 | $ hg help --config extensions.transplant= templating|grep transplant > /dev/null |
|
286 | $ hg help --config extensions.transplant= templating|grep transplant > /dev/null | |
285 |
|
287 | |||
286 | Test short command list with verbose option |
|
288 | Test short command list with verbose option | |
287 |
|
289 | |||
288 | $ hg -v help shortlist |
|
290 | $ hg -v help shortlist | |
289 | Mercurial Distributed SCM |
|
291 | Mercurial Distributed SCM | |
290 |
|
292 | |||
291 | basic commands: |
|
293 | basic commands: | |
292 |
|
294 | |||
293 | add add the specified files on the next commit |
|
295 | add add the specified files on the next commit | |
294 | annotate, blame |
|
296 | annotate, blame | |
295 | show changeset information by line for each file |
|
297 | show changeset information by line for each file | |
296 | clone make a copy of an existing repository |
|
298 | clone make a copy of an existing repository | |
297 | commit, ci commit the specified files or all outstanding changes |
|
299 | commit, ci commit the specified files or all outstanding changes | |
298 | diff diff repository (or selected files) |
|
300 | diff diff repository (or selected files) | |
299 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets |
|
301 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets | |
300 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit |
|
302 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit | |
301 | init create a new repository in the given directory |
|
303 | init create a new repository in the given directory | |
302 | log, history show revision history of entire repository or files |
|
304 | log, history show revision history of entire repository or files | |
303 | merge merge another revision into working directory |
|
305 | merge merge another revision into working directory | |
304 | pull pull changes from the specified source |
|
306 | pull pull changes from the specified source | |
305 | push push changes to the specified destination |
|
307 | push push changes to the specified destination | |
306 | remove, rm remove the specified files on the next commit |
|
308 | remove, rm remove the specified files on the next commit | |
307 | serve start stand-alone webserver |
|
309 | serve start stand-alone webserver | |
308 | status, st show changed files in the working directory |
|
310 | status, st show changed files in the working directory | |
309 | summary, sum summarize working directory state |
|
311 | summary, sum summarize working directory state | |
310 | update, up, checkout, co |
|
312 | update, up, checkout, co | |
311 | update working directory (or switch revisions) |
|
313 | update working directory (or switch revisions) | |
312 |
|
314 | |||
313 | global options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
315 | global options ([+] can be repeated): | |
314 |
|
316 | |||
315 | -R --repository REPO repository root directory or name of overlay bundle |
|
317 | -R --repository REPO repository root directory or name of overlay bundle | |
316 | file |
|
318 | file | |
317 | --cwd DIR change working directory |
|
319 | --cwd DIR change working directory | |
318 | -y --noninteractive do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for |
|
320 | -y --noninteractive do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for | |
319 | all prompts |
|
321 | all prompts | |
320 | -q --quiet suppress output |
|
322 | -q --quiet suppress output | |
321 | -v --verbose enable additional output |
|
323 | -v --verbose enable additional output | |
322 | --config CONFIG [+] set/override config option (use 'section.name=value') |
|
324 | --config CONFIG [+] set/override config option (use 'section.name=value') | |
323 | --debug enable debugging output |
|
325 | --debug enable debugging output | |
324 | --debugger start debugger |
|
326 | --debugger start debugger | |
325 | --encoding ENCODE set the charset encoding (default: ascii) |
|
327 | --encoding ENCODE set the charset encoding (default: ascii) | |
326 | --encodingmode MODE set the charset encoding mode (default: strict) |
|
328 | --encodingmode MODE set the charset encoding mode (default: strict) | |
327 | --traceback always print a traceback on exception |
|
329 | --traceback always print a traceback on exception | |
328 | --time time how long the command takes |
|
330 | --time time how long the command takes | |
329 | --profile print command execution profile |
|
331 | --profile print command execution profile | |
330 | --version output version information and exit |
|
332 | --version output version information and exit | |
331 | -h --help display help and exit |
|
333 | -h --help display help and exit | |
332 | --hidden consider hidden changesets |
|
334 | --hidden consider hidden changesets | |
333 |
|
335 | |||
334 | (use "hg help" for the full list of commands) |
|
336 | (use "hg help" for the full list of commands) | |
335 |
|
337 | |||
336 | $ hg add -h |
|
338 | $ hg add -h | |
337 | hg add [OPTION]... [FILE]... |
|
339 | hg add [OPTION]... [FILE]... | |
338 |
|
340 | |||
339 | add the specified files on the next commit |
|
341 | add the specified files on the next commit | |
340 |
|
342 | |||
341 | Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the repository. |
|
343 | Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the repository. | |
342 |
|
344 | |||
343 | The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To undo an |
|
345 | The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To undo an | |
344 | add before that, see "hg forget". |
|
346 | add before that, see "hg forget". | |
345 |
|
347 | |||
346 | If no names are given, add all files to the repository. |
|
348 | If no names are given, add all files to the repository. | |
347 |
|
349 | |||
348 | Returns 0 if all files are successfully added. |
|
350 | Returns 0 if all files are successfully added. | |
349 |
|
351 | |||
350 | options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
352 | options ([+] can be repeated): | |
351 |
|
353 | |||
352 | -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns |
|
354 | -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns | |
353 | -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns |
|
355 | -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns | |
354 | -S --subrepos recurse into subrepositories |
|
356 | -S --subrepos recurse into subrepositories | |
355 | -n --dry-run do not perform actions, just print output |
|
357 | -n --dry-run do not perform actions, just print output | |
356 |
|
358 | |||
357 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
359 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) | |
358 |
|
360 | |||
359 | Verbose help for add |
|
361 | Verbose help for add | |
360 |
|
362 | |||
361 | $ hg add -hv |
|
363 | $ hg add -hv | |
362 | hg add [OPTION]... [FILE]... |
|
364 | hg add [OPTION]... [FILE]... | |
363 |
|
365 | |||
364 | add the specified files on the next commit |
|
366 | add the specified files on the next commit | |
365 |
|
367 | |||
366 | Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the repository. |
|
368 | Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the repository. | |
367 |
|
369 | |||
368 | The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To undo an |
|
370 | The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To undo an | |
369 | add before that, see "hg forget". |
|
371 | add before that, see "hg forget". | |
370 |
|
372 | |||
371 | If no names are given, add all files to the repository. |
|
373 | If no names are given, add all files to the repository. | |
372 |
|
374 | |||
373 | An example showing how new (unknown) files are added automatically by "hg |
|
375 | An example showing how new (unknown) files are added automatically by "hg | |
374 | add": |
|
376 | add": | |
375 |
|
377 | |||
376 | $ ls |
|
378 | $ ls | |
377 | foo.c |
|
379 | foo.c | |
378 | $ hg status |
|
380 | $ hg status | |
379 | ? foo.c |
|
381 | ? foo.c | |
380 | $ hg add |
|
382 | $ hg add | |
381 | adding foo.c |
|
383 | adding foo.c | |
382 | $ hg status |
|
384 | $ hg status | |
383 | A foo.c |
|
385 | A foo.c | |
384 |
|
386 | |||
385 | Returns 0 if all files are successfully added. |
|
387 | Returns 0 if all files are successfully added. | |
386 |
|
388 | |||
387 | options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
389 | options ([+] can be repeated): | |
388 |
|
390 | |||
389 | -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns |
|
391 | -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns | |
390 | -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns |
|
392 | -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns | |
391 | -S --subrepos recurse into subrepositories |
|
393 | -S --subrepos recurse into subrepositories | |
392 | -n --dry-run do not perform actions, just print output |
|
394 | -n --dry-run do not perform actions, just print output | |
393 |
|
395 | |||
394 | global options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
396 | global options ([+] can be repeated): | |
395 |
|
397 | |||
396 | -R --repository REPO repository root directory or name of overlay bundle |
|
398 | -R --repository REPO repository root directory or name of overlay bundle | |
397 | file |
|
399 | file | |
398 | --cwd DIR change working directory |
|
400 | --cwd DIR change working directory | |
399 | -y --noninteractive do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for |
|
401 | -y --noninteractive do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for | |
400 | all prompts |
|
402 | all prompts | |
401 | -q --quiet suppress output |
|
403 | -q --quiet suppress output | |
402 | -v --verbose enable additional output |
|
404 | -v --verbose enable additional output | |
403 | --config CONFIG [+] set/override config option (use 'section.name=value') |
|
405 | --config CONFIG [+] set/override config option (use 'section.name=value') | |
404 | --debug enable debugging output |
|
406 | --debug enable debugging output | |
405 | --debugger start debugger |
|
407 | --debugger start debugger | |
406 | --encoding ENCODE set the charset encoding (default: ascii) |
|
408 | --encoding ENCODE set the charset encoding (default: ascii) | |
407 | --encodingmode MODE set the charset encoding mode (default: strict) |
|
409 | --encodingmode MODE set the charset encoding mode (default: strict) | |
408 | --traceback always print a traceback on exception |
|
410 | --traceback always print a traceback on exception | |
409 | --time time how long the command takes |
|
411 | --time time how long the command takes | |
410 | --profile print command execution profile |
|
412 | --profile print command execution profile | |
411 | --version output version information and exit |
|
413 | --version output version information and exit | |
412 | -h --help display help and exit |
|
414 | -h --help display help and exit | |
413 | --hidden consider hidden changesets |
|
415 | --hidden consider hidden changesets | |
414 |
|
416 | |||
415 | Test help option with version option |
|
417 | Test help option with version option | |
416 |
|
418 | |||
417 | $ hg add -h --version |
|
419 | $ hg add -h --version | |
418 | Mercurial Distributed SCM (version *) (glob) |
|
420 | Mercurial Distributed SCM (version *) (glob) | |
419 | (see https://mercurial-scm.org for more information) |
|
421 | (see https://mercurial-scm.org for more information) | |
420 |
|
422 | |||
421 | Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Matt Mackall and others |
|
423 | Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Matt Mackall and others | |
422 | This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO |
|
424 | This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO | |
423 | warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. |
|
425 | warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. | |
424 |
|
426 | |||
425 | $ hg add --skjdfks |
|
427 | $ hg add --skjdfks | |
426 | hg add: option --skjdfks not recognized |
|
428 | hg add: option --skjdfks not recognized | |
427 | hg add [OPTION]... [FILE]... |
|
429 | hg add [OPTION]... [FILE]... | |
428 |
|
430 | |||
429 | add the specified files on the next commit |
|
431 | add the specified files on the next commit | |
430 |
|
432 | |||
431 | options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
433 | options ([+] can be repeated): | |
432 |
|
434 | |||
433 | -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns |
|
435 | -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns | |
434 | -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns |
|
436 | -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns | |
435 | -S --subrepos recurse into subrepositories |
|
437 | -S --subrepos recurse into subrepositories | |
436 | -n --dry-run do not perform actions, just print output |
|
438 | -n --dry-run do not perform actions, just print output | |
437 |
|
439 | |||
438 | (use "hg add -h" to show more help) |
|
440 | (use "hg add -h" to show more help) | |
439 | [255] |
|
441 | [255] | |
440 |
|
442 | |||
441 | Test ambiguous command help |
|
443 | Test ambiguous command help | |
442 |
|
444 | |||
443 | $ hg help ad |
|
445 | $ hg help ad | |
444 | list of commands: |
|
446 | list of commands: | |
445 |
|
447 | |||
446 | add add the specified files on the next commit |
|
448 | add add the specified files on the next commit | |
447 | addremove add all new files, delete all missing files |
|
449 | addremove add all new files, delete all missing files | |
448 |
|
450 | |||
449 | (use "hg help -v ad" to show built-in aliases and global options) |
|
451 | (use "hg help -v ad" to show built-in aliases and global options) | |
450 |
|
452 | |||
451 | Test command without options |
|
453 | Test command without options | |
452 |
|
454 | |||
453 | $ hg help verify |
|
455 | $ hg help verify | |
454 | hg verify |
|
456 | hg verify | |
455 |
|
457 | |||
456 | verify the integrity of the repository |
|
458 | verify the integrity of the repository | |
457 |
|
459 | |||
458 | Verify the integrity of the current repository. |
|
460 | Verify the integrity of the current repository. | |
459 |
|
461 | |||
460 | This will perform an extensive check of the repository's integrity, |
|
462 | This will perform an extensive check of the repository's integrity, | |
461 | validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in the changelog, |
|
463 | validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in the changelog, | |
462 | manifest, and tracked files, as well as the integrity of their crosslinks |
|
464 | manifest, and tracked files, as well as the integrity of their crosslinks | |
463 | and indices. |
|
465 | and indices. | |
464 |
|
466 | |||
465 | Please see https://mercurial-scm.org/wiki/RepositoryCorruption for more |
|
467 | Please see https://mercurial-scm.org/wiki/RepositoryCorruption for more | |
466 | information about recovery from corruption of the repository. |
|
468 | information about recovery from corruption of the repository. | |
467 |
|
469 | |||
468 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered. |
|
470 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered. | |
469 |
|
471 | |||
470 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
472 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) | |
471 |
|
473 | |||
472 | $ hg help diff |
|
474 | $ hg help diff | |
473 | hg diff [OPTION]... ([-c REV] | [-r REV1 [-r REV2]]) [FILE]... |
|
475 | hg diff [OPTION]... ([-c REV] | [-r REV1 [-r REV2]]) [FILE]... | |
474 |
|
476 | |||
475 | diff repository (or selected files) |
|
477 | diff repository (or selected files) | |
476 |
|
478 | |||
477 | Show differences between revisions for the specified files. |
|
479 | Show differences between revisions for the specified files. | |
478 |
|
480 | |||
479 | Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format. |
|
481 | Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format. | |
480 |
|
482 | |||
481 | Note: |
|
483 | Note: | |
482 | diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will default to |
|
484 | diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will default to | |
483 | comparing against the working directory's first parent changeset if no |
|
485 | comparing against the working directory's first parent changeset if no | |
484 | revisions are specified. |
|
486 | revisions are specified. | |
485 |
|
487 | |||
486 | When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown between |
|
488 | When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown between | |
487 | those revisions. If only one revision is specified then that revision is |
|
489 | those revisions. If only one revision is specified then that revision is | |
488 | compared to the working directory, and, when no revisions are specified, |
|
490 | compared to the working directory, and, when no revisions are specified, | |
489 | the working directory files are compared to its parent. |
|
491 | the working directory files are compared to its parent. | |
490 |
|
492 | |||
491 | Alternatively you can specify -c/--change with a revision to see the |
|
493 | Alternatively you can specify -c/--change with a revision to see the | |
492 | changes in that changeset relative to its first parent. |
|
494 | changes in that changeset relative to its first parent. | |
493 |
|
495 | |||
494 | Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of files it |
|
496 | Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of files it | |
495 | detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff anyway, probably |
|
497 | detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff anyway, probably | |
496 | with undesirable results. |
|
498 | with undesirable results. | |
497 |
|
499 | |||
498 | Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff format. |
|
500 | Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff format. | |
499 | For more information, read "hg help diffs". |
|
501 | For more information, read "hg help diffs". | |
500 |
|
502 | |||
501 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
503 | Returns 0 on success. | |
502 |
|
504 | |||
503 | options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
505 | options ([+] can be repeated): | |
504 |
|
506 | |||
505 | -r --rev REV [+] revision |
|
507 | -r --rev REV [+] revision | |
506 | -c --change REV change made by revision |
|
508 | -c --change REV change made by revision | |
507 | -a --text treat all files as text |
|
509 | -a --text treat all files as text | |
508 | -g --git use git extended diff format |
|
510 | -g --git use git extended diff format | |
509 | --nodates omit dates from diff headers |
|
511 | --nodates omit dates from diff headers | |
510 | --noprefix omit a/ and b/ prefixes from filenames |
|
512 | --noprefix omit a/ and b/ prefixes from filenames | |
511 | -p --show-function show which function each change is in |
|
513 | -p --show-function show which function each change is in | |
512 | --reverse produce a diff that undoes the changes |
|
514 | --reverse produce a diff that undoes the changes | |
513 | -w --ignore-all-space ignore white space when comparing lines |
|
515 | -w --ignore-all-space ignore white space when comparing lines | |
514 | -b --ignore-space-change ignore changes in the amount of white space |
|
516 | -b --ignore-space-change ignore changes in the amount of white space | |
515 | -B --ignore-blank-lines ignore changes whose lines are all blank |
|
517 | -B --ignore-blank-lines ignore changes whose lines are all blank | |
516 | -U --unified NUM number of lines of context to show |
|
518 | -U --unified NUM number of lines of context to show | |
517 | --stat output diffstat-style summary of changes |
|
519 | --stat output diffstat-style summary of changes | |
518 | --root DIR produce diffs relative to subdirectory |
|
520 | --root DIR produce diffs relative to subdirectory | |
519 | -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns |
|
521 | -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns | |
520 | -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns |
|
522 | -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns | |
521 | -S --subrepos recurse into subrepositories |
|
523 | -S --subrepos recurse into subrepositories | |
522 |
|
524 | |||
523 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
525 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) | |
524 |
|
526 | |||
525 | $ hg help status |
|
527 | $ hg help status | |
526 | hg status [OPTION]... [FILE]... |
|
528 | hg status [OPTION]... [FILE]... | |
527 |
|
529 | |||
528 | aliases: st |
|
530 | aliases: st | |
529 |
|
531 | |||
530 | show changed files in the working directory |
|
532 | show changed files in the working directory | |
531 |
|
533 | |||
532 | Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only files |
|
534 | Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only files | |
533 | that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or the source of a |
|
535 | that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or the source of a | |
534 | copy/move operation, are not listed unless -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, |
|
536 | copy/move operation, are not listed unless -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, | |
535 | -C/--copies or -A/--all are given. Unless options described with "show |
|
537 | -C/--copies or -A/--all are given. Unless options described with "show | |
536 | only ..." are given, the options -mardu are used. |
|
538 | only ..." are given, the options -mardu are used. | |
537 |
|
539 | |||
538 | Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files unless |
|
540 | Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files unless | |
539 | explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored. |
|
541 | explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored. | |
540 |
|
542 | |||
541 | Note: |
|
543 | Note: | |
542 | status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have changed or |
|
544 | status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have changed or | |
543 | a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not report |
|
545 | a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not report | |
544 | permission changes and diff only reports changes relative to one merge |
|
546 | permission changes and diff only reports changes relative to one merge | |
545 | parent. |
|
547 | parent. | |
546 |
|
548 | |||
547 | If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision. If two |
|
549 | If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision. If two | |
548 | revisions are given, the differences between them are shown. The --change |
|
550 | revisions are given, the differences between them are shown. The --change | |
549 | option can also be used as a shortcut to list the changed files of a |
|
551 | option can also be used as a shortcut to list the changed files of a | |
550 | revision from its first parent. |
|
552 | revision from its first parent. | |
551 |
|
553 | |||
552 | The codes used to show the status of files are: |
|
554 | The codes used to show the status of files are: | |
553 |
|
555 | |||
554 | M = modified |
|
556 | M = modified | |
555 | A = added |
|
557 | A = added | |
556 | R = removed |
|
558 | R = removed | |
557 | C = clean |
|
559 | C = clean | |
558 | ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked) |
|
560 | ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked) | |
559 | ? = not tracked |
|
561 | ? = not tracked | |
560 | I = ignored |
|
562 | I = ignored | |
561 | = origin of the previous file (with --copies) |
|
563 | = origin of the previous file (with --copies) | |
562 |
|
564 | |||
563 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
565 | Returns 0 on success. | |
564 |
|
566 | |||
565 | options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
567 | options ([+] can be repeated): | |
566 |
|
568 | |||
567 | -A --all show status of all files |
|
569 | -A --all show status of all files | |
568 | -m --modified show only modified files |
|
570 | -m --modified show only modified files | |
569 | -a --added show only added files |
|
571 | -a --added show only added files | |
570 | -r --removed show only removed files |
|
572 | -r --removed show only removed files | |
571 | -d --deleted show only deleted (but tracked) files |
|
573 | -d --deleted show only deleted (but tracked) files | |
572 | -c --clean show only files without changes |
|
574 | -c --clean show only files without changes | |
573 | -u --unknown show only unknown (not tracked) files |
|
575 | -u --unknown show only unknown (not tracked) files | |
574 | -i --ignored show only ignored files |
|
576 | -i --ignored show only ignored files | |
575 | -n --no-status hide status prefix |
|
577 | -n --no-status hide status prefix | |
576 | -C --copies show source of copied files |
|
578 | -C --copies show source of copied files | |
577 | -0 --print0 end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs |
|
579 | -0 --print0 end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs | |
578 | --rev REV [+] show difference from revision |
|
580 | --rev REV [+] show difference from revision | |
579 | --change REV list the changed files of a revision |
|
581 | --change REV list the changed files of a revision | |
580 | -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns |
|
582 | -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns | |
581 | -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns |
|
583 | -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns | |
582 | -S --subrepos recurse into subrepositories |
|
584 | -S --subrepos recurse into subrepositories | |
583 |
|
585 | |||
584 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
586 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) | |
585 |
|
587 | |||
586 | $ hg -q help status |
|
588 | $ hg -q help status | |
587 | hg status [OPTION]... [FILE]... |
|
589 | hg status [OPTION]... [FILE]... | |
588 |
|
590 | |||
589 | show changed files in the working directory |
|
591 | show changed files in the working directory | |
590 |
|
592 | |||
591 | $ hg help foo |
|
593 | $ hg help foo | |
592 | abort: no such help topic: foo |
|
594 | abort: no such help topic: foo | |
593 | (try "hg help --keyword foo") |
|
595 | (try "hg help --keyword foo") | |
594 | [255] |
|
596 | [255] | |
595 |
|
597 | |||
596 | $ hg skjdfks |
|
598 | $ hg skjdfks | |
597 | hg: unknown command 'skjdfks' |
|
599 | hg: unknown command 'skjdfks' | |
598 | Mercurial Distributed SCM |
|
600 | Mercurial Distributed SCM | |
599 |
|
601 | |||
600 | basic commands: |
|
602 | basic commands: | |
601 |
|
603 | |||
602 | add add the specified files on the next commit |
|
604 | add add the specified files on the next commit | |
603 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file |
|
605 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file | |
604 | clone make a copy of an existing repository |
|
606 | clone make a copy of an existing repository | |
605 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes |
|
607 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes | |
606 | diff diff repository (or selected files) |
|
608 | diff diff repository (or selected files) | |
607 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets |
|
609 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets | |
608 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit |
|
610 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit | |
609 | init create a new repository in the given directory |
|
611 | init create a new repository in the given directory | |
610 | log show revision history of entire repository or files |
|
612 | log show revision history of entire repository or files | |
611 | merge merge another revision into working directory |
|
613 | merge merge another revision into working directory | |
612 | pull pull changes from the specified source |
|
614 | pull pull changes from the specified source | |
613 | push push changes to the specified destination |
|
615 | push push changes to the specified destination | |
614 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit |
|
616 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit | |
615 | serve start stand-alone webserver |
|
617 | serve start stand-alone webserver | |
616 | status show changed files in the working directory |
|
618 | status show changed files in the working directory | |
617 | summary summarize working directory state |
|
619 | summary summarize working directory state | |
618 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) |
|
620 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) | |
619 |
|
621 | |||
620 | (use "hg help" for the full list of commands or "hg -v" for details) |
|
622 | (use "hg help" for the full list of commands or "hg -v" for details) | |
621 | [255] |
|
623 | [255] | |
622 |
|
624 | |||
623 |
|
625 | |||
624 | Make sure that we don't run afoul of the help system thinking that |
|
626 | Make sure that we don't run afoul of the help system thinking that | |
625 | this is a section and erroring out weirdly. |
|
627 | this is a section and erroring out weirdly. | |
626 |
|
628 | |||
627 | $ hg .log |
|
629 | $ hg .log | |
628 | hg: unknown command '.log' |
|
630 | hg: unknown command '.log' | |
629 | (did you mean one of log?) |
|
631 | (did you mean one of log?) | |
630 | [255] |
|
632 | [255] | |
631 |
|
633 | |||
632 | $ hg log. |
|
634 | $ hg log. | |
633 | hg: unknown command 'log.' |
|
635 | hg: unknown command 'log.' | |
634 | (did you mean one of log?) |
|
636 | (did you mean one of log?) | |
635 | [255] |
|
637 | [255] | |
636 | $ hg pu.lh |
|
638 | $ hg pu.lh | |
637 | hg: unknown command 'pu.lh' |
|
639 | hg: unknown command 'pu.lh' | |
638 | (did you mean one of pull, push?) |
|
640 | (did you mean one of pull, push?) | |
639 | [255] |
|
641 | [255] | |
640 |
|
642 | |||
641 | $ cat > helpext.py <<EOF |
|
643 | $ cat > helpext.py <<EOF | |
642 | > import os |
|
644 | > import os | |
643 | > from mercurial import cmdutil, commands |
|
645 | > from mercurial import cmdutil, commands | |
644 | > |
|
646 | > | |
645 | > cmdtable = {} |
|
647 | > cmdtable = {} | |
646 | > command = cmdutil.command(cmdtable) |
|
648 | > command = cmdutil.command(cmdtable) | |
647 | > |
|
649 | > | |
648 | > @command('nohelp', |
|
650 | > @command('nohelp', | |
649 | > [('', 'longdesc', 3, 'x'*90), |
|
651 | > [('', 'longdesc', 3, 'x'*90), | |
650 | > ('n', '', None, 'normal desc'), |
|
652 | > ('n', '', None, 'normal desc'), | |
651 | > ('', 'newline', '', 'line1\nline2')], |
|
653 | > ('', 'newline', '', 'line1\nline2')], | |
652 | > 'hg nohelp', |
|
654 | > 'hg nohelp', | |
653 | > norepo=True) |
|
655 | > norepo=True) | |
654 | > @command('debugoptDEP', [('', 'dopt', None, 'option is (DEPRECATED)')]) |
|
656 | > @command('debugoptDEP', [('', 'dopt', None, 'option is (DEPRECATED)')]) | |
655 | > @command('debugoptEXP', [('', 'eopt', None, 'option is (EXPERIMENTAL)')]) |
|
657 | > @command('debugoptEXP', [('', 'eopt', None, 'option is (EXPERIMENTAL)')]) | |
656 | > def nohelp(ui, *args, **kwargs): |
|
658 | > def nohelp(ui, *args, **kwargs): | |
657 | > pass |
|
659 | > pass | |
658 | > |
|
660 | > | |
659 | > EOF |
|
661 | > EOF | |
660 | $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH |
|
662 | $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH | |
661 | $ echo "helpext = `pwd`/helpext.py" >> $HGRCPATH |
|
663 | $ echo "helpext = `pwd`/helpext.py" >> $HGRCPATH | |
662 |
|
664 | |||
663 | Test command with no help text |
|
665 | Test command with no help text | |
664 |
|
666 | |||
665 | $ hg help nohelp |
|
667 | $ hg help nohelp | |
666 | hg nohelp |
|
668 | hg nohelp | |
667 |
|
669 | |||
668 | (no help text available) |
|
670 | (no help text available) | |
669 |
|
671 | |||
670 | options: |
|
672 | options: | |
671 |
|
673 | |||
672 | --longdesc VALUE xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx |
|
674 | --longdesc VALUE xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx | |
673 | xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx (default: 3) |
|
675 | xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx (default: 3) | |
674 | -n -- normal desc |
|
676 | -n -- normal desc | |
675 | --newline VALUE line1 line2 |
|
677 | --newline VALUE line1 line2 | |
676 |
|
678 | |||
677 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
679 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) | |
678 |
|
680 | |||
679 | $ hg help -k nohelp |
|
681 | $ hg help -k nohelp | |
680 | Commands: |
|
682 | Commands: | |
681 |
|
683 | |||
682 | nohelp hg nohelp |
|
684 | nohelp hg nohelp | |
683 |
|
685 | |||
684 | Extension Commands: |
|
686 | Extension Commands: | |
685 |
|
687 | |||
686 | nohelp (no help text available) |
|
688 | nohelp (no help text available) | |
687 |
|
689 | |||
688 | Test that default list of commands omits extension commands |
|
690 | Test that default list of commands omits extension commands | |
689 |
|
691 | |||
690 | $ hg help |
|
692 | $ hg help | |
691 | Mercurial Distributed SCM |
|
693 | Mercurial Distributed SCM | |
692 |
|
694 | |||
693 | list of commands: |
|
695 | list of commands: | |
694 |
|
696 | |||
695 | add add the specified files on the next commit |
|
697 | add add the specified files on the next commit | |
696 | addremove add all new files, delete all missing files |
|
698 | addremove add all new files, delete all missing files | |
697 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file |
|
699 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file | |
698 | archive create an unversioned archive of a repository revision |
|
700 | archive create an unversioned archive of a repository revision | |
699 | backout reverse effect of earlier changeset |
|
701 | backout reverse effect of earlier changeset | |
700 | bisect subdivision search of changesets |
|
702 | bisect subdivision search of changesets | |
701 | bookmarks create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks |
|
703 | bookmarks create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks | |
702 | branch set or show the current branch name |
|
704 | branch set or show the current branch name | |
703 | branches list repository named branches |
|
705 | branches list repository named branches | |
704 | bundle create a changegroup file |
|
706 | bundle create a changegroup file | |
705 | cat output the current or given revision of files |
|
707 | cat output the current or given revision of files | |
706 | clone make a copy of an existing repository |
|
708 | clone make a copy of an existing repository | |
707 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes |
|
709 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes | |
708 | config show combined config settings from all hgrc files |
|
710 | config show combined config settings from all hgrc files | |
709 | copy mark files as copied for the next commit |
|
711 | copy mark files as copied for the next commit | |
710 | diff diff repository (or selected files) |
|
712 | diff diff repository (or selected files) | |
711 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets |
|
713 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets | |
712 | files list tracked files |
|
714 | files list tracked files | |
713 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit |
|
715 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit | |
714 | graft copy changes from other branches onto the current branch |
|
716 | graft copy changes from other branches onto the current branch | |
715 | grep search for a pattern in specified files and revisions |
|
717 | grep search for a pattern in specified files and revisions | |
716 | heads show branch heads |
|
718 | heads show branch heads | |
717 | help show help for a given topic or a help overview |
|
719 | help show help for a given topic or a help overview | |
718 | identify identify the working directory or specified revision |
|
720 | identify identify the working directory or specified revision | |
719 | import import an ordered set of patches |
|
721 | import import an ordered set of patches | |
720 | incoming show new changesets found in source |
|
722 | incoming show new changesets found in source | |
721 | init create a new repository in the given directory |
|
723 | init create a new repository in the given directory | |
722 | log show revision history of entire repository or files |
|
724 | log show revision history of entire repository or files | |
723 | manifest output the current or given revision of the project manifest |
|
725 | manifest output the current or given revision of the project manifest | |
724 | merge merge another revision into working directory |
|
726 | merge merge another revision into working directory | |
725 | outgoing show changesets not found in the destination |
|
727 | outgoing show changesets not found in the destination | |
726 | paths show aliases for remote repositories |
|
728 | paths show aliases for remote repositories | |
727 | phase set or show the current phase name |
|
729 | phase set or show the current phase name | |
728 | pull pull changes from the specified source |
|
730 | pull pull changes from the specified source | |
729 | push push changes to the specified destination |
|
731 | push push changes to the specified destination | |
730 | recover roll back an interrupted transaction |
|
732 | recover roll back an interrupted transaction | |
731 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit |
|
733 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit | |
732 | rename rename files; equivalent of copy + remove |
|
734 | rename rename files; equivalent of copy + remove | |
733 | resolve redo merges or set/view the merge status of files |
|
735 | resolve redo merges or set/view the merge status of files | |
734 | revert restore files to their checkout state |
|
736 | revert restore files to their checkout state | |
735 | root print the root (top) of the current working directory |
|
737 | root print the root (top) of the current working directory | |
736 | serve start stand-alone webserver |
|
738 | serve start stand-alone webserver | |
737 | status show changed files in the working directory |
|
739 | status show changed files in the working directory | |
738 | summary summarize working directory state |
|
740 | summary summarize working directory state | |
739 | tag add one or more tags for the current or given revision |
|
741 | tag add one or more tags for the current or given revision | |
740 | tags list repository tags |
|
742 | tags list repository tags | |
741 | unbundle apply one or more changegroup files |
|
743 | unbundle apply one or more changegroup files | |
742 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) |
|
744 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) | |
743 | verify verify the integrity of the repository |
|
745 | verify verify the integrity of the repository | |
744 | version output version and copyright information |
|
746 | version output version and copyright information | |
745 |
|
747 | |||
746 | enabled extensions: |
|
748 | enabled extensions: | |
747 |
|
749 | |||
748 | helpext (no help text available) |
|
750 | helpext (no help text available) | |
749 |
|
751 | |||
750 | additional help topics: |
|
752 | additional help topics: | |
751 |
|
753 | |||
752 | config Configuration Files |
|
754 | config Configuration Files | |
753 | dates Date Formats |
|
755 | dates Date Formats | |
754 | diffs Diff Formats |
|
756 | diffs Diff Formats | |
755 | environment Environment Variables |
|
757 | environment Environment Variables | |
756 | extensions Using Additional Features |
|
758 | extensions Using Additional Features | |
757 | filesets Specifying File Sets |
|
759 | filesets Specifying File Sets | |
758 | glossary Glossary |
|
760 | glossary Glossary | |
759 | hgignore Syntax for Mercurial Ignore Files |
|
761 | hgignore Syntax for Mercurial Ignore Files | |
760 | hgweb Configuring hgweb |
|
762 | hgweb Configuring hgweb | |
761 | merge-tools Merge Tools |
|
763 | merge-tools Merge Tools | |
762 | multirevs Specifying Multiple Revisions |
|
764 | multirevs Specifying Multiple Revisions | |
763 | patterns File Name Patterns |
|
765 | patterns File Name Patterns | |
764 | phases Working with Phases |
|
766 | phases Working with Phases | |
765 | revisions Specifying Single Revisions |
|
767 | revisions Specifying Single Revisions | |
766 | revsets Specifying Revision Sets |
|
768 | revsets Specifying Revision Sets | |
767 | scripting Using Mercurial from scripts and automation |
|
769 | scripting Using Mercurial from scripts and automation | |
768 | subrepos Subrepositories |
|
770 | subrepos Subrepositories | |
769 | templating Template Usage |
|
771 | templating Template Usage | |
770 | urls URL Paths |
|
772 | urls URL Paths | |
771 |
|
773 | |||
772 | (use "hg help -v" to show built-in aliases and global options) |
|
774 | (use "hg help -v" to show built-in aliases and global options) | |
773 |
|
775 | |||
774 |
|
776 | |||
775 | Test list of internal help commands |
|
777 | Test list of internal help commands | |
776 |
|
778 | |||
777 | $ hg help debug |
|
779 | $ hg help debug | |
778 | debug commands (internal and unsupported): |
|
780 | debug commands (internal and unsupported): | |
779 |
|
781 | |||
780 | debugancestor |
|
782 | debugancestor | |
781 | find the ancestor revision of two revisions in a given index |
|
783 | find the ancestor revision of two revisions in a given index | |
782 | debugbuilddag |
|
784 | debugbuilddag | |
783 | builds a repo with a given DAG from scratch in the current |
|
785 | builds a repo with a given DAG from scratch in the current | |
784 | empty repo |
|
786 | empty repo | |
785 | debugbundle lists the contents of a bundle |
|
787 | debugbundle lists the contents of a bundle | |
786 | debugcheckstate |
|
788 | debugcheckstate | |
787 | validate the correctness of the current dirstate |
|
789 | validate the correctness of the current dirstate | |
788 | debugcommands |
|
790 | debugcommands | |
789 | list all available commands and options |
|
791 | list all available commands and options | |
790 | debugcomplete |
|
792 | debugcomplete | |
791 | returns the completion list associated with the given command |
|
793 | returns the completion list associated with the given command | |
792 | debugdag format the changelog or an index DAG as a concise textual |
|
794 | debugdag format the changelog or an index DAG as a concise textual | |
793 | description |
|
795 | description | |
794 | debugdata dump the contents of a data file revision |
|
796 | debugdata dump the contents of a data file revision | |
795 | debugdate parse and display a date |
|
797 | debugdate parse and display a date | |
796 | debugdirstate |
|
798 | debugdirstate | |
797 | show the contents of the current dirstate |
|
799 | show the contents of the current dirstate | |
798 | debugdiscovery |
|
800 | debugdiscovery | |
799 | runs the changeset discovery protocol in isolation |
|
801 | runs the changeset discovery protocol in isolation | |
800 | debugextensions |
|
802 | debugextensions | |
801 | show information about active extensions |
|
803 | show information about active extensions | |
802 | debugfileset parse and apply a fileset specification |
|
804 | debugfileset parse and apply a fileset specification | |
803 | debugfsinfo show information detected about current filesystem |
|
805 | debugfsinfo show information detected about current filesystem | |
804 | debuggetbundle |
|
806 | debuggetbundle | |
805 | retrieves a bundle from a repo |
|
807 | retrieves a bundle from a repo | |
806 | debugignore display the combined ignore pattern |
|
808 | debugignore display the combined ignore pattern | |
807 | debugindex dump the contents of an index file |
|
809 | debugindex dump the contents of an index file | |
808 | debugindexdot |
|
810 | debugindexdot | |
809 | dump an index DAG as a graphviz dot file |
|
811 | dump an index DAG as a graphviz dot file | |
810 | debuginstall test Mercurial installation |
|
812 | debuginstall test Mercurial installation | |
811 | debugknown test whether node ids are known to a repo |
|
813 | debugknown test whether node ids are known to a repo | |
812 | debuglocks show or modify state of locks |
|
814 | debuglocks show or modify state of locks | |
813 | debugmergestate |
|
815 | debugmergestate | |
814 | print merge state |
|
816 | print merge state | |
815 | debugnamecomplete |
|
817 | debugnamecomplete | |
816 | complete "names" - tags, open branch names, bookmark names |
|
818 | complete "names" - tags, open branch names, bookmark names | |
817 | debugobsolete |
|
819 | debugobsolete | |
818 | create arbitrary obsolete marker |
|
820 | create arbitrary obsolete marker | |
819 | debugoptDEP (no help text available) |
|
821 | debugoptDEP (no help text available) | |
820 | debugoptEXP (no help text available) |
|
822 | debugoptEXP (no help text available) | |
821 | debugpathcomplete |
|
823 | debugpathcomplete | |
822 | complete part or all of a tracked path |
|
824 | complete part or all of a tracked path | |
823 | debugpushkey access the pushkey key/value protocol |
|
825 | debugpushkey access the pushkey key/value protocol | |
824 | debugpvec (no help text available) |
|
826 | debugpvec (no help text available) | |
825 | debugrebuilddirstate |
|
827 | debugrebuilddirstate | |
826 | rebuild the dirstate as it would look like for the given |
|
828 | rebuild the dirstate as it would look like for the given | |
827 | revision |
|
829 | revision | |
828 | debugrebuildfncache |
|
830 | debugrebuildfncache | |
829 | rebuild the fncache file |
|
831 | rebuild the fncache file | |
830 | debugrename dump rename information |
|
832 | debugrename dump rename information | |
831 | debugrevlog show data and statistics about a revlog |
|
833 | debugrevlog show data and statistics about a revlog | |
832 | debugrevspec parse and apply a revision specification |
|
834 | debugrevspec parse and apply a revision specification | |
833 | debugsetparents |
|
835 | debugsetparents | |
834 | manually set the parents of the current working directory |
|
836 | manually set the parents of the current working directory | |
835 | debugsub (no help text available) |
|
837 | debugsub (no help text available) | |
836 | debugsuccessorssets |
|
838 | debugsuccessorssets | |
837 | show set of successors for revision |
|
839 | show set of successors for revision | |
838 | debugwalk show how files match on given patterns |
|
840 | debugwalk show how files match on given patterns | |
839 | debugwireargs |
|
841 | debugwireargs | |
840 | (no help text available) |
|
842 | (no help text available) | |
841 |
|
843 | |||
842 | (use "hg help -v debug" to show built-in aliases and global options) |
|
844 | (use "hg help -v debug" to show built-in aliases and global options) | |
843 |
|
845 | |||
844 |
|
846 | |||
845 | Test list of commands with command with no help text |
|
847 | Test list of commands with command with no help text | |
846 |
|
848 | |||
847 | $ hg help helpext |
|
849 | $ hg help helpext | |
848 | helpext extension - no help text available |
|
850 | helpext extension - no help text available | |
849 |
|
851 | |||
850 | list of commands: |
|
852 | list of commands: | |
851 |
|
853 | |||
852 | nohelp (no help text available) |
|
854 | nohelp (no help text available) | |
853 |
|
855 | |||
854 | (use "hg help -v helpext" to show built-in aliases and global options) |
|
856 | (use "hg help -v helpext" to show built-in aliases and global options) | |
855 |
|
857 | |||
856 |
|
858 | |||
857 | test deprecated and experimental options are hidden in command help |
|
859 | test deprecated and experimental options are hidden in command help | |
858 | $ hg help debugoptDEP |
|
860 | $ hg help debugoptDEP | |
859 | hg debugoptDEP |
|
861 | hg debugoptDEP | |
860 |
|
862 | |||
861 | (no help text available) |
|
863 | (no help text available) | |
862 |
|
864 | |||
863 | options: |
|
865 | options: | |
864 |
|
866 | |||
865 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
867 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) | |
866 |
|
868 | |||
867 | $ hg help debugoptEXP |
|
869 | $ hg help debugoptEXP | |
868 | hg debugoptEXP |
|
870 | hg debugoptEXP | |
869 |
|
871 | |||
870 | (no help text available) |
|
872 | (no help text available) | |
871 |
|
873 | |||
872 | options: |
|
874 | options: | |
873 |
|
875 | |||
874 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
876 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) | |
875 |
|
877 | |||
876 | test deprecated and experimental options is shown with -v |
|
878 | test deprecated and experimental options is shown with -v | |
877 | $ hg help -v debugoptDEP | grep dopt |
|
879 | $ hg help -v debugoptDEP | grep dopt | |
878 | --dopt option is (DEPRECATED) |
|
880 | --dopt option is (DEPRECATED) | |
879 | $ hg help -v debugoptEXP | grep eopt |
|
881 | $ hg help -v debugoptEXP | grep eopt | |
880 | --eopt option is (EXPERIMENTAL) |
|
882 | --eopt option is (EXPERIMENTAL) | |
881 |
|
883 | |||
882 | #if gettext |
|
884 | #if gettext | |
883 | test deprecated option is hidden with translation with untranslated description |
|
885 | test deprecated option is hidden with translation with untranslated description | |
884 | (use many globy for not failing on changed transaction) |
|
886 | (use many globy for not failing on changed transaction) | |
885 | $ LANGUAGE=sv hg help debugoptDEP |
|
887 | $ LANGUAGE=sv hg help debugoptDEP | |
886 | hg debugoptDEP |
|
888 | hg debugoptDEP | |
887 |
|
889 | |||
888 | (*) (glob) |
|
890 | (*) (glob) | |
889 |
|
891 | |||
890 | options: |
|
892 | options: | |
891 |
|
893 | |||
892 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
894 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) | |
893 | #endif |
|
895 | #endif | |
894 |
|
896 | |||
895 | Test commands that collide with topics (issue4240) |
|
897 | Test commands that collide with topics (issue4240) | |
896 |
|
898 | |||
897 | $ hg config -hq |
|
899 | $ hg config -hq | |
898 | hg config [-u] [NAME]... |
|
900 | hg config [-u] [NAME]... | |
899 |
|
901 | |||
900 | show combined config settings from all hgrc files |
|
902 | show combined config settings from all hgrc files | |
901 | $ hg showconfig -hq |
|
903 | $ hg showconfig -hq | |
902 | hg config [-u] [NAME]... |
|
904 | hg config [-u] [NAME]... | |
903 |
|
905 | |||
904 | show combined config settings from all hgrc files |
|
906 | show combined config settings from all hgrc files | |
905 |
|
907 | |||
906 | Test a help topic |
|
908 | Test a help topic | |
907 |
|
909 | |||
908 | $ hg help revs |
|
910 | $ hg help revs | |
909 | Specifying Single Revisions |
|
911 | Specifying Single Revisions | |
910 | """"""""""""""""""""""""""" |
|
912 | """"""""""""""""""""""""""" | |
911 |
|
913 | |||
912 | Mercurial supports several ways to specify individual revisions. |
|
914 | Mercurial supports several ways to specify individual revisions. | |
913 |
|
915 | |||
914 | A plain integer is treated as a revision number. Negative integers are |
|
916 | A plain integer is treated as a revision number. Negative integers are | |
915 | treated as sequential offsets from the tip, with -1 denoting the tip, -2 |
|
917 | treated as sequential offsets from the tip, with -1 denoting the tip, -2 | |
916 | denoting the revision prior to the tip, and so forth. |
|
918 | denoting the revision prior to the tip, and so forth. | |
917 |
|
919 | |||
918 | A 40-digit hexadecimal string is treated as a unique revision identifier. |
|
920 | A 40-digit hexadecimal string is treated as a unique revision identifier. | |
919 |
|
921 | |||
920 | A hexadecimal string less than 40 characters long is treated as a unique |
|
922 | A hexadecimal string less than 40 characters long is treated as a unique | |
921 | revision identifier and is referred to as a short-form identifier. A |
|
923 | revision identifier and is referred to as a short-form identifier. A | |
922 | short-form identifier is only valid if it is the prefix of exactly one |
|
924 | short-form identifier is only valid if it is the prefix of exactly one | |
923 | full-length identifier. |
|
925 | full-length identifier. | |
924 |
|
926 | |||
925 | Any other string is treated as a bookmark, tag, or branch name. A bookmark |
|
927 | Any other string is treated as a bookmark, tag, or branch name. A bookmark | |
926 | is a movable pointer to a revision. A tag is a permanent name associated |
|
928 | is a movable pointer to a revision. A tag is a permanent name associated | |
927 | with a revision. A branch name denotes the tipmost open branch head of |
|
929 | with a revision. A branch name denotes the tipmost open branch head of | |
928 | that branch - or if they are all closed, the tipmost closed head of the |
|
930 | that branch - or if they are all closed, the tipmost closed head of the | |
929 | branch. Bookmark, tag, and branch names must not contain the ":" |
|
931 | branch. Bookmark, tag, and branch names must not contain the ":" | |
930 | character. |
|
932 | character. | |
931 |
|
933 | |||
932 | The reserved name "tip" always identifies the most recent revision. |
|
934 | The reserved name "tip" always identifies the most recent revision. | |
933 |
|
935 | |||
934 | The reserved name "null" indicates the null revision. This is the revision |
|
936 | The reserved name "null" indicates the null revision. This is the revision | |
935 | of an empty repository, and the parent of revision 0. |
|
937 | of an empty repository, and the parent of revision 0. | |
936 |
|
938 | |||
937 | The reserved name "." indicates the working directory parent. If no |
|
939 | The reserved name "." indicates the working directory parent. If no | |
938 | working directory is checked out, it is equivalent to null. If an |
|
940 | working directory is checked out, it is equivalent to null. If an | |
939 | uncommitted merge is in progress, "." is the revision of the first parent. |
|
941 | uncommitted merge is in progress, "." is the revision of the first parent. | |
940 |
|
942 | |||
941 | Test repeated config section name |
|
943 | Test repeated config section name | |
942 |
|
944 | |||
943 | $ hg help config.host |
|
945 | $ hg help config.host | |
944 | "http_proxy.host" |
|
946 | "http_proxy.host" | |
945 | Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example |
|
947 | Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example | |
946 | "myproxy:8000". |
|
948 | "myproxy:8000". | |
947 |
|
949 | |||
948 | "smtp.host" |
|
950 | "smtp.host" | |
949 | Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com". |
|
951 | Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com". | |
950 |
|
952 | |||
951 | Unrelated trailing paragraphs shouldn't be included |
|
953 | Unrelated trailing paragraphs shouldn't be included | |
952 |
|
954 | |||
953 | $ hg help config.extramsg | grep '^$' |
|
955 | $ hg help config.extramsg | grep '^$' | |
954 |
|
956 | |||
955 |
|
957 | |||
956 | Test capitalized section name |
|
958 | Test capitalized section name | |
957 |
|
959 | |||
958 | $ hg help scripting.HGPLAIN > /dev/null |
|
960 | $ hg help scripting.HGPLAIN > /dev/null | |
959 |
|
961 | |||
960 | Help subsection: |
|
962 | Help subsection: | |
961 |
|
963 | |||
962 | $ hg help config.charsets |grep "Email example:" > /dev/null |
|
964 | $ hg help config.charsets |grep "Email example:" > /dev/null | |
963 | [1] |
|
965 | [1] | |
964 |
|
966 | |||
965 | Show nested definitions |
|
967 | Show nested definitions | |
966 | ("profiling.type"[break]"ls"[break]"stat"[break]) |
|
968 | ("profiling.type"[break]"ls"[break]"stat"[break]) | |
967 |
|
969 | |||
968 | $ hg help config.type | egrep '^$'|wc -l |
|
970 | $ hg help config.type | egrep '^$'|wc -l | |
969 | \s*3 (re) |
|
971 | \s*3 (re) | |
970 |
|
972 | |||
971 | Last item in help config.*: |
|
973 | Last item in help config.*: | |
972 |
|
974 | |||
973 | $ hg help config.`hg help config|grep '^ "'| \ |
|
975 | $ hg help config.`hg help config|grep '^ "'| \ | |
974 | > tail -1|sed 's![ "]*!!g'`| \ |
|
976 | > tail -1|sed 's![ "]*!!g'`| \ | |
975 | > grep "hg help -c config" > /dev/null |
|
977 | > grep "hg help -c config" > /dev/null | |
976 | [1] |
|
978 | [1] | |
977 |
|
979 | |||
978 | note to use help -c for general hg help config: |
|
980 | note to use help -c for general hg help config: | |
979 |
|
981 | |||
980 | $ hg help config |grep "hg help -c config" > /dev/null |
|
982 | $ hg help config |grep "hg help -c config" > /dev/null | |
981 |
|
983 | |||
982 | Test templating help |
|
984 | Test templating help | |
983 |
|
985 | |||
984 | $ hg help templating | egrep '(desc|diffstat|firstline|nonempty) ' |
|
986 | $ hg help templating | egrep '(desc|diffstat|firstline|nonempty) ' | |
985 | desc String. The text of the changeset description. |
|
987 | desc String. The text of the changeset description. | |
986 | diffstat String. Statistics of changes with the following format: |
|
988 | diffstat String. Statistics of changes with the following format: | |
987 | firstline Any text. Returns the first line of text. |
|
989 | firstline Any text. Returns the first line of text. | |
988 | nonempty Any text. Returns '(none)' if the string is empty. |
|
990 | nonempty Any text. Returns '(none)' if the string is empty. | |
989 |
|
991 | |||
990 | Test deprecated items |
|
992 | Test deprecated items | |
991 |
|
993 | |||
992 | $ hg help -v templating | grep currentbookmark |
|
994 | $ hg help -v templating | grep currentbookmark | |
993 | currentbookmark |
|
995 | currentbookmark | |
994 | $ hg help templating | (grep currentbookmark || true) |
|
996 | $ hg help templating | (grep currentbookmark || true) | |
995 |
|
997 | |||
996 | Test help hooks |
|
998 | Test help hooks | |
997 |
|
999 | |||
998 | $ cat > helphook1.py <<EOF |
|
1000 | $ cat > helphook1.py <<EOF | |
999 | > from mercurial import help |
|
1001 | > from mercurial import help | |
1000 | > |
|
1002 | > | |
1001 | > def rewrite(ui, topic, doc): |
|
1003 | > def rewrite(ui, topic, doc): | |
1002 | > return doc + '\nhelphook1\n' |
|
1004 | > return doc + '\nhelphook1\n' | |
1003 | > |
|
1005 | > | |
1004 | > def extsetup(ui): |
|
1006 | > def extsetup(ui): | |
1005 | > help.addtopichook('revsets', rewrite) |
|
1007 | > help.addtopichook('revsets', rewrite) | |
1006 | > EOF |
|
1008 | > EOF | |
1007 | $ cat > helphook2.py <<EOF |
|
1009 | $ cat > helphook2.py <<EOF | |
1008 | > from mercurial import help |
|
1010 | > from mercurial import help | |
1009 | > |
|
1011 | > | |
1010 | > def rewrite(ui, topic, doc): |
|
1012 | > def rewrite(ui, topic, doc): | |
1011 | > return doc + '\nhelphook2\n' |
|
1013 | > return doc + '\nhelphook2\n' | |
1012 | > |
|
1014 | > | |
1013 | > def extsetup(ui): |
|
1015 | > def extsetup(ui): | |
1014 | > help.addtopichook('revsets', rewrite) |
|
1016 | > help.addtopichook('revsets', rewrite) | |
1015 | > EOF |
|
1017 | > EOF | |
1016 | $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH |
|
1018 | $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH | |
1017 | $ echo "helphook1 = `pwd`/helphook1.py" >> $HGRCPATH |
|
1019 | $ echo "helphook1 = `pwd`/helphook1.py" >> $HGRCPATH | |
1018 | $ echo "helphook2 = `pwd`/helphook2.py" >> $HGRCPATH |
|
1020 | $ echo "helphook2 = `pwd`/helphook2.py" >> $HGRCPATH | |
1019 | $ hg help revsets | grep helphook |
|
1021 | $ hg help revsets | grep helphook | |
1020 | helphook1 |
|
1022 | helphook1 | |
1021 | helphook2 |
|
1023 | helphook2 | |
1022 |
|
1024 | |||
1023 | Test -e / -c / -k combinations |
|
1025 | Test -e / -c / -k combinations | |
1024 |
|
1026 | |||
1025 | $ hg help -c progress |
|
1027 | $ hg help -c progress | |
1026 | abort: no such help topic: progress |
|
1028 | abort: no such help topic: progress | |
1027 | (try "hg help --keyword progress") |
|
1029 | (try "hg help --keyword progress") | |
1028 | [255] |
|
1030 | [255] | |
1029 | $ hg help -e progress |head -1 |
|
1031 | $ hg help -e progress |head -1 | |
1030 | progress extension - show progress bars for some actions (DEPRECATED) |
|
1032 | progress extension - show progress bars for some actions (DEPRECATED) | |
1031 | $ hg help -c -k dates |egrep '^(Topics|Extensions|Commands):' |
|
1033 | $ hg help -c -k dates |egrep '^(Topics|Extensions|Commands):' | |
1032 | Commands: |
|
1034 | Commands: | |
1033 | $ hg help -e -k a |egrep '^(Topics|Extensions|Commands):' |
|
1035 | $ hg help -e -k a |egrep '^(Topics|Extensions|Commands):' | |
1034 | Extensions: |
|
1036 | Extensions: | |
1035 | $ hg help -e -c -k date |egrep '^(Topics|Extensions|Commands):' |
|
1037 | $ hg help -e -c -k date |egrep '^(Topics|Extensions|Commands):' | |
1036 | Extensions: |
|
1038 | Extensions: | |
1037 | Commands: |
|
1039 | Commands: | |
1038 | $ hg help -c commit > /dev/null |
|
1040 | $ hg help -c commit > /dev/null | |
1039 | $ hg help -e -c commit > /dev/null |
|
1041 | $ hg help -e -c commit > /dev/null | |
1040 | $ hg help -e commit > /dev/null |
|
1042 | $ hg help -e commit > /dev/null | |
1041 | abort: no such help topic: commit |
|
1043 | abort: no such help topic: commit | |
1042 | (try "hg help --keyword commit") |
|
1044 | (try "hg help --keyword commit") | |
1043 | [255] |
|
1045 | [255] | |
1044 |
|
1046 | |||
1045 | Test keyword search help |
|
1047 | Test keyword search help | |
1046 |
|
1048 | |||
1047 | $ cat > prefixedname.py <<EOF |
|
1049 | $ cat > prefixedname.py <<EOF | |
1048 | > '''matched against word "clone" |
|
1050 | > '''matched against word "clone" | |
1049 | > ''' |
|
1051 | > ''' | |
1050 | > EOF |
|
1052 | > EOF | |
1051 | $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH |
|
1053 | $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH | |
1052 | $ echo "dot.dot.prefixedname = `pwd`/prefixedname.py" >> $HGRCPATH |
|
1054 | $ echo "dot.dot.prefixedname = `pwd`/prefixedname.py" >> $HGRCPATH | |
1053 | $ hg help -k clone |
|
1055 | $ hg help -k clone | |
1054 | Topics: |
|
1056 | Topics: | |
1055 |
|
1057 | |||
1056 | config Configuration Files |
|
1058 | config Configuration Files | |
1057 | extensions Using Additional Features |
|
1059 | extensions Using Additional Features | |
1058 | glossary Glossary |
|
1060 | glossary Glossary | |
1059 | phases Working with Phases |
|
1061 | phases Working with Phases | |
1060 | subrepos Subrepositories |
|
1062 | subrepos Subrepositories | |
1061 | urls URL Paths |
|
1063 | urls URL Paths | |
1062 |
|
1064 | |||
1063 | Commands: |
|
1065 | Commands: | |
1064 |
|
1066 | |||
1065 | bookmarks create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks |
|
1067 | bookmarks create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks | |
1066 | clone make a copy of an existing repository |
|
1068 | clone make a copy of an existing repository | |
1067 | paths show aliases for remote repositories |
|
1069 | paths show aliases for remote repositories | |
1068 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) |
|
1070 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) | |
1069 |
|
1071 | |||
1070 | Extensions: |
|
1072 | Extensions: | |
1071 |
|
1073 | |||
|
1074 | clonebundles server side extension to advertise pre-generated bundles to seed | |||
|
1075 | clones. | |||
1072 | prefixedname matched against word "clone" |
|
1076 | prefixedname matched against word "clone" | |
1073 | relink recreates hardlinks between repository clones |
|
1077 | relink recreates hardlinks between repository clones | |
1074 |
|
1078 | |||
1075 | Extension Commands: |
|
1079 | Extension Commands: | |
1076 |
|
1080 | |||
1077 | qclone clone main and patch repository at same time |
|
1081 | qclone clone main and patch repository at same time | |
1078 |
|
1082 | |||
1079 | Test unfound topic |
|
1083 | Test unfound topic | |
1080 |
|
1084 | |||
1081 | $ hg help nonexistingtopicthatwillneverexisteverever |
|
1085 | $ hg help nonexistingtopicthatwillneverexisteverever | |
1082 | abort: no such help topic: nonexistingtopicthatwillneverexisteverever |
|
1086 | abort: no such help topic: nonexistingtopicthatwillneverexisteverever | |
1083 | (try "hg help --keyword nonexistingtopicthatwillneverexisteverever") |
|
1087 | (try "hg help --keyword nonexistingtopicthatwillneverexisteverever") | |
1084 | [255] |
|
1088 | [255] | |
1085 |
|
1089 | |||
1086 | Test unfound keyword |
|
1090 | Test unfound keyword | |
1087 |
|
1091 | |||
1088 | $ hg help --keyword nonexistingwordthatwillneverexisteverever |
|
1092 | $ hg help --keyword nonexistingwordthatwillneverexisteverever | |
1089 | abort: no matches |
|
1093 | abort: no matches | |
1090 | (try "hg help" for a list of topics) |
|
1094 | (try "hg help" for a list of topics) | |
1091 | [255] |
|
1095 | [255] | |
1092 |
|
1096 | |||
1093 | Test omit indicating for help |
|
1097 | Test omit indicating for help | |
1094 |
|
1098 | |||
1095 | $ cat > addverboseitems.py <<EOF |
|
1099 | $ cat > addverboseitems.py <<EOF | |
1096 | > '''extension to test omit indicating. |
|
1100 | > '''extension to test omit indicating. | |
1097 | > |
|
1101 | > | |
1098 | > This paragraph is never omitted (for extension) |
|
1102 | > This paragraph is never omitted (for extension) | |
1099 | > |
|
1103 | > | |
1100 | > .. container:: verbose |
|
1104 | > .. container:: verbose | |
1101 | > |
|
1105 | > | |
1102 | > This paragraph is omitted, |
|
1106 | > This paragraph is omitted, | |
1103 | > if :hg:\`help\` is invoked without \`\`-v\`\` (for extension) |
|
1107 | > if :hg:\`help\` is invoked without \`\`-v\`\` (for extension) | |
1104 | > |
|
1108 | > | |
1105 | > This paragraph is never omitted, too (for extension) |
|
1109 | > This paragraph is never omitted, too (for extension) | |
1106 | > ''' |
|
1110 | > ''' | |
1107 | > |
|
1111 | > | |
1108 | > from mercurial import help, commands |
|
1112 | > from mercurial import help, commands | |
1109 | > testtopic = """This paragraph is never omitted (for topic). |
|
1113 | > testtopic = """This paragraph is never omitted (for topic). | |
1110 | > |
|
1114 | > | |
1111 | > .. container:: verbose |
|
1115 | > .. container:: verbose | |
1112 | > |
|
1116 | > | |
1113 | > This paragraph is omitted, |
|
1117 | > This paragraph is omitted, | |
1114 | > if :hg:\`help\` is invoked without \`\`-v\`\` (for topic) |
|
1118 | > if :hg:\`help\` is invoked without \`\`-v\`\` (for topic) | |
1115 | > |
|
1119 | > | |
1116 | > This paragraph is never omitted, too (for topic) |
|
1120 | > This paragraph is never omitted, too (for topic) | |
1117 | > """ |
|
1121 | > """ | |
1118 | > def extsetup(ui): |
|
1122 | > def extsetup(ui): | |
1119 | > help.helptable.append((["topic-containing-verbose"], |
|
1123 | > help.helptable.append((["topic-containing-verbose"], | |
1120 | > "This is the topic to test omit indicating.", |
|
1124 | > "This is the topic to test omit indicating.", | |
1121 | > lambda ui: testtopic)) |
|
1125 | > lambda ui: testtopic)) | |
1122 | > EOF |
|
1126 | > EOF | |
1123 | $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH |
|
1127 | $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH | |
1124 | $ echo "addverboseitems = `pwd`/addverboseitems.py" >> $HGRCPATH |
|
1128 | $ echo "addverboseitems = `pwd`/addverboseitems.py" >> $HGRCPATH | |
1125 | $ hg help addverboseitems |
|
1129 | $ hg help addverboseitems | |
1126 | addverboseitems extension - extension to test omit indicating. |
|
1130 | addverboseitems extension - extension to test omit indicating. | |
1127 |
|
1131 | |||
1128 | This paragraph is never omitted (for extension) |
|
1132 | This paragraph is never omitted (for extension) | |
1129 |
|
1133 | |||
1130 | This paragraph is never omitted, too (for extension) |
|
1134 | This paragraph is never omitted, too (for extension) | |
1131 |
|
1135 | |||
1132 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
1136 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) | |
1133 |
|
1137 | |||
1134 | no commands defined |
|
1138 | no commands defined | |
1135 | $ hg help -v addverboseitems |
|
1139 | $ hg help -v addverboseitems | |
1136 | addverboseitems extension - extension to test omit indicating. |
|
1140 | addverboseitems extension - extension to test omit indicating. | |
1137 |
|
1141 | |||
1138 | This paragraph is never omitted (for extension) |
|
1142 | This paragraph is never omitted (for extension) | |
1139 |
|
1143 | |||
1140 | This paragraph is omitted, if "hg help" is invoked without "-v" (for |
|
1144 | This paragraph is omitted, if "hg help" is invoked without "-v" (for | |
1141 | extension) |
|
1145 | extension) | |
1142 |
|
1146 | |||
1143 | This paragraph is never omitted, too (for extension) |
|
1147 | This paragraph is never omitted, too (for extension) | |
1144 |
|
1148 | |||
1145 | no commands defined |
|
1149 | no commands defined | |
1146 | $ hg help topic-containing-verbose |
|
1150 | $ hg help topic-containing-verbose | |
1147 | This is the topic to test omit indicating. |
|
1151 | This is the topic to test omit indicating. | |
1148 | """""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" |
|
1152 | """""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" | |
1149 |
|
1153 | |||
1150 | This paragraph is never omitted (for topic). |
|
1154 | This paragraph is never omitted (for topic). | |
1151 |
|
1155 | |||
1152 | This paragraph is never omitted, too (for topic) |
|
1156 | This paragraph is never omitted, too (for topic) | |
1153 |
|
1157 | |||
1154 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
1158 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) | |
1155 | $ hg help -v topic-containing-verbose |
|
1159 | $ hg help -v topic-containing-verbose | |
1156 | This is the topic to test omit indicating. |
|
1160 | This is the topic to test omit indicating. | |
1157 | """""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" |
|
1161 | """""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" | |
1158 |
|
1162 | |||
1159 | This paragraph is never omitted (for topic). |
|
1163 | This paragraph is never omitted (for topic). | |
1160 |
|
1164 | |||
1161 | This paragraph is omitted, if "hg help" is invoked without "-v" (for |
|
1165 | This paragraph is omitted, if "hg help" is invoked without "-v" (for | |
1162 | topic) |
|
1166 | topic) | |
1163 |
|
1167 | |||
1164 | This paragraph is never omitted, too (for topic) |
|
1168 | This paragraph is never omitted, too (for topic) | |
1165 |
|
1169 | |||
1166 | Test section lookup |
|
1170 | Test section lookup | |
1167 |
|
1171 | |||
1168 | $ hg help revset.merge |
|
1172 | $ hg help revset.merge | |
1169 | "merge()" |
|
1173 | "merge()" | |
1170 | Changeset is a merge changeset. |
|
1174 | Changeset is a merge changeset. | |
1171 |
|
1175 | |||
1172 | $ hg help glossary.dag |
|
1176 | $ hg help glossary.dag | |
1173 | DAG |
|
1177 | DAG | |
1174 | The repository of changesets of a distributed version control system |
|
1178 | The repository of changesets of a distributed version control system | |
1175 | (DVCS) can be described as a directed acyclic graph (DAG), consisting |
|
1179 | (DVCS) can be described as a directed acyclic graph (DAG), consisting | |
1176 | of nodes and edges, where nodes correspond to changesets and edges |
|
1180 | of nodes and edges, where nodes correspond to changesets and edges | |
1177 | imply a parent -> child relation. This graph can be visualized by |
|
1181 | imply a parent -> child relation. This graph can be visualized by | |
1178 | graphical tools such as "hg log --graph". In Mercurial, the DAG is |
|
1182 | graphical tools such as "hg log --graph". In Mercurial, the DAG is | |
1179 | limited by the requirement for children to have at most two parents. |
|
1183 | limited by the requirement for children to have at most two parents. | |
1180 |
|
1184 | |||
1181 |
|
1185 | |||
1182 | $ hg help hgrc.paths |
|
1186 | $ hg help hgrc.paths | |
1183 | "paths" |
|
1187 | "paths" | |
1184 | ------- |
|
1188 | ------- | |
1185 |
|
1189 | |||
1186 | Assigns symbolic names to repositories. The left side is the symbolic |
|
1190 | Assigns symbolic names to repositories. The left side is the symbolic | |
1187 | name, and the right gives the directory or URL that is the location of the |
|
1191 | name, and the right gives the directory or URL that is the location of the | |
1188 | repository. Default paths can be declared by setting the following |
|
1192 | repository. Default paths can be declared by setting the following | |
1189 | entries. |
|
1193 | entries. | |
1190 |
|
1194 | |||
1191 | "default" |
|
1195 | "default" | |
1192 | Directory or URL to use when pulling if no source is specified. |
|
1196 | Directory or URL to use when pulling if no source is specified. | |
1193 | (default: repository from which the current repository was cloned) |
|
1197 | (default: repository from which the current repository was cloned) | |
1194 |
|
1198 | |||
1195 | "default-push" |
|
1199 | "default-push" | |
1196 | Optional. Directory or URL to use when pushing if no destination is |
|
1200 | Optional. Directory or URL to use when pushing if no destination is | |
1197 | specified. |
|
1201 | specified. | |
1198 |
|
1202 | |||
1199 | Custom paths can be defined by assigning the path to a name that later can |
|
1203 | Custom paths can be defined by assigning the path to a name that later can | |
1200 | be used from the command line. Example: |
|
1204 | be used from the command line. Example: | |
1201 |
|
1205 | |||
1202 | [paths] |
|
1206 | [paths] | |
1203 | my_path = http://example.com/path |
|
1207 | my_path = http://example.com/path | |
1204 |
|
1208 | |||
1205 | To push to the path defined in "my_path" run the command: |
|
1209 | To push to the path defined in "my_path" run the command: | |
1206 |
|
1210 | |||
1207 | hg push my_path |
|
1211 | hg push my_path | |
1208 |
|
1212 | |||
1209 | $ hg help glossary.mcguffin |
|
1213 | $ hg help glossary.mcguffin | |
1210 | abort: help section not found |
|
1214 | abort: help section not found | |
1211 | [255] |
|
1215 | [255] | |
1212 |
|
1216 | |||
1213 | $ hg help glossary.mc.guffin |
|
1217 | $ hg help glossary.mc.guffin | |
1214 | abort: help section not found |
|
1218 | abort: help section not found | |
1215 | [255] |
|
1219 | [255] | |
1216 |
|
1220 | |||
1217 | $ hg help template.files |
|
1221 | $ hg help template.files | |
1218 | files List of strings. All files modified, added, or removed by |
|
1222 | files List of strings. All files modified, added, or removed by | |
1219 | this changeset. |
|
1223 | this changeset. | |
1220 |
|
1224 | |||
1221 | Test dynamic list of merge tools only shows up once |
|
1225 | Test dynamic list of merge tools only shows up once | |
1222 | $ hg help merge-tools |
|
1226 | $ hg help merge-tools | |
1223 | Merge Tools |
|
1227 | Merge Tools | |
1224 | """"""""""" |
|
1228 | """"""""""" | |
1225 |
|
1229 | |||
1226 | To merge files Mercurial uses merge tools. |
|
1230 | To merge files Mercurial uses merge tools. | |
1227 |
|
1231 | |||
1228 | A merge tool combines two different versions of a file into a merged file. |
|
1232 | A merge tool combines two different versions of a file into a merged file. | |
1229 | Merge tools are given the two files and the greatest common ancestor of |
|
1233 | Merge tools are given the two files and the greatest common ancestor of | |
1230 | the two file versions, so they can determine the changes made on both |
|
1234 | the two file versions, so they can determine the changes made on both | |
1231 | branches. |
|
1235 | branches. | |
1232 |
|
1236 | |||
1233 | Merge tools are used both for "hg resolve", "hg merge", "hg update", "hg |
|
1237 | Merge tools are used both for "hg resolve", "hg merge", "hg update", "hg | |
1234 | backout" and in several extensions. |
|
1238 | backout" and in several extensions. | |
1235 |
|
1239 | |||
1236 | Usually, the merge tool tries to automatically reconcile the files by |
|
1240 | Usually, the merge tool tries to automatically reconcile the files by | |
1237 | combining all non-overlapping changes that occurred separately in the two |
|
1241 | combining all non-overlapping changes that occurred separately in the two | |
1238 | different evolutions of the same initial base file. Furthermore, some |
|
1242 | different evolutions of the same initial base file. Furthermore, some | |
1239 | interactive merge programs make it easier to manually resolve conflicting |
|
1243 | interactive merge programs make it easier to manually resolve conflicting | |
1240 | merges, either in a graphical way, or by inserting some conflict markers. |
|
1244 | merges, either in a graphical way, or by inserting some conflict markers. | |
1241 | Mercurial does not include any interactive merge programs but relies on |
|
1245 | Mercurial does not include any interactive merge programs but relies on | |
1242 | external tools for that. |
|
1246 | external tools for that. | |
1243 |
|
1247 | |||
1244 | Available merge tools |
|
1248 | Available merge tools | |
1245 | ===================== |
|
1249 | ===================== | |
1246 |
|
1250 | |||
1247 | External merge tools and their properties are configured in the merge- |
|
1251 | External merge tools and their properties are configured in the merge- | |
1248 | tools configuration section - see hgrc(5) - but they can often just be |
|
1252 | tools configuration section - see hgrc(5) - but they can often just be | |
1249 | named by their executable. |
|
1253 | named by their executable. | |
1250 |
|
1254 | |||
1251 | A merge tool is generally usable if its executable can be found on the |
|
1255 | A merge tool is generally usable if its executable can be found on the | |
1252 | system and if it can handle the merge. The executable is found if it is an |
|
1256 | system and if it can handle the merge. The executable is found if it is an | |
1253 | absolute or relative executable path or the name of an application in the |
|
1257 | absolute or relative executable path or the name of an application in the | |
1254 | executable search path. The tool is assumed to be able to handle the merge |
|
1258 | executable search path. The tool is assumed to be able to handle the merge | |
1255 | if it can handle symlinks if the file is a symlink, if it can handle |
|
1259 | if it can handle symlinks if the file is a symlink, if it can handle | |
1256 | binary files if the file is binary, and if a GUI is available if the tool |
|
1260 | binary files if the file is binary, and if a GUI is available if the tool | |
1257 | requires a GUI. |
|
1261 | requires a GUI. | |
1258 |
|
1262 | |||
1259 | There are some internal merge tools which can be used. The internal merge |
|
1263 | There are some internal merge tools which can be used. The internal merge | |
1260 | tools are: |
|
1264 | tools are: | |
1261 |
|
1265 | |||
1262 | ":dump" |
|
1266 | ":dump" | |
1263 | Creates three versions of the files to merge, containing the contents of |
|
1267 | Creates three versions of the files to merge, containing the contents of | |
1264 | local, other and base. These files can then be used to perform a merge |
|
1268 | local, other and base. These files can then be used to perform a merge | |
1265 | manually. If the file to be merged is named "a.txt", these files will |
|
1269 | manually. If the file to be merged is named "a.txt", these files will | |
1266 | accordingly be named "a.txt.local", "a.txt.other" and "a.txt.base" and |
|
1270 | accordingly be named "a.txt.local", "a.txt.other" and "a.txt.base" and | |
1267 | they will be placed in the same directory as "a.txt". |
|
1271 | they will be placed in the same directory as "a.txt". | |
1268 |
|
1272 | |||
1269 | ":fail" |
|
1273 | ":fail" | |
1270 | Rather than attempting to merge files that were modified on both |
|
1274 | Rather than attempting to merge files that were modified on both | |
1271 | branches, it marks them as unresolved. The resolve command must be used |
|
1275 | branches, it marks them as unresolved. The resolve command must be used | |
1272 | to resolve these conflicts. |
|
1276 | to resolve these conflicts. | |
1273 |
|
1277 | |||
1274 | ":local" |
|
1278 | ":local" | |
1275 | Uses the local version of files as the merged version. |
|
1279 | Uses the local version of files as the merged version. | |
1276 |
|
1280 | |||
1277 | ":merge" |
|
1281 | ":merge" | |
1278 | Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging |
|
1282 | Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging | |
1279 | files. It will fail if there are any conflicts and leave markers in the |
|
1283 | files. It will fail if there are any conflicts and leave markers in the | |
1280 | partially merged file. Markers will have two sections, one for each side |
|
1284 | partially merged file. Markers will have two sections, one for each side | |
1281 | of merge. |
|
1285 | of merge. | |
1282 |
|
1286 | |||
1283 | ":merge-local" |
|
1287 | ":merge-local" | |
1284 | Like :merge, but resolve all conflicts non-interactively in favor of the |
|
1288 | Like :merge, but resolve all conflicts non-interactively in favor of the | |
1285 | local changes. |
|
1289 | local changes. | |
1286 |
|
1290 | |||
1287 | ":merge-other" |
|
1291 | ":merge-other" | |
1288 | Like :merge, but resolve all conflicts non-interactively in favor of the |
|
1292 | Like :merge, but resolve all conflicts non-interactively in favor of the | |
1289 | other changes. |
|
1293 | other changes. | |
1290 |
|
1294 | |||
1291 | ":merge3" |
|
1295 | ":merge3" | |
1292 | Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging |
|
1296 | Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging | |
1293 | files. It will fail if there are any conflicts and leave markers in the |
|
1297 | files. It will fail if there are any conflicts and leave markers in the | |
1294 | partially merged file. Marker will have three sections, one from each |
|
1298 | partially merged file. Marker will have three sections, one from each | |
1295 | side of the merge and one for the base content. |
|
1299 | side of the merge and one for the base content. | |
1296 |
|
1300 | |||
1297 | ":other" |
|
1301 | ":other" | |
1298 | Uses the other version of files as the merged version. |
|
1302 | Uses the other version of files as the merged version. | |
1299 |
|
1303 | |||
1300 | ":prompt" |
|
1304 | ":prompt" | |
1301 | Asks the user which of the local or the other version to keep as the |
|
1305 | Asks the user which of the local or the other version to keep as the | |
1302 | merged version. |
|
1306 | merged version. | |
1303 |
|
1307 | |||
1304 | ":tagmerge" |
|
1308 | ":tagmerge" | |
1305 | Uses the internal tag merge algorithm (experimental). |
|
1309 | Uses the internal tag merge algorithm (experimental). | |
1306 |
|
1310 | |||
1307 | ":union" |
|
1311 | ":union" | |
1308 | Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging |
|
1312 | Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging | |
1309 | files. It will use both left and right sides for conflict regions. No |
|
1313 | files. It will use both left and right sides for conflict regions. No | |
1310 | markers are inserted. |
|
1314 | markers are inserted. | |
1311 |
|
1315 | |||
1312 | Internal tools are always available and do not require a GUI but will by |
|
1316 | Internal tools are always available and do not require a GUI but will by | |
1313 | default not handle symlinks or binary files. |
|
1317 | default not handle symlinks or binary files. | |
1314 |
|
1318 | |||
1315 | Choosing a merge tool |
|
1319 | Choosing a merge tool | |
1316 | ===================== |
|
1320 | ===================== | |
1317 |
|
1321 | |||
1318 | Mercurial uses these rules when deciding which merge tool to use: |
|
1322 | Mercurial uses these rules when deciding which merge tool to use: | |
1319 |
|
1323 | |||
1320 | 1. If a tool has been specified with the --tool option to merge or |
|
1324 | 1. If a tool has been specified with the --tool option to merge or | |
1321 | resolve, it is used. If it is the name of a tool in the merge-tools |
|
1325 | resolve, it is used. If it is the name of a tool in the merge-tools | |
1322 | configuration, its configuration is used. Otherwise the specified tool |
|
1326 | configuration, its configuration is used. Otherwise the specified tool | |
1323 | must be executable by the shell. |
|
1327 | must be executable by the shell. | |
1324 | 2. If the "HGMERGE" environment variable is present, its value is used and |
|
1328 | 2. If the "HGMERGE" environment variable is present, its value is used and | |
1325 | must be executable by the shell. |
|
1329 | must be executable by the shell. | |
1326 | 3. If the filename of the file to be merged matches any of the patterns in |
|
1330 | 3. If the filename of the file to be merged matches any of the patterns in | |
1327 | the merge-patterns configuration section, the first usable merge tool |
|
1331 | the merge-patterns configuration section, the first usable merge tool | |
1328 | corresponding to a matching pattern is used. Here, binary capabilities |
|
1332 | corresponding to a matching pattern is used. Here, binary capabilities | |
1329 | of the merge tool are not considered. |
|
1333 | of the merge tool are not considered. | |
1330 | 4. If ui.merge is set it will be considered next. If the value is not the |
|
1334 | 4. If ui.merge is set it will be considered next. If the value is not the | |
1331 | name of a configured tool, the specified value is used and must be |
|
1335 | name of a configured tool, the specified value is used and must be | |
1332 | executable by the shell. Otherwise the named tool is used if it is |
|
1336 | executable by the shell. Otherwise the named tool is used if it is | |
1333 | usable. |
|
1337 | usable. | |
1334 | 5. If any usable merge tools are present in the merge-tools configuration |
|
1338 | 5. If any usable merge tools are present in the merge-tools configuration | |
1335 | section, the one with the highest priority is used. |
|
1339 | section, the one with the highest priority is used. | |
1336 | 6. If a program named "hgmerge" can be found on the system, it is used - |
|
1340 | 6. If a program named "hgmerge" can be found on the system, it is used - | |
1337 | but it will by default not be used for symlinks and binary files. |
|
1341 | but it will by default not be used for symlinks and binary files. | |
1338 | 7. If the file to be merged is not binary and is not a symlink, then |
|
1342 | 7. If the file to be merged is not binary and is not a symlink, then | |
1339 | internal ":merge" is used. |
|
1343 | internal ":merge" is used. | |
1340 | 8. The merge of the file fails and must be resolved before commit. |
|
1344 | 8. The merge of the file fails and must be resolved before commit. | |
1341 |
|
1345 | |||
1342 | Note: |
|
1346 | Note: | |
1343 | After selecting a merge program, Mercurial will by default attempt to |
|
1347 | After selecting a merge program, Mercurial will by default attempt to | |
1344 | merge the files using a simple merge algorithm first. Only if it |
|
1348 | merge the files using a simple merge algorithm first. Only if it | |
1345 | doesn't succeed because of conflicting changes Mercurial will actually |
|
1349 | doesn't succeed because of conflicting changes Mercurial will actually | |
1346 | execute the merge program. Whether to use the simple merge algorithm |
|
1350 | execute the merge program. Whether to use the simple merge algorithm | |
1347 | first can be controlled by the premerge setting of the merge tool. |
|
1351 | first can be controlled by the premerge setting of the merge tool. | |
1348 | Premerge is enabled by default unless the file is binary or a symlink. |
|
1352 | Premerge is enabled by default unless the file is binary or a symlink. | |
1349 |
|
1353 | |||
1350 | See the merge-tools and ui sections of hgrc(5) for details on the |
|
1354 | See the merge-tools and ui sections of hgrc(5) for details on the | |
1351 | configuration of merge tools. |
|
1355 | configuration of merge tools. | |
1352 |
|
1356 | |||
1353 | Test usage of section marks in help documents |
|
1357 | Test usage of section marks in help documents | |
1354 |
|
1358 | |||
1355 | $ cd "$TESTDIR"/../doc |
|
1359 | $ cd "$TESTDIR"/../doc | |
1356 | $ python check-seclevel.py |
|
1360 | $ python check-seclevel.py | |
1357 | $ cd $TESTTMP |
|
1361 | $ cd $TESTTMP | |
1358 |
|
1362 | |||
1359 | #if serve |
|
1363 | #if serve | |
1360 |
|
1364 | |||
1361 | Test the help pages in hgweb. |
|
1365 | Test the help pages in hgweb. | |
1362 |
|
1366 | |||
1363 | Dish up an empty repo; serve it cold. |
|
1367 | Dish up an empty repo; serve it cold. | |
1364 |
|
1368 | |||
1365 | $ hg init "$TESTTMP/test" |
|
1369 | $ hg init "$TESTTMP/test" | |
1366 | $ hg serve -R "$TESTTMP/test" -n test -p $HGPORT -d --pid-file=hg.pid |
|
1370 | $ hg serve -R "$TESTTMP/test" -n test -p $HGPORT -d --pid-file=hg.pid | |
1367 | $ cat hg.pid >> $DAEMON_PIDS |
|
1371 | $ cat hg.pid >> $DAEMON_PIDS | |
1368 |
|
1372 | |||
1369 | $ get-with-headers.py 127.0.0.1:$HGPORT "help" |
|
1373 | $ get-with-headers.py 127.0.0.1:$HGPORT "help" | |
1370 | 200 Script output follows |
|
1374 | 200 Script output follows | |
1371 |
|
1375 | |||
1372 | <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> |
|
1376 | <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> | |
1373 | <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US"> |
|
1377 | <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US"> | |
1374 | <head> |
|
1378 | <head> | |
1375 | <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" /> |
|
1379 | <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" /> | |
1376 | <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" /> |
|
1380 | <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" /> | |
1377 | <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" /> |
|
1381 | <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" /> | |
1378 | <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script> |
|
1382 | <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script> | |
1379 |
|
1383 | |||
1380 | <title>Help: Index</title> |
|
1384 | <title>Help: Index</title> | |
1381 | </head> |
|
1385 | </head> | |
1382 | <body> |
|
1386 | <body> | |
1383 |
|
1387 | |||
1384 | <div class="container"> |
|
1388 | <div class="container"> | |
1385 | <div class="menu"> |
|
1389 | <div class="menu"> | |
1386 | <div class="logo"> |
|
1390 | <div class="logo"> | |
1387 | <a href="https://mercurial-scm.org/"> |
|
1391 | <a href="https://mercurial-scm.org/"> | |
1388 | <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a> |
|
1392 | <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a> | |
1389 | </div> |
|
1393 | </div> | |
1390 | <ul> |
|
1394 | <ul> | |
1391 | <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li> |
|
1395 | <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li> | |
1392 | <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li> |
|
1396 | <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li> | |
1393 | <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li> |
|
1397 | <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li> | |
1394 | <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li> |
|
1398 | <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li> | |
1395 | <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li> |
|
1399 | <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li> | |
1396 | </ul> |
|
1400 | </ul> | |
1397 | <ul> |
|
1401 | <ul> | |
1398 | <li class="active">help</li> |
|
1402 | <li class="active">help</li> | |
1399 | </ul> |
|
1403 | </ul> | |
1400 | </div> |
|
1404 | </div> | |
1401 |
|
1405 | |||
1402 | <div class="main"> |
|
1406 | <div class="main"> | |
1403 | <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2> |
|
1407 | <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2> | |
1404 | <form class="search" action="/log"> |
|
1408 | <form class="search" action="/log"> | |
1405 |
|
1409 | |||
1406 | <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" /></p> |
|
1410 | <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" /></p> | |
1407 | <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision |
|
1411 | <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision | |
1408 | number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div> |
|
1412 | number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div> | |
1409 | </form> |
|
1413 | </form> | |
1410 | <table class="bigtable"> |
|
1414 | <table class="bigtable"> | |
1411 | <tr><td colspan="2"><h2><a name="main" href="#topics">Topics</a></h2></td></tr> |
|
1415 | <tr><td colspan="2"><h2><a name="main" href="#topics">Topics</a></h2></td></tr> | |
1412 |
|
1416 | |||
1413 | <tr><td> |
|
1417 | <tr><td> | |
1414 | <a href="/help/config"> |
|
1418 | <a href="/help/config"> | |
1415 | config |
|
1419 | config | |
1416 | </a> |
|
1420 | </a> | |
1417 | </td><td> |
|
1421 | </td><td> | |
1418 | Configuration Files |
|
1422 | Configuration Files | |
1419 | </td></tr> |
|
1423 | </td></tr> | |
1420 | <tr><td> |
|
1424 | <tr><td> | |
1421 | <a href="/help/dates"> |
|
1425 | <a href="/help/dates"> | |
1422 | dates |
|
1426 | dates | |
1423 | </a> |
|
1427 | </a> | |
1424 | </td><td> |
|
1428 | </td><td> | |
1425 | Date Formats |
|
1429 | Date Formats | |
1426 | </td></tr> |
|
1430 | </td></tr> | |
1427 | <tr><td> |
|
1431 | <tr><td> | |
1428 | <a href="/help/diffs"> |
|
1432 | <a href="/help/diffs"> | |
1429 | diffs |
|
1433 | diffs | |
1430 | </a> |
|
1434 | </a> | |
1431 | </td><td> |
|
1435 | </td><td> | |
1432 | Diff Formats |
|
1436 | Diff Formats | |
1433 | </td></tr> |
|
1437 | </td></tr> | |
1434 | <tr><td> |
|
1438 | <tr><td> | |
1435 | <a href="/help/environment"> |
|
1439 | <a href="/help/environment"> | |
1436 | environment |
|
1440 | environment | |
1437 | </a> |
|
1441 | </a> | |
1438 | </td><td> |
|
1442 | </td><td> | |
1439 | Environment Variables |
|
1443 | Environment Variables | |
1440 | </td></tr> |
|
1444 | </td></tr> | |
1441 | <tr><td> |
|
1445 | <tr><td> | |
1442 | <a href="/help/extensions"> |
|
1446 | <a href="/help/extensions"> | |
1443 | extensions |
|
1447 | extensions | |
1444 | </a> |
|
1448 | </a> | |
1445 | </td><td> |
|
1449 | </td><td> | |
1446 | Using Additional Features |
|
1450 | Using Additional Features | |
1447 | </td></tr> |
|
1451 | </td></tr> | |
1448 | <tr><td> |
|
1452 | <tr><td> | |
1449 | <a href="/help/filesets"> |
|
1453 | <a href="/help/filesets"> | |
1450 | filesets |
|
1454 | filesets | |
1451 | </a> |
|
1455 | </a> | |
1452 | </td><td> |
|
1456 | </td><td> | |
1453 | Specifying File Sets |
|
1457 | Specifying File Sets | |
1454 | </td></tr> |
|
1458 | </td></tr> | |
1455 | <tr><td> |
|
1459 | <tr><td> | |
1456 | <a href="/help/glossary"> |
|
1460 | <a href="/help/glossary"> | |
1457 | glossary |
|
1461 | glossary | |
1458 | </a> |
|
1462 | </a> | |
1459 | </td><td> |
|
1463 | </td><td> | |
1460 | Glossary |
|
1464 | Glossary | |
1461 | </td></tr> |
|
1465 | </td></tr> | |
1462 | <tr><td> |
|
1466 | <tr><td> | |
1463 | <a href="/help/hgignore"> |
|
1467 | <a href="/help/hgignore"> | |
1464 | hgignore |
|
1468 | hgignore | |
1465 | </a> |
|
1469 | </a> | |
1466 | </td><td> |
|
1470 | </td><td> | |
1467 | Syntax for Mercurial Ignore Files |
|
1471 | Syntax for Mercurial Ignore Files | |
1468 | </td></tr> |
|
1472 | </td></tr> | |
1469 | <tr><td> |
|
1473 | <tr><td> | |
1470 | <a href="/help/hgweb"> |
|
1474 | <a href="/help/hgweb"> | |
1471 | hgweb |
|
1475 | hgweb | |
1472 | </a> |
|
1476 | </a> | |
1473 | </td><td> |
|
1477 | </td><td> | |
1474 | Configuring hgweb |
|
1478 | Configuring hgweb | |
1475 | </td></tr> |
|
1479 | </td></tr> | |
1476 | <tr><td> |
|
1480 | <tr><td> | |
1477 | <a href="/help/merge-tools"> |
|
1481 | <a href="/help/merge-tools"> | |
1478 | merge-tools |
|
1482 | merge-tools | |
1479 | </a> |
|
1483 | </a> | |
1480 | </td><td> |
|
1484 | </td><td> | |
1481 | Merge Tools |
|
1485 | Merge Tools | |
1482 | </td></tr> |
|
1486 | </td></tr> | |
1483 | <tr><td> |
|
1487 | <tr><td> | |
1484 | <a href="/help/multirevs"> |
|
1488 | <a href="/help/multirevs"> | |
1485 | multirevs |
|
1489 | multirevs | |
1486 | </a> |
|
1490 | </a> | |
1487 | </td><td> |
|
1491 | </td><td> | |
1488 | Specifying Multiple Revisions |
|
1492 | Specifying Multiple Revisions | |
1489 | </td></tr> |
|
1493 | </td></tr> | |
1490 | <tr><td> |
|
1494 | <tr><td> | |
1491 | <a href="/help/patterns"> |
|
1495 | <a href="/help/patterns"> | |
1492 | patterns |
|
1496 | patterns | |
1493 | </a> |
|
1497 | </a> | |
1494 | </td><td> |
|
1498 | </td><td> | |
1495 | File Name Patterns |
|
1499 | File Name Patterns | |
1496 | </td></tr> |
|
1500 | </td></tr> | |
1497 | <tr><td> |
|
1501 | <tr><td> | |
1498 | <a href="/help/phases"> |
|
1502 | <a href="/help/phases"> | |
1499 | phases |
|
1503 | phases | |
1500 | </a> |
|
1504 | </a> | |
1501 | </td><td> |
|
1505 | </td><td> | |
1502 | Working with Phases |
|
1506 | Working with Phases | |
1503 | </td></tr> |
|
1507 | </td></tr> | |
1504 | <tr><td> |
|
1508 | <tr><td> | |
1505 | <a href="/help/revisions"> |
|
1509 | <a href="/help/revisions"> | |
1506 | revisions |
|
1510 | revisions | |
1507 | </a> |
|
1511 | </a> | |
1508 | </td><td> |
|
1512 | </td><td> | |
1509 | Specifying Single Revisions |
|
1513 | Specifying Single Revisions | |
1510 | </td></tr> |
|
1514 | </td></tr> | |
1511 | <tr><td> |
|
1515 | <tr><td> | |
1512 | <a href="/help/revsets"> |
|
1516 | <a href="/help/revsets"> | |
1513 | revsets |
|
1517 | revsets | |
1514 | </a> |
|
1518 | </a> | |
1515 | </td><td> |
|
1519 | </td><td> | |
1516 | Specifying Revision Sets |
|
1520 | Specifying Revision Sets | |
1517 | </td></tr> |
|
1521 | </td></tr> | |
1518 | <tr><td> |
|
1522 | <tr><td> | |
1519 | <a href="/help/scripting"> |
|
1523 | <a href="/help/scripting"> | |
1520 | scripting |
|
1524 | scripting | |
1521 | </a> |
|
1525 | </a> | |
1522 | </td><td> |
|
1526 | </td><td> | |
1523 | Using Mercurial from scripts and automation |
|
1527 | Using Mercurial from scripts and automation | |
1524 | </td></tr> |
|
1528 | </td></tr> | |
1525 | <tr><td> |
|
1529 | <tr><td> | |
1526 | <a href="/help/subrepos"> |
|
1530 | <a href="/help/subrepos"> | |
1527 | subrepos |
|
1531 | subrepos | |
1528 | </a> |
|
1532 | </a> | |
1529 | </td><td> |
|
1533 | </td><td> | |
1530 | Subrepositories |
|
1534 | Subrepositories | |
1531 | </td></tr> |
|
1535 | </td></tr> | |
1532 | <tr><td> |
|
1536 | <tr><td> | |
1533 | <a href="/help/templating"> |
|
1537 | <a href="/help/templating"> | |
1534 | templating |
|
1538 | templating | |
1535 | </a> |
|
1539 | </a> | |
1536 | </td><td> |
|
1540 | </td><td> | |
1537 | Template Usage |
|
1541 | Template Usage | |
1538 | </td></tr> |
|
1542 | </td></tr> | |
1539 | <tr><td> |
|
1543 | <tr><td> | |
1540 | <a href="/help/urls"> |
|
1544 | <a href="/help/urls"> | |
1541 | urls |
|
1545 | urls | |
1542 | </a> |
|
1546 | </a> | |
1543 | </td><td> |
|
1547 | </td><td> | |
1544 | URL Paths |
|
1548 | URL Paths | |
1545 | </td></tr> |
|
1549 | </td></tr> | |
1546 | <tr><td> |
|
1550 | <tr><td> | |
1547 | <a href="/help/topic-containing-verbose"> |
|
1551 | <a href="/help/topic-containing-verbose"> | |
1548 | topic-containing-verbose |
|
1552 | topic-containing-verbose | |
1549 | </a> |
|
1553 | </a> | |
1550 | </td><td> |
|
1554 | </td><td> | |
1551 | This is the topic to test omit indicating. |
|
1555 | This is the topic to test omit indicating. | |
1552 | </td></tr> |
|
1556 | </td></tr> | |
1553 |
|
1557 | |||
1554 | <tr><td colspan="2"><h2><a name="main" href="#main">Main Commands</a></h2></td></tr> |
|
1558 | <tr><td colspan="2"><h2><a name="main" href="#main">Main Commands</a></h2></td></tr> | |
1555 |
|
1559 | |||
1556 | <tr><td> |
|
1560 | <tr><td> | |
1557 | <a href="/help/add"> |
|
1561 | <a href="/help/add"> | |
1558 | add |
|
1562 | add | |
1559 | </a> |
|
1563 | </a> | |
1560 | </td><td> |
|
1564 | </td><td> | |
1561 | add the specified files on the next commit |
|
1565 | add the specified files on the next commit | |
1562 | </td></tr> |
|
1566 | </td></tr> | |
1563 | <tr><td> |
|
1567 | <tr><td> | |
1564 | <a href="/help/annotate"> |
|
1568 | <a href="/help/annotate"> | |
1565 | annotate |
|
1569 | annotate | |
1566 | </a> |
|
1570 | </a> | |
1567 | </td><td> |
|
1571 | </td><td> | |
1568 | show changeset information by line for each file |
|
1572 | show changeset information by line for each file | |
1569 | </td></tr> |
|
1573 | </td></tr> | |
1570 | <tr><td> |
|
1574 | <tr><td> | |
1571 | <a href="/help/clone"> |
|
1575 | <a href="/help/clone"> | |
1572 | clone |
|
1576 | clone | |
1573 | </a> |
|
1577 | </a> | |
1574 | </td><td> |
|
1578 | </td><td> | |
1575 | make a copy of an existing repository |
|
1579 | make a copy of an existing repository | |
1576 | </td></tr> |
|
1580 | </td></tr> | |
1577 | <tr><td> |
|
1581 | <tr><td> | |
1578 | <a href="/help/commit"> |
|
1582 | <a href="/help/commit"> | |
1579 | commit |
|
1583 | commit | |
1580 | </a> |
|
1584 | </a> | |
1581 | </td><td> |
|
1585 | </td><td> | |
1582 | commit the specified files or all outstanding changes |
|
1586 | commit the specified files or all outstanding changes | |
1583 | </td></tr> |
|
1587 | </td></tr> | |
1584 | <tr><td> |
|
1588 | <tr><td> | |
1585 | <a href="/help/diff"> |
|
1589 | <a href="/help/diff"> | |
1586 | diff |
|
1590 | diff | |
1587 | </a> |
|
1591 | </a> | |
1588 | </td><td> |
|
1592 | </td><td> | |
1589 | diff repository (or selected files) |
|
1593 | diff repository (or selected files) | |
1590 | </td></tr> |
|
1594 | </td></tr> | |
1591 | <tr><td> |
|
1595 | <tr><td> | |
1592 | <a href="/help/export"> |
|
1596 | <a href="/help/export"> | |
1593 | export |
|
1597 | export | |
1594 | </a> |
|
1598 | </a> | |
1595 | </td><td> |
|
1599 | </td><td> | |
1596 | dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets |
|
1600 | dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets | |
1597 | </td></tr> |
|
1601 | </td></tr> | |
1598 | <tr><td> |
|
1602 | <tr><td> | |
1599 | <a href="/help/forget"> |
|
1603 | <a href="/help/forget"> | |
1600 | forget |
|
1604 | forget | |
1601 | </a> |
|
1605 | </a> | |
1602 | </td><td> |
|
1606 | </td><td> | |
1603 | forget the specified files on the next commit |
|
1607 | forget the specified files on the next commit | |
1604 | </td></tr> |
|
1608 | </td></tr> | |
1605 | <tr><td> |
|
1609 | <tr><td> | |
1606 | <a href="/help/init"> |
|
1610 | <a href="/help/init"> | |
1607 | init |
|
1611 | init | |
1608 | </a> |
|
1612 | </a> | |
1609 | </td><td> |
|
1613 | </td><td> | |
1610 | create a new repository in the given directory |
|
1614 | create a new repository in the given directory | |
1611 | </td></tr> |
|
1615 | </td></tr> | |
1612 | <tr><td> |
|
1616 | <tr><td> | |
1613 | <a href="/help/log"> |
|
1617 | <a href="/help/log"> | |
1614 | log |
|
1618 | log | |
1615 | </a> |
|
1619 | </a> | |
1616 | </td><td> |
|
1620 | </td><td> | |
1617 | show revision history of entire repository or files |
|
1621 | show revision history of entire repository or files | |
1618 | </td></tr> |
|
1622 | </td></tr> | |
1619 | <tr><td> |
|
1623 | <tr><td> | |
1620 | <a href="/help/merge"> |
|
1624 | <a href="/help/merge"> | |
1621 | merge |
|
1625 | merge | |
1622 | </a> |
|
1626 | </a> | |
1623 | </td><td> |
|
1627 | </td><td> | |
1624 | merge another revision into working directory |
|
1628 | merge another revision into working directory | |
1625 | </td></tr> |
|
1629 | </td></tr> | |
1626 | <tr><td> |
|
1630 | <tr><td> | |
1627 | <a href="/help/pull"> |
|
1631 | <a href="/help/pull"> | |
1628 | pull |
|
1632 | pull | |
1629 | </a> |
|
1633 | </a> | |
1630 | </td><td> |
|
1634 | </td><td> | |
1631 | pull changes from the specified source |
|
1635 | pull changes from the specified source | |
1632 | </td></tr> |
|
1636 | </td></tr> | |
1633 | <tr><td> |
|
1637 | <tr><td> | |
1634 | <a href="/help/push"> |
|
1638 | <a href="/help/push"> | |
1635 | push |
|
1639 | push | |
1636 | </a> |
|
1640 | </a> | |
1637 | </td><td> |
|
1641 | </td><td> | |
1638 | push changes to the specified destination |
|
1642 | push changes to the specified destination | |
1639 | </td></tr> |
|
1643 | </td></tr> | |
1640 | <tr><td> |
|
1644 | <tr><td> | |
1641 | <a href="/help/remove"> |
|
1645 | <a href="/help/remove"> | |
1642 | remove |
|
1646 | remove | |
1643 | </a> |
|
1647 | </a> | |
1644 | </td><td> |
|
1648 | </td><td> | |
1645 | remove the specified files on the next commit |
|
1649 | remove the specified files on the next commit | |
1646 | </td></tr> |
|
1650 | </td></tr> | |
1647 | <tr><td> |
|
1651 | <tr><td> | |
1648 | <a href="/help/serve"> |
|
1652 | <a href="/help/serve"> | |
1649 | serve |
|
1653 | serve | |
1650 | </a> |
|
1654 | </a> | |
1651 | </td><td> |
|
1655 | </td><td> | |
1652 | start stand-alone webserver |
|
1656 | start stand-alone webserver | |
1653 | </td></tr> |
|
1657 | </td></tr> | |
1654 | <tr><td> |
|
1658 | <tr><td> | |
1655 | <a href="/help/status"> |
|
1659 | <a href="/help/status"> | |
1656 | status |
|
1660 | status | |
1657 | </a> |
|
1661 | </a> | |
1658 | </td><td> |
|
1662 | </td><td> | |
1659 | show changed files in the working directory |
|
1663 | show changed files in the working directory | |
1660 | </td></tr> |
|
1664 | </td></tr> | |
1661 | <tr><td> |
|
1665 | <tr><td> | |
1662 | <a href="/help/summary"> |
|
1666 | <a href="/help/summary"> | |
1663 | summary |
|
1667 | summary | |
1664 | </a> |
|
1668 | </a> | |
1665 | </td><td> |
|
1669 | </td><td> | |
1666 | summarize working directory state |
|
1670 | summarize working directory state | |
1667 | </td></tr> |
|
1671 | </td></tr> | |
1668 | <tr><td> |
|
1672 | <tr><td> | |
1669 | <a href="/help/update"> |
|
1673 | <a href="/help/update"> | |
1670 | update |
|
1674 | update | |
1671 | </a> |
|
1675 | </a> | |
1672 | </td><td> |
|
1676 | </td><td> | |
1673 | update working directory (or switch revisions) |
|
1677 | update working directory (or switch revisions) | |
1674 | </td></tr> |
|
1678 | </td></tr> | |
1675 |
|
1679 | |||
1676 | <tr><td colspan="2"><h2><a name="other" href="#other">Other Commands</a></h2></td></tr> |
|
1680 | <tr><td colspan="2"><h2><a name="other" href="#other">Other Commands</a></h2></td></tr> | |
1677 |
|
1681 | |||
1678 | <tr><td> |
|
1682 | <tr><td> | |
1679 | <a href="/help/addremove"> |
|
1683 | <a href="/help/addremove"> | |
1680 | addremove |
|
1684 | addremove | |
1681 | </a> |
|
1685 | </a> | |
1682 | </td><td> |
|
1686 | </td><td> | |
1683 | add all new files, delete all missing files |
|
1687 | add all new files, delete all missing files | |
1684 | </td></tr> |
|
1688 | </td></tr> | |
1685 | <tr><td> |
|
1689 | <tr><td> | |
1686 | <a href="/help/archive"> |
|
1690 | <a href="/help/archive"> | |
1687 | archive |
|
1691 | archive | |
1688 | </a> |
|
1692 | </a> | |
1689 | </td><td> |
|
1693 | </td><td> | |
1690 | create an unversioned archive of a repository revision |
|
1694 | create an unversioned archive of a repository revision | |
1691 | </td></tr> |
|
1695 | </td></tr> | |
1692 | <tr><td> |
|
1696 | <tr><td> | |
1693 | <a href="/help/backout"> |
|
1697 | <a href="/help/backout"> | |
1694 | backout |
|
1698 | backout | |
1695 | </a> |
|
1699 | </a> | |
1696 | </td><td> |
|
1700 | </td><td> | |
1697 | reverse effect of earlier changeset |
|
1701 | reverse effect of earlier changeset | |
1698 | </td></tr> |
|
1702 | </td></tr> | |
1699 | <tr><td> |
|
1703 | <tr><td> | |
1700 | <a href="/help/bisect"> |
|
1704 | <a href="/help/bisect"> | |
1701 | bisect |
|
1705 | bisect | |
1702 | </a> |
|
1706 | </a> | |
1703 | </td><td> |
|
1707 | </td><td> | |
1704 | subdivision search of changesets |
|
1708 | subdivision search of changesets | |
1705 | </td></tr> |
|
1709 | </td></tr> | |
1706 | <tr><td> |
|
1710 | <tr><td> | |
1707 | <a href="/help/bookmarks"> |
|
1711 | <a href="/help/bookmarks"> | |
1708 | bookmarks |
|
1712 | bookmarks | |
1709 | </a> |
|
1713 | </a> | |
1710 | </td><td> |
|
1714 | </td><td> | |
1711 | create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks |
|
1715 | create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks | |
1712 | </td></tr> |
|
1716 | </td></tr> | |
1713 | <tr><td> |
|
1717 | <tr><td> | |
1714 | <a href="/help/branch"> |
|
1718 | <a href="/help/branch"> | |
1715 | branch |
|
1719 | branch | |
1716 | </a> |
|
1720 | </a> | |
1717 | </td><td> |
|
1721 | </td><td> | |
1718 | set or show the current branch name |
|
1722 | set or show the current branch name | |
1719 | </td></tr> |
|
1723 | </td></tr> | |
1720 | <tr><td> |
|
1724 | <tr><td> | |
1721 | <a href="/help/branches"> |
|
1725 | <a href="/help/branches"> | |
1722 | branches |
|
1726 | branches | |
1723 | </a> |
|
1727 | </a> | |
1724 | </td><td> |
|
1728 | </td><td> | |
1725 | list repository named branches |
|
1729 | list repository named branches | |
1726 | </td></tr> |
|
1730 | </td></tr> | |
1727 | <tr><td> |
|
1731 | <tr><td> | |
1728 | <a href="/help/bundle"> |
|
1732 | <a href="/help/bundle"> | |
1729 | bundle |
|
1733 | bundle | |
1730 | </a> |
|
1734 | </a> | |
1731 | </td><td> |
|
1735 | </td><td> | |
1732 | create a changegroup file |
|
1736 | create a changegroup file | |
1733 | </td></tr> |
|
1737 | </td></tr> | |
1734 | <tr><td> |
|
1738 | <tr><td> | |
1735 | <a href="/help/cat"> |
|
1739 | <a href="/help/cat"> | |
1736 | cat |
|
1740 | cat | |
1737 | </a> |
|
1741 | </a> | |
1738 | </td><td> |
|
1742 | </td><td> | |
1739 | output the current or given revision of files |
|
1743 | output the current or given revision of files | |
1740 | </td></tr> |
|
1744 | </td></tr> | |
1741 | <tr><td> |
|
1745 | <tr><td> | |
1742 | <a href="/help/config"> |
|
1746 | <a href="/help/config"> | |
1743 | config |
|
1747 | config | |
1744 | </a> |
|
1748 | </a> | |
1745 | </td><td> |
|
1749 | </td><td> | |
1746 | show combined config settings from all hgrc files |
|
1750 | show combined config settings from all hgrc files | |
1747 | </td></tr> |
|
1751 | </td></tr> | |
1748 | <tr><td> |
|
1752 | <tr><td> | |
1749 | <a href="/help/copy"> |
|
1753 | <a href="/help/copy"> | |
1750 | copy |
|
1754 | copy | |
1751 | </a> |
|
1755 | </a> | |
1752 | </td><td> |
|
1756 | </td><td> | |
1753 | mark files as copied for the next commit |
|
1757 | mark files as copied for the next commit | |
1754 | </td></tr> |
|
1758 | </td></tr> | |
1755 | <tr><td> |
|
1759 | <tr><td> | |
1756 | <a href="/help/files"> |
|
1760 | <a href="/help/files"> | |
1757 | files |
|
1761 | files | |
1758 | </a> |
|
1762 | </a> | |
1759 | </td><td> |
|
1763 | </td><td> | |
1760 | list tracked files |
|
1764 | list tracked files | |
1761 | </td></tr> |
|
1765 | </td></tr> | |
1762 | <tr><td> |
|
1766 | <tr><td> | |
1763 | <a href="/help/graft"> |
|
1767 | <a href="/help/graft"> | |
1764 | graft |
|
1768 | graft | |
1765 | </a> |
|
1769 | </a> | |
1766 | </td><td> |
|
1770 | </td><td> | |
1767 | copy changes from other branches onto the current branch |
|
1771 | copy changes from other branches onto the current branch | |
1768 | </td></tr> |
|
1772 | </td></tr> | |
1769 | <tr><td> |
|
1773 | <tr><td> | |
1770 | <a href="/help/grep"> |
|
1774 | <a href="/help/grep"> | |
1771 | grep |
|
1775 | grep | |
1772 | </a> |
|
1776 | </a> | |
1773 | </td><td> |
|
1777 | </td><td> | |
1774 | search for a pattern in specified files and revisions |
|
1778 | search for a pattern in specified files and revisions | |
1775 | </td></tr> |
|
1779 | </td></tr> | |
1776 | <tr><td> |
|
1780 | <tr><td> | |
1777 | <a href="/help/heads"> |
|
1781 | <a href="/help/heads"> | |
1778 | heads |
|
1782 | heads | |
1779 | </a> |
|
1783 | </a> | |
1780 | </td><td> |
|
1784 | </td><td> | |
1781 | show branch heads |
|
1785 | show branch heads | |
1782 | </td></tr> |
|
1786 | </td></tr> | |
1783 | <tr><td> |
|
1787 | <tr><td> | |
1784 | <a href="/help/help"> |
|
1788 | <a href="/help/help"> | |
1785 | help |
|
1789 | help | |
1786 | </a> |
|
1790 | </a> | |
1787 | </td><td> |
|
1791 | </td><td> | |
1788 | show help for a given topic or a help overview |
|
1792 | show help for a given topic or a help overview | |
1789 | </td></tr> |
|
1793 | </td></tr> | |
1790 | <tr><td> |
|
1794 | <tr><td> | |
1791 | <a href="/help/identify"> |
|
1795 | <a href="/help/identify"> | |
1792 | identify |
|
1796 | identify | |
1793 | </a> |
|
1797 | </a> | |
1794 | </td><td> |
|
1798 | </td><td> | |
1795 | identify the working directory or specified revision |
|
1799 | identify the working directory or specified revision | |
1796 | </td></tr> |
|
1800 | </td></tr> | |
1797 | <tr><td> |
|
1801 | <tr><td> | |
1798 | <a href="/help/import"> |
|
1802 | <a href="/help/import"> | |
1799 | import |
|
1803 | import | |
1800 | </a> |
|
1804 | </a> | |
1801 | </td><td> |
|
1805 | </td><td> | |
1802 | import an ordered set of patches |
|
1806 | import an ordered set of patches | |
1803 | </td></tr> |
|
1807 | </td></tr> | |
1804 | <tr><td> |
|
1808 | <tr><td> | |
1805 | <a href="/help/incoming"> |
|
1809 | <a href="/help/incoming"> | |
1806 | incoming |
|
1810 | incoming | |
1807 | </a> |
|
1811 | </a> | |
1808 | </td><td> |
|
1812 | </td><td> | |
1809 | show new changesets found in source |
|
1813 | show new changesets found in source | |
1810 | </td></tr> |
|
1814 | </td></tr> | |
1811 | <tr><td> |
|
1815 | <tr><td> | |
1812 | <a href="/help/manifest"> |
|
1816 | <a href="/help/manifest"> | |
1813 | manifest |
|
1817 | manifest | |
1814 | </a> |
|
1818 | </a> | |
1815 | </td><td> |
|
1819 | </td><td> | |
1816 | output the current or given revision of the project manifest |
|
1820 | output the current or given revision of the project manifest | |
1817 | </td></tr> |
|
1821 | </td></tr> | |
1818 | <tr><td> |
|
1822 | <tr><td> | |
1819 | <a href="/help/nohelp"> |
|
1823 | <a href="/help/nohelp"> | |
1820 | nohelp |
|
1824 | nohelp | |
1821 | </a> |
|
1825 | </a> | |
1822 | </td><td> |
|
1826 | </td><td> | |
1823 | (no help text available) |
|
1827 | (no help text available) | |
1824 | </td></tr> |
|
1828 | </td></tr> | |
1825 | <tr><td> |
|
1829 | <tr><td> | |
1826 | <a href="/help/outgoing"> |
|
1830 | <a href="/help/outgoing"> | |
1827 | outgoing |
|
1831 | outgoing | |
1828 | </a> |
|
1832 | </a> | |
1829 | </td><td> |
|
1833 | </td><td> | |
1830 | show changesets not found in the destination |
|
1834 | show changesets not found in the destination | |
1831 | </td></tr> |
|
1835 | </td></tr> | |
1832 | <tr><td> |
|
1836 | <tr><td> | |
1833 | <a href="/help/paths"> |
|
1837 | <a href="/help/paths"> | |
1834 | paths |
|
1838 | paths | |
1835 | </a> |
|
1839 | </a> | |
1836 | </td><td> |
|
1840 | </td><td> | |
1837 | show aliases for remote repositories |
|
1841 | show aliases for remote repositories | |
1838 | </td></tr> |
|
1842 | </td></tr> | |
1839 | <tr><td> |
|
1843 | <tr><td> | |
1840 | <a href="/help/phase"> |
|
1844 | <a href="/help/phase"> | |
1841 | phase |
|
1845 | phase | |
1842 | </a> |
|
1846 | </a> | |
1843 | </td><td> |
|
1847 | </td><td> | |
1844 | set or show the current phase name |
|
1848 | set or show the current phase name | |
1845 | </td></tr> |
|
1849 | </td></tr> | |
1846 | <tr><td> |
|
1850 | <tr><td> | |
1847 | <a href="/help/recover"> |
|
1851 | <a href="/help/recover"> | |
1848 | recover |
|
1852 | recover | |
1849 | </a> |
|
1853 | </a> | |
1850 | </td><td> |
|
1854 | </td><td> | |
1851 | roll back an interrupted transaction |
|
1855 | roll back an interrupted transaction | |
1852 | </td></tr> |
|
1856 | </td></tr> | |
1853 | <tr><td> |
|
1857 | <tr><td> | |
1854 | <a href="/help/rename"> |
|
1858 | <a href="/help/rename"> | |
1855 | rename |
|
1859 | rename | |
1856 | </a> |
|
1860 | </a> | |
1857 | </td><td> |
|
1861 | </td><td> | |
1858 | rename files; equivalent of copy + remove |
|
1862 | rename files; equivalent of copy + remove | |
1859 | </td></tr> |
|
1863 | </td></tr> | |
1860 | <tr><td> |
|
1864 | <tr><td> | |
1861 | <a href="/help/resolve"> |
|
1865 | <a href="/help/resolve"> | |
1862 | resolve |
|
1866 | resolve | |
1863 | </a> |
|
1867 | </a> | |
1864 | </td><td> |
|
1868 | </td><td> | |
1865 | redo merges or set/view the merge status of files |
|
1869 | redo merges or set/view the merge status of files | |
1866 | </td></tr> |
|
1870 | </td></tr> | |
1867 | <tr><td> |
|
1871 | <tr><td> | |
1868 | <a href="/help/revert"> |
|
1872 | <a href="/help/revert"> | |
1869 | revert |
|
1873 | revert | |
1870 | </a> |
|
1874 | </a> | |
1871 | </td><td> |
|
1875 | </td><td> | |
1872 | restore files to their checkout state |
|
1876 | restore files to their checkout state | |
1873 | </td></tr> |
|
1877 | </td></tr> | |
1874 | <tr><td> |
|
1878 | <tr><td> | |
1875 | <a href="/help/root"> |
|
1879 | <a href="/help/root"> | |
1876 | root |
|
1880 | root | |
1877 | </a> |
|
1881 | </a> | |
1878 | </td><td> |
|
1882 | </td><td> | |
1879 | print the root (top) of the current working directory |
|
1883 | print the root (top) of the current working directory | |
1880 | </td></tr> |
|
1884 | </td></tr> | |
1881 | <tr><td> |
|
1885 | <tr><td> | |
1882 | <a href="/help/tag"> |
|
1886 | <a href="/help/tag"> | |
1883 | tag |
|
1887 | tag | |
1884 | </a> |
|
1888 | </a> | |
1885 | </td><td> |
|
1889 | </td><td> | |
1886 | add one or more tags for the current or given revision |
|
1890 | add one or more tags for the current or given revision | |
1887 | </td></tr> |
|
1891 | </td></tr> | |
1888 | <tr><td> |
|
1892 | <tr><td> | |
1889 | <a href="/help/tags"> |
|
1893 | <a href="/help/tags"> | |
1890 | tags |
|
1894 | tags | |
1891 | </a> |
|
1895 | </a> | |
1892 | </td><td> |
|
1896 | </td><td> | |
1893 | list repository tags |
|
1897 | list repository tags | |
1894 | </td></tr> |
|
1898 | </td></tr> | |
1895 | <tr><td> |
|
1899 | <tr><td> | |
1896 | <a href="/help/unbundle"> |
|
1900 | <a href="/help/unbundle"> | |
1897 | unbundle |
|
1901 | unbundle | |
1898 | </a> |
|
1902 | </a> | |
1899 | </td><td> |
|
1903 | </td><td> | |
1900 | apply one or more changegroup files |
|
1904 | apply one or more changegroup files | |
1901 | </td></tr> |
|
1905 | </td></tr> | |
1902 | <tr><td> |
|
1906 | <tr><td> | |
1903 | <a href="/help/verify"> |
|
1907 | <a href="/help/verify"> | |
1904 | verify |
|
1908 | verify | |
1905 | </a> |
|
1909 | </a> | |
1906 | </td><td> |
|
1910 | </td><td> | |
1907 | verify the integrity of the repository |
|
1911 | verify the integrity of the repository | |
1908 | </td></tr> |
|
1912 | </td></tr> | |
1909 | <tr><td> |
|
1913 | <tr><td> | |
1910 | <a href="/help/version"> |
|
1914 | <a href="/help/version"> | |
1911 | version |
|
1915 | version | |
1912 | </a> |
|
1916 | </a> | |
1913 | </td><td> |
|
1917 | </td><td> | |
1914 | output version and copyright information |
|
1918 | output version and copyright information | |
1915 | </td></tr> |
|
1919 | </td></tr> | |
1916 | </table> |
|
1920 | </table> | |
1917 | </div> |
|
1921 | </div> | |
1918 | </div> |
|
1922 | </div> | |
1919 |
|
1923 | |||
1920 | <script type="text/javascript">process_dates()</script> |
|
1924 | <script type="text/javascript">process_dates()</script> | |
1921 |
|
1925 | |||
1922 |
|
1926 | |||
1923 | </body> |
|
1927 | </body> | |
1924 | </html> |
|
1928 | </html> | |
1925 |
|
1929 | |||
1926 |
|
1930 | |||
1927 | $ get-with-headers.py 127.0.0.1:$HGPORT "help/add" |
|
1931 | $ get-with-headers.py 127.0.0.1:$HGPORT "help/add" | |
1928 | 200 Script output follows |
|
1932 | 200 Script output follows | |
1929 |
|
1933 | |||
1930 | <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> |
|
1934 | <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> | |
1931 | <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US"> |
|
1935 | <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US"> | |
1932 | <head> |
|
1936 | <head> | |
1933 | <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" /> |
|
1937 | <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" /> | |
1934 | <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" /> |
|
1938 | <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" /> | |
1935 | <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" /> |
|
1939 | <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" /> | |
1936 | <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script> |
|
1940 | <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script> | |
1937 |
|
1941 | |||
1938 | <title>Help: add</title> |
|
1942 | <title>Help: add</title> | |
1939 | </head> |
|
1943 | </head> | |
1940 | <body> |
|
1944 | <body> | |
1941 |
|
1945 | |||
1942 | <div class="container"> |
|
1946 | <div class="container"> | |
1943 | <div class="menu"> |
|
1947 | <div class="menu"> | |
1944 | <div class="logo"> |
|
1948 | <div class="logo"> | |
1945 | <a href="https://mercurial-scm.org/"> |
|
1949 | <a href="https://mercurial-scm.org/"> | |
1946 | <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a> |
|
1950 | <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a> | |
1947 | </div> |
|
1951 | </div> | |
1948 | <ul> |
|
1952 | <ul> | |
1949 | <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li> |
|
1953 | <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li> | |
1950 | <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li> |
|
1954 | <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li> | |
1951 | <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li> |
|
1955 | <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li> | |
1952 | <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li> |
|
1956 | <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li> | |
1953 | <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li> |
|
1957 | <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li> | |
1954 | </ul> |
|
1958 | </ul> | |
1955 | <ul> |
|
1959 | <ul> | |
1956 | <li class="active"><a href="/help">help</a></li> |
|
1960 | <li class="active"><a href="/help">help</a></li> | |
1957 | </ul> |
|
1961 | </ul> | |
1958 | </div> |
|
1962 | </div> | |
1959 |
|
1963 | |||
1960 | <div class="main"> |
|
1964 | <div class="main"> | |
1961 | <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2> |
|
1965 | <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2> | |
1962 | <h3>Help: add</h3> |
|
1966 | <h3>Help: add</h3> | |
1963 |
|
1967 | |||
1964 | <form class="search" action="/log"> |
|
1968 | <form class="search" action="/log"> | |
1965 |
|
1969 | |||
1966 | <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" /></p> |
|
1970 | <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" /></p> | |
1967 | <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision |
|
1971 | <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision | |
1968 | number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div> |
|
1972 | number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div> | |
1969 | </form> |
|
1973 | </form> | |
1970 | <div id="doc"> |
|
1974 | <div id="doc"> | |
1971 | <p> |
|
1975 | <p> | |
1972 | hg add [OPTION]... [FILE]... |
|
1976 | hg add [OPTION]... [FILE]... | |
1973 | </p> |
|
1977 | </p> | |
1974 | <p> |
|
1978 | <p> | |
1975 | add the specified files on the next commit |
|
1979 | add the specified files on the next commit | |
1976 | </p> |
|
1980 | </p> | |
1977 | <p> |
|
1981 | <p> | |
1978 | Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the |
|
1982 | Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the | |
1979 | repository. |
|
1983 | repository. | |
1980 | </p> |
|
1984 | </p> | |
1981 | <p> |
|
1985 | <p> | |
1982 | The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To |
|
1986 | The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To | |
1983 | undo an add before that, see "hg forget". |
|
1987 | undo an add before that, see "hg forget". | |
1984 | </p> |
|
1988 | </p> | |
1985 | <p> |
|
1989 | <p> | |
1986 | If no names are given, add all files to the repository. |
|
1990 | If no names are given, add all files to the repository. | |
1987 | </p> |
|
1991 | </p> | |
1988 | <p> |
|
1992 | <p> | |
1989 | An example showing how new (unknown) files are added |
|
1993 | An example showing how new (unknown) files are added | |
1990 | automatically by "hg add": |
|
1994 | automatically by "hg add": | |
1991 | </p> |
|
1995 | </p> | |
1992 | <pre> |
|
1996 | <pre> | |
1993 | \$ ls (re) |
|
1997 | \$ ls (re) | |
1994 | foo.c |
|
1998 | foo.c | |
1995 | \$ hg status (re) |
|
1999 | \$ hg status (re) | |
1996 | ? foo.c |
|
2000 | ? foo.c | |
1997 | \$ hg add (re) |
|
2001 | \$ hg add (re) | |
1998 | adding foo.c |
|
2002 | adding foo.c | |
1999 | \$ hg status (re) |
|
2003 | \$ hg status (re) | |
2000 | A foo.c |
|
2004 | A foo.c | |
2001 | </pre> |
|
2005 | </pre> | |
2002 | <p> |
|
2006 | <p> | |
2003 | Returns 0 if all files are successfully added. |
|
2007 | Returns 0 if all files are successfully added. | |
2004 | </p> |
|
2008 | </p> | |
2005 | <p> |
|
2009 | <p> | |
2006 | options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
2010 | options ([+] can be repeated): | |
2007 | </p> |
|
2011 | </p> | |
2008 | <table> |
|
2012 | <table> | |
2009 | <tr><td>-I</td> |
|
2013 | <tr><td>-I</td> | |
2010 | <td>--include PATTERN [+]</td> |
|
2014 | <td>--include PATTERN [+]</td> | |
2011 | <td>include names matching the given patterns</td></tr> |
|
2015 | <td>include names matching the given patterns</td></tr> | |
2012 | <tr><td>-X</td> |
|
2016 | <tr><td>-X</td> | |
2013 | <td>--exclude PATTERN [+]</td> |
|
2017 | <td>--exclude PATTERN [+]</td> | |
2014 | <td>exclude names matching the given patterns</td></tr> |
|
2018 | <td>exclude names matching the given patterns</td></tr> | |
2015 | <tr><td>-S</td> |
|
2019 | <tr><td>-S</td> | |
2016 | <td>--subrepos</td> |
|
2020 | <td>--subrepos</td> | |
2017 | <td>recurse into subrepositories</td></tr> |
|
2021 | <td>recurse into subrepositories</td></tr> | |
2018 | <tr><td>-n</td> |
|
2022 | <tr><td>-n</td> | |
2019 | <td>--dry-run</td> |
|
2023 | <td>--dry-run</td> | |
2020 | <td>do not perform actions, just print output</td></tr> |
|
2024 | <td>do not perform actions, just print output</td></tr> | |
2021 | </table> |
|
2025 | </table> | |
2022 | <p> |
|
2026 | <p> | |
2023 | global options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
2027 | global options ([+] can be repeated): | |
2024 | </p> |
|
2028 | </p> | |
2025 | <table> |
|
2029 | <table> | |
2026 | <tr><td>-R</td> |
|
2030 | <tr><td>-R</td> | |
2027 | <td>--repository REPO</td> |
|
2031 | <td>--repository REPO</td> | |
2028 | <td>repository root directory or name of overlay bundle file</td></tr> |
|
2032 | <td>repository root directory or name of overlay bundle file</td></tr> | |
2029 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2033 | <tr><td></td> | |
2030 | <td>--cwd DIR</td> |
|
2034 | <td>--cwd DIR</td> | |
2031 | <td>change working directory</td></tr> |
|
2035 | <td>change working directory</td></tr> | |
2032 | <tr><td>-y</td> |
|
2036 | <tr><td>-y</td> | |
2033 | <td>--noninteractive</td> |
|
2037 | <td>--noninteractive</td> | |
2034 | <td>do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for all prompts</td></tr> |
|
2038 | <td>do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for all prompts</td></tr> | |
2035 | <tr><td>-q</td> |
|
2039 | <tr><td>-q</td> | |
2036 | <td>--quiet</td> |
|
2040 | <td>--quiet</td> | |
2037 | <td>suppress output</td></tr> |
|
2041 | <td>suppress output</td></tr> | |
2038 | <tr><td>-v</td> |
|
2042 | <tr><td>-v</td> | |
2039 | <td>--verbose</td> |
|
2043 | <td>--verbose</td> | |
2040 | <td>enable additional output</td></tr> |
|
2044 | <td>enable additional output</td></tr> | |
2041 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2045 | <tr><td></td> | |
2042 | <td>--config CONFIG [+]</td> |
|
2046 | <td>--config CONFIG [+]</td> | |
2043 | <td>set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')</td></tr> |
|
2047 | <td>set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')</td></tr> | |
2044 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2048 | <tr><td></td> | |
2045 | <td>--debug</td> |
|
2049 | <td>--debug</td> | |
2046 | <td>enable debugging output</td></tr> |
|
2050 | <td>enable debugging output</td></tr> | |
2047 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2051 | <tr><td></td> | |
2048 | <td>--debugger</td> |
|
2052 | <td>--debugger</td> | |
2049 | <td>start debugger</td></tr> |
|
2053 | <td>start debugger</td></tr> | |
2050 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2054 | <tr><td></td> | |
2051 | <td>--encoding ENCODE</td> |
|
2055 | <td>--encoding ENCODE</td> | |
2052 | <td>set the charset encoding (default: ascii)</td></tr> |
|
2056 | <td>set the charset encoding (default: ascii)</td></tr> | |
2053 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2057 | <tr><td></td> | |
2054 | <td>--encodingmode MODE</td> |
|
2058 | <td>--encodingmode MODE</td> | |
2055 | <td>set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)</td></tr> |
|
2059 | <td>set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)</td></tr> | |
2056 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2060 | <tr><td></td> | |
2057 | <td>--traceback</td> |
|
2061 | <td>--traceback</td> | |
2058 | <td>always print a traceback on exception</td></tr> |
|
2062 | <td>always print a traceback on exception</td></tr> | |
2059 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2063 | <tr><td></td> | |
2060 | <td>--time</td> |
|
2064 | <td>--time</td> | |
2061 | <td>time how long the command takes</td></tr> |
|
2065 | <td>time how long the command takes</td></tr> | |
2062 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2066 | <tr><td></td> | |
2063 | <td>--profile</td> |
|
2067 | <td>--profile</td> | |
2064 | <td>print command execution profile</td></tr> |
|
2068 | <td>print command execution profile</td></tr> | |
2065 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2069 | <tr><td></td> | |
2066 | <td>--version</td> |
|
2070 | <td>--version</td> | |
2067 | <td>output version information and exit</td></tr> |
|
2071 | <td>output version information and exit</td></tr> | |
2068 | <tr><td>-h</td> |
|
2072 | <tr><td>-h</td> | |
2069 | <td>--help</td> |
|
2073 | <td>--help</td> | |
2070 | <td>display help and exit</td></tr> |
|
2074 | <td>display help and exit</td></tr> | |
2071 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2075 | <tr><td></td> | |
2072 | <td>--hidden</td> |
|
2076 | <td>--hidden</td> | |
2073 | <td>consider hidden changesets</td></tr> |
|
2077 | <td>consider hidden changesets</td></tr> | |
2074 | </table> |
|
2078 | </table> | |
2075 |
|
2079 | |||
2076 | </div> |
|
2080 | </div> | |
2077 | </div> |
|
2081 | </div> | |
2078 | </div> |
|
2082 | </div> | |
2079 |
|
2083 | |||
2080 | <script type="text/javascript">process_dates()</script> |
|
2084 | <script type="text/javascript">process_dates()</script> | |
2081 |
|
2085 | |||
2082 |
|
2086 | |||
2083 | </body> |
|
2087 | </body> | |
2084 | </html> |
|
2088 | </html> | |
2085 |
|
2089 | |||
2086 |
|
2090 | |||
2087 | $ get-with-headers.py 127.0.0.1:$HGPORT "help/remove" |
|
2091 | $ get-with-headers.py 127.0.0.1:$HGPORT "help/remove" | |
2088 | 200 Script output follows |
|
2092 | 200 Script output follows | |
2089 |
|
2093 | |||
2090 | <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> |
|
2094 | <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> | |
2091 | <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US"> |
|
2095 | <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US"> | |
2092 | <head> |
|
2096 | <head> | |
2093 | <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" /> |
|
2097 | <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" /> | |
2094 | <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" /> |
|
2098 | <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" /> | |
2095 | <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" /> |
|
2099 | <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" /> | |
2096 | <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script> |
|
2100 | <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script> | |
2097 |
|
2101 | |||
2098 | <title>Help: remove</title> |
|
2102 | <title>Help: remove</title> | |
2099 | </head> |
|
2103 | </head> | |
2100 | <body> |
|
2104 | <body> | |
2101 |
|
2105 | |||
2102 | <div class="container"> |
|
2106 | <div class="container"> | |
2103 | <div class="menu"> |
|
2107 | <div class="menu"> | |
2104 | <div class="logo"> |
|
2108 | <div class="logo"> | |
2105 | <a href="https://mercurial-scm.org/"> |
|
2109 | <a href="https://mercurial-scm.org/"> | |
2106 | <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a> |
|
2110 | <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a> | |
2107 | </div> |
|
2111 | </div> | |
2108 | <ul> |
|
2112 | <ul> | |
2109 | <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li> |
|
2113 | <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li> | |
2110 | <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li> |
|
2114 | <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li> | |
2111 | <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li> |
|
2115 | <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li> | |
2112 | <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li> |
|
2116 | <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li> | |
2113 | <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li> |
|
2117 | <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li> | |
2114 | </ul> |
|
2118 | </ul> | |
2115 | <ul> |
|
2119 | <ul> | |
2116 | <li class="active"><a href="/help">help</a></li> |
|
2120 | <li class="active"><a href="/help">help</a></li> | |
2117 | </ul> |
|
2121 | </ul> | |
2118 | </div> |
|
2122 | </div> | |
2119 |
|
2123 | |||
2120 | <div class="main"> |
|
2124 | <div class="main"> | |
2121 | <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2> |
|
2125 | <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2> | |
2122 | <h3>Help: remove</h3> |
|
2126 | <h3>Help: remove</h3> | |
2123 |
|
2127 | |||
2124 | <form class="search" action="/log"> |
|
2128 | <form class="search" action="/log"> | |
2125 |
|
2129 | |||
2126 | <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" /></p> |
|
2130 | <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" /></p> | |
2127 | <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision |
|
2131 | <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision | |
2128 | number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div> |
|
2132 | number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div> | |
2129 | </form> |
|
2133 | </form> | |
2130 | <div id="doc"> |
|
2134 | <div id="doc"> | |
2131 | <p> |
|
2135 | <p> | |
2132 | hg remove [OPTION]... FILE... |
|
2136 | hg remove [OPTION]... FILE... | |
2133 | </p> |
|
2137 | </p> | |
2134 | <p> |
|
2138 | <p> | |
2135 | aliases: rm |
|
2139 | aliases: rm | |
2136 | </p> |
|
2140 | </p> | |
2137 | <p> |
|
2141 | <p> | |
2138 | remove the specified files on the next commit |
|
2142 | remove the specified files on the next commit | |
2139 | </p> |
|
2143 | </p> | |
2140 | <p> |
|
2144 | <p> | |
2141 | Schedule the indicated files for removal from the current branch. |
|
2145 | Schedule the indicated files for removal from the current branch. | |
2142 | </p> |
|
2146 | </p> | |
2143 | <p> |
|
2147 | <p> | |
2144 | This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit. |
|
2148 | This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit. | |
2145 | To undo a remove before that, see "hg revert". To undo added |
|
2149 | To undo a remove before that, see "hg revert". To undo added | |
2146 | files, see "hg forget". |
|
2150 | files, see "hg forget". | |
2147 | </p> |
|
2151 | </p> | |
2148 | <p> |
|
2152 | <p> | |
2149 | -A/--after can be used to remove only files that have already |
|
2153 | -A/--after can be used to remove only files that have already | |
2150 | been deleted, -f/--force can be used to force deletion, and -Af |
|
2154 | been deleted, -f/--force can be used to force deletion, and -Af | |
2151 | can be used to remove files from the next revision without |
|
2155 | can be used to remove files from the next revision without | |
2152 | deleting them from the working directory. |
|
2156 | deleting them from the working directory. | |
2153 | </p> |
|
2157 | </p> | |
2154 | <p> |
|
2158 | <p> | |
2155 | The following table details the behavior of remove for different |
|
2159 | The following table details the behavior of remove for different | |
2156 | file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file |
|
2160 | file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file | |
2157 | states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!] |
|
2161 | states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!] | |
2158 | (as reported by "hg status"). The actions are Warn, Remove |
|
2162 | (as reported by "hg status"). The actions are Warn, Remove | |
2159 | (from branch) and Delete (from disk): |
|
2163 | (from branch) and Delete (from disk): | |
2160 | </p> |
|
2164 | </p> | |
2161 | <table> |
|
2165 | <table> | |
2162 | <tr><td>opt/state</td> |
|
2166 | <tr><td>opt/state</td> | |
2163 | <td>A</td> |
|
2167 | <td>A</td> | |
2164 | <td>C</td> |
|
2168 | <td>C</td> | |
2165 | <td>M</td> |
|
2169 | <td>M</td> | |
2166 | <td>!</td></tr> |
|
2170 | <td>!</td></tr> | |
2167 | <tr><td>none</td> |
|
2171 | <tr><td>none</td> | |
2168 | <td>W</td> |
|
2172 | <td>W</td> | |
2169 | <td>RD</td> |
|
2173 | <td>RD</td> | |
2170 | <td>W</td> |
|
2174 | <td>W</td> | |
2171 | <td>R</td></tr> |
|
2175 | <td>R</td></tr> | |
2172 | <tr><td>-f</td> |
|
2176 | <tr><td>-f</td> | |
2173 | <td>R</td> |
|
2177 | <td>R</td> | |
2174 | <td>RD</td> |
|
2178 | <td>RD</td> | |
2175 | <td>RD</td> |
|
2179 | <td>RD</td> | |
2176 | <td>R</td></tr> |
|
2180 | <td>R</td></tr> | |
2177 | <tr><td>-A</td> |
|
2181 | <tr><td>-A</td> | |
2178 | <td>W</td> |
|
2182 | <td>W</td> | |
2179 | <td>W</td> |
|
2183 | <td>W</td> | |
2180 | <td>W</td> |
|
2184 | <td>W</td> | |
2181 | <td>R</td></tr> |
|
2185 | <td>R</td></tr> | |
2182 | <tr><td>-Af</td> |
|
2186 | <tr><td>-Af</td> | |
2183 | <td>R</td> |
|
2187 | <td>R</td> | |
2184 | <td>R</td> |
|
2188 | <td>R</td> | |
2185 | <td>R</td> |
|
2189 | <td>R</td> | |
2186 | <td>R</td></tr> |
|
2190 | <td>R</td></tr> | |
2187 | </table> |
|
2191 | </table> | |
2188 | <p> |
|
2192 | <p> | |
2189 | Note that remove never deletes files in Added [A] state from the |
|
2193 | Note that remove never deletes files in Added [A] state from the | |
2190 | working directory, not even if option --force is specified. |
|
2194 | working directory, not even if option --force is specified. | |
2191 | </p> |
|
2195 | </p> | |
2192 | <p> |
|
2196 | <p> | |
2193 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if any warnings encountered. |
|
2197 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if any warnings encountered. | |
2194 | </p> |
|
2198 | </p> | |
2195 | <p> |
|
2199 | <p> | |
2196 | options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
2200 | options ([+] can be repeated): | |
2197 | </p> |
|
2201 | </p> | |
2198 | <table> |
|
2202 | <table> | |
2199 | <tr><td>-A</td> |
|
2203 | <tr><td>-A</td> | |
2200 | <td>--after</td> |
|
2204 | <td>--after</td> | |
2201 | <td>record delete for missing files</td></tr> |
|
2205 | <td>record delete for missing files</td></tr> | |
2202 | <tr><td>-f</td> |
|
2206 | <tr><td>-f</td> | |
2203 | <td>--force</td> |
|
2207 | <td>--force</td> | |
2204 | <td>remove (and delete) file even if added or modified</td></tr> |
|
2208 | <td>remove (and delete) file even if added or modified</td></tr> | |
2205 | <tr><td>-S</td> |
|
2209 | <tr><td>-S</td> | |
2206 | <td>--subrepos</td> |
|
2210 | <td>--subrepos</td> | |
2207 | <td>recurse into subrepositories</td></tr> |
|
2211 | <td>recurse into subrepositories</td></tr> | |
2208 | <tr><td>-I</td> |
|
2212 | <tr><td>-I</td> | |
2209 | <td>--include PATTERN [+]</td> |
|
2213 | <td>--include PATTERN [+]</td> | |
2210 | <td>include names matching the given patterns</td></tr> |
|
2214 | <td>include names matching the given patterns</td></tr> | |
2211 | <tr><td>-X</td> |
|
2215 | <tr><td>-X</td> | |
2212 | <td>--exclude PATTERN [+]</td> |
|
2216 | <td>--exclude PATTERN [+]</td> | |
2213 | <td>exclude names matching the given patterns</td></tr> |
|
2217 | <td>exclude names matching the given patterns</td></tr> | |
2214 | </table> |
|
2218 | </table> | |
2215 | <p> |
|
2219 | <p> | |
2216 | global options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
2220 | global options ([+] can be repeated): | |
2217 | </p> |
|
2221 | </p> | |
2218 | <table> |
|
2222 | <table> | |
2219 | <tr><td>-R</td> |
|
2223 | <tr><td>-R</td> | |
2220 | <td>--repository REPO</td> |
|
2224 | <td>--repository REPO</td> | |
2221 | <td>repository root directory or name of overlay bundle file</td></tr> |
|
2225 | <td>repository root directory or name of overlay bundle file</td></tr> | |
2222 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2226 | <tr><td></td> | |
2223 | <td>--cwd DIR</td> |
|
2227 | <td>--cwd DIR</td> | |
2224 | <td>change working directory</td></tr> |
|
2228 | <td>change working directory</td></tr> | |
2225 | <tr><td>-y</td> |
|
2229 | <tr><td>-y</td> | |
2226 | <td>--noninteractive</td> |
|
2230 | <td>--noninteractive</td> | |
2227 | <td>do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for all prompts</td></tr> |
|
2231 | <td>do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for all prompts</td></tr> | |
2228 | <tr><td>-q</td> |
|
2232 | <tr><td>-q</td> | |
2229 | <td>--quiet</td> |
|
2233 | <td>--quiet</td> | |
2230 | <td>suppress output</td></tr> |
|
2234 | <td>suppress output</td></tr> | |
2231 | <tr><td>-v</td> |
|
2235 | <tr><td>-v</td> | |
2232 | <td>--verbose</td> |
|
2236 | <td>--verbose</td> | |
2233 | <td>enable additional output</td></tr> |
|
2237 | <td>enable additional output</td></tr> | |
2234 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2238 | <tr><td></td> | |
2235 | <td>--config CONFIG [+]</td> |
|
2239 | <td>--config CONFIG [+]</td> | |
2236 | <td>set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')</td></tr> |
|
2240 | <td>set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')</td></tr> | |
2237 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2241 | <tr><td></td> | |
2238 | <td>--debug</td> |
|
2242 | <td>--debug</td> | |
2239 | <td>enable debugging output</td></tr> |
|
2243 | <td>enable debugging output</td></tr> | |
2240 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2244 | <tr><td></td> | |
2241 | <td>--debugger</td> |
|
2245 | <td>--debugger</td> | |
2242 | <td>start debugger</td></tr> |
|
2246 | <td>start debugger</td></tr> | |
2243 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2247 | <tr><td></td> | |
2244 | <td>--encoding ENCODE</td> |
|
2248 | <td>--encoding ENCODE</td> | |
2245 | <td>set the charset encoding (default: ascii)</td></tr> |
|
2249 | <td>set the charset encoding (default: ascii)</td></tr> | |
2246 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2250 | <tr><td></td> | |
2247 | <td>--encodingmode MODE</td> |
|
2251 | <td>--encodingmode MODE</td> | |
2248 | <td>set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)</td></tr> |
|
2252 | <td>set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)</td></tr> | |
2249 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2253 | <tr><td></td> | |
2250 | <td>--traceback</td> |
|
2254 | <td>--traceback</td> | |
2251 | <td>always print a traceback on exception</td></tr> |
|
2255 | <td>always print a traceback on exception</td></tr> | |
2252 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2256 | <tr><td></td> | |
2253 | <td>--time</td> |
|
2257 | <td>--time</td> | |
2254 | <td>time how long the command takes</td></tr> |
|
2258 | <td>time how long the command takes</td></tr> | |
2255 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2259 | <tr><td></td> | |
2256 | <td>--profile</td> |
|
2260 | <td>--profile</td> | |
2257 | <td>print command execution profile</td></tr> |
|
2261 | <td>print command execution profile</td></tr> | |
2258 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2262 | <tr><td></td> | |
2259 | <td>--version</td> |
|
2263 | <td>--version</td> | |
2260 | <td>output version information and exit</td></tr> |
|
2264 | <td>output version information and exit</td></tr> | |
2261 | <tr><td>-h</td> |
|
2265 | <tr><td>-h</td> | |
2262 | <td>--help</td> |
|
2266 | <td>--help</td> | |
2263 | <td>display help and exit</td></tr> |
|
2267 | <td>display help and exit</td></tr> | |
2264 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2268 | <tr><td></td> | |
2265 | <td>--hidden</td> |
|
2269 | <td>--hidden</td> | |
2266 | <td>consider hidden changesets</td></tr> |
|
2270 | <td>consider hidden changesets</td></tr> | |
2267 | </table> |
|
2271 | </table> | |
2268 |
|
2272 | |||
2269 | </div> |
|
2273 | </div> | |
2270 | </div> |
|
2274 | </div> | |
2271 | </div> |
|
2275 | </div> | |
2272 |
|
2276 | |||
2273 | <script type="text/javascript">process_dates()</script> |
|
2277 | <script type="text/javascript">process_dates()</script> | |
2274 |
|
2278 | |||
2275 |
|
2279 | |||
2276 | </body> |
|
2280 | </body> | |
2277 | </html> |
|
2281 | </html> | |
2278 |
|
2282 | |||
2279 |
|
2283 | |||
2280 | $ get-with-headers.py 127.0.0.1:$HGPORT "help/revisions" |
|
2284 | $ get-with-headers.py 127.0.0.1:$HGPORT "help/revisions" | |
2281 | 200 Script output follows |
|
2285 | 200 Script output follows | |
2282 |
|
2286 | |||
2283 | <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> |
|
2287 | <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> | |
2284 | <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US"> |
|
2288 | <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US"> | |
2285 | <head> |
|
2289 | <head> | |
2286 | <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" /> |
|
2290 | <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" /> | |
2287 | <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" /> |
|
2291 | <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" /> | |
2288 | <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" /> |
|
2292 | <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" /> | |
2289 | <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script> |
|
2293 | <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script> | |
2290 |
|
2294 | |||
2291 | <title>Help: revisions</title> |
|
2295 | <title>Help: revisions</title> | |
2292 | </head> |
|
2296 | </head> | |
2293 | <body> |
|
2297 | <body> | |
2294 |
|
2298 | |||
2295 | <div class="container"> |
|
2299 | <div class="container"> | |
2296 | <div class="menu"> |
|
2300 | <div class="menu"> | |
2297 | <div class="logo"> |
|
2301 | <div class="logo"> | |
2298 | <a href="https://mercurial-scm.org/"> |
|
2302 | <a href="https://mercurial-scm.org/"> | |
2299 | <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a> |
|
2303 | <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a> | |
2300 | </div> |
|
2304 | </div> | |
2301 | <ul> |
|
2305 | <ul> | |
2302 | <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li> |
|
2306 | <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li> | |
2303 | <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li> |
|
2307 | <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li> | |
2304 | <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li> |
|
2308 | <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li> | |
2305 | <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li> |
|
2309 | <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li> | |
2306 | <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li> |
|
2310 | <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li> | |
2307 | </ul> |
|
2311 | </ul> | |
2308 | <ul> |
|
2312 | <ul> | |
2309 | <li class="active"><a href="/help">help</a></li> |
|
2313 | <li class="active"><a href="/help">help</a></li> | |
2310 | </ul> |
|
2314 | </ul> | |
2311 | </div> |
|
2315 | </div> | |
2312 |
|
2316 | |||
2313 | <div class="main"> |
|
2317 | <div class="main"> | |
2314 | <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2> |
|
2318 | <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2> | |
2315 | <h3>Help: revisions</h3> |
|
2319 | <h3>Help: revisions</h3> | |
2316 |
|
2320 | |||
2317 | <form class="search" action="/log"> |
|
2321 | <form class="search" action="/log"> | |
2318 |
|
2322 | |||
2319 | <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" /></p> |
|
2323 | <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" /></p> | |
2320 | <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision |
|
2324 | <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision | |
2321 | number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div> |
|
2325 | number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div> | |
2322 | </form> |
|
2326 | </form> | |
2323 | <div id="doc"> |
|
2327 | <div id="doc"> | |
2324 | <h1>Specifying Single Revisions</h1> |
|
2328 | <h1>Specifying Single Revisions</h1> | |
2325 | <p> |
|
2329 | <p> | |
2326 | Mercurial supports several ways to specify individual revisions. |
|
2330 | Mercurial supports several ways to specify individual revisions. | |
2327 | </p> |
|
2331 | </p> | |
2328 | <p> |
|
2332 | <p> | |
2329 | A plain integer is treated as a revision number. Negative integers are |
|
2333 | A plain integer is treated as a revision number. Negative integers are | |
2330 | treated as sequential offsets from the tip, with -1 denoting the tip, |
|
2334 | treated as sequential offsets from the tip, with -1 denoting the tip, | |
2331 | -2 denoting the revision prior to the tip, and so forth. |
|
2335 | -2 denoting the revision prior to the tip, and so forth. | |
2332 | </p> |
|
2336 | </p> | |
2333 | <p> |
|
2337 | <p> | |
2334 | A 40-digit hexadecimal string is treated as a unique revision |
|
2338 | A 40-digit hexadecimal string is treated as a unique revision | |
2335 | identifier. |
|
2339 | identifier. | |
2336 | </p> |
|
2340 | </p> | |
2337 | <p> |
|
2341 | <p> | |
2338 | A hexadecimal string less than 40 characters long is treated as a |
|
2342 | A hexadecimal string less than 40 characters long is treated as a | |
2339 | unique revision identifier and is referred to as a short-form |
|
2343 | unique revision identifier and is referred to as a short-form | |
2340 | identifier. A short-form identifier is only valid if it is the prefix |
|
2344 | identifier. A short-form identifier is only valid if it is the prefix | |
2341 | of exactly one full-length identifier. |
|
2345 | of exactly one full-length identifier. | |
2342 | </p> |
|
2346 | </p> | |
2343 | <p> |
|
2347 | <p> | |
2344 | Any other string is treated as a bookmark, tag, or branch name. A |
|
2348 | Any other string is treated as a bookmark, tag, or branch name. A | |
2345 | bookmark is a movable pointer to a revision. A tag is a permanent name |
|
2349 | bookmark is a movable pointer to a revision. A tag is a permanent name | |
2346 | associated with a revision. A branch name denotes the tipmost open branch head |
|
2350 | associated with a revision. A branch name denotes the tipmost open branch head | |
2347 | of that branch - or if they are all closed, the tipmost closed head of the |
|
2351 | of that branch - or if they are all closed, the tipmost closed head of the | |
2348 | branch. Bookmark, tag, and branch names must not contain the ":" character. |
|
2352 | branch. Bookmark, tag, and branch names must not contain the ":" character. | |
2349 | </p> |
|
2353 | </p> | |
2350 | <p> |
|
2354 | <p> | |
2351 | The reserved name "tip" always identifies the most recent revision. |
|
2355 | The reserved name "tip" always identifies the most recent revision. | |
2352 | </p> |
|
2356 | </p> | |
2353 | <p> |
|
2357 | <p> | |
2354 | The reserved name "null" indicates the null revision. This is the |
|
2358 | The reserved name "null" indicates the null revision. This is the | |
2355 | revision of an empty repository, and the parent of revision 0. |
|
2359 | revision of an empty repository, and the parent of revision 0. | |
2356 | </p> |
|
2360 | </p> | |
2357 | <p> |
|
2361 | <p> | |
2358 | The reserved name "." indicates the working directory parent. If no |
|
2362 | The reserved name "." indicates the working directory parent. If no | |
2359 | working directory is checked out, it is equivalent to null. If an |
|
2363 | working directory is checked out, it is equivalent to null. If an | |
2360 | uncommitted merge is in progress, "." is the revision of the first |
|
2364 | uncommitted merge is in progress, "." is the revision of the first | |
2361 | parent. |
|
2365 | parent. | |
2362 | </p> |
|
2366 | </p> | |
2363 |
|
2367 | |||
2364 | </div> |
|
2368 | </div> | |
2365 | </div> |
|
2369 | </div> | |
2366 | </div> |
|
2370 | </div> | |
2367 |
|
2371 | |||
2368 | <script type="text/javascript">process_dates()</script> |
|
2372 | <script type="text/javascript">process_dates()</script> | |
2369 |
|
2373 | |||
2370 |
|
2374 | |||
2371 | </body> |
|
2375 | </body> | |
2372 | </html> |
|
2376 | </html> | |
2373 |
|
2377 | |||
2374 |
|
2378 | |||
2375 | $ killdaemons.py |
|
2379 | $ killdaemons.py | |
2376 |
|
2380 | |||
2377 | #endif |
|
2381 | #endif |
General Comments 0
You need to be logged in to leave comments.
Login now